Skip to main content

Full text of "Some thoughts about the school of the future: a sketch of the solution which time appears to be preparing for the difficult educational questions of the day"

See other formats


-NRLF 


Henry   D.  Bacon, 

St.   Louis,  Mo. 


U NIVERSITY  OF .  Q\LIBORNIAr 

G-IFT  OF 

HENRY  DOUGLASS  BACON. 

1877. 

Accessions  No._/_j?_&_4<:0___   Shelf  No.. _'_..^:^: , 


THE 


SCHOOL  OF  THE  FUTURE. 


By  the  same  Author, 


HOW  MUCH  LONGER  ARE  WE  TO  CONTINUE  TEACHING 

NOTHING    MORE    THAN    WHAT    WAS    TAUGHT    TWO    OB    THREE 
CENTURIES   AGO?    8vo.    Is.    HATCHARD,  Piccadilly. 


And, 


WHY   MUST   WE   EDUCATE  THE  WHOLE  PEOPLE?     AND 
WHAT   PREVENTS   OUR   DOING   IT?    8vo.    1*.    GROOMBBIDGE, Paternoster 


LONDON : 

SPOTTISWOODKS  and  SHAW, 
New-street-square. 


SOME   THOUGHTS 


ABOUT    THE 


SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE! 


A    SKETCH   OF    THE    SOLUTION   WHICH 

TIME   APPEARS    TO   BE    PREPARING   FOR   THE   DIFFERENT 
EDUCATIONAL   QUESTIONS   OF    THE   DAY. 


REV..   FOSTER  BARHAM   ZINCKE, 

VICAR  OF   WHERSTEAD,   NEAK   IPSWICH. 

0? 


LONDON: 

LONGMAN,    BROWN,    GREEN,    AND    LONGMANS, 
1852. 


PREFACE. 


THE  title  which  I  have  ventured  to  give  to  this 
little  work  seems  to  require  a  word  or  two  of  ex- 
planation. I  have  adopted  it  merely  for  the  pur- 
pose of  indicating  the  kind  of  education,  and  the 
kind  of  school-system  which  I  conceive  would  most 
effectually  meet  the  wants,  and  enable  us  to  avail 
ourselves  of  the  resources,  of  the  present  day.  I 
cannot  but  think  that  the  enlightened  philanthrophy 
of  the  upper  classes,  and  the  rapid  increase  now 
taking  place  among  the  lower  classes  in  all  the  chief 
elements  of  social  and  political  power,  —  in  their 
numbers,  intelligence,  wealth,  and  means  for  com- 
bined action,  —  will  lead  to  the  creation  of  some 
such  system ;  and  that  the  character  of  the  instruc- 
tion given  in  our  future  schools  will  not  be  very 
dissimilar  to  that  which  I  have  sketched.  Nor  can 
I  imagine  any  other  way  in  which  the  management 
of  the  schools  of  a  free  country  can  be  conducted. 

WHERSTEAD  VICARAGE, 
Feb.  3rd,  1852. 


CONTENTS. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  THE  FUTURE  -     Pages  1 — 160 

APPENDIX. 

No.  I. — The  late  Exhibition,  regarded  as  an  exponent  of  the 
present  state,  and  of  the  tendencies,  of  Society ; 
and  as  affording  grounds  for  a  comparison  of  the 
present  with  the  past  -  -  161 

II. — On  the  influential  position  which  the  Schoolmasters 
of  the  future  will  probably  occupy      -  -  215 

III. — On  the  present  position,  and  the  prospects,  of  Literary 
and  Scientific  Institutions,  Mechanics'  Institutes, 
Provincial  Museums,  and  other  voluntary  Associa- 
tions of  an  educational  character  -  217 

IV. — That  the  competition  of  the  United  States  will  oblige 
us  to  improve  and  extend  popular  education  -  222 

V. — A  proposal  for  the  appropriation  of  the  surplus  funds 
of  the  late  Exhibition  -  -  -  227 


TJSIVERSITY 


SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 


THE  master-conditions  under  which  we  have  to  con- 
struct our  system  of  Education  appear  to  be  the 
following :  — 

I.  That  every  member    of  the  community  must 
now  be  educated,   and,   therefore,  that    the    School 
ought  now  to  be  at  every  man's  door. 

II.  That,    in    consequence    of    the    extension    of 
knowledge,    and  of   the  variety    of  the    wants    and 
requirements  of  the  present  state  of  society,  and  in 
consequence  of  what  have  now  become  the  conditions 
of  success   in    life,    and  of   well-being,   particularly 
among  the  vast  industrial  populations  of  our  towns, 
the  range  of  subjects  upon  which  instruction  ought 
to    be    given    must   now   be    very    much    extended. 
This  would  almost  seem  to  imply,  that  the  practice 
of  restricting  ourselves  to  what  a  single   master  is 
capable  of  teaching  (which  is  for  the  most  part  the 
case  in  our  present  classical,  commercial,  and  primary 
schools),  ought  to  be  considered  rather   as    having 

B 


2  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

belonged  to  the  circumstances  of  the  past  than  as 
suitable  to  our  present  wants. 

III.  That,  as  the  social  and  political  relations  of 
the  different  orders  of  the  people  are,  by  the  diffusion 
of  knowledge,  and  through  the  operation  of  other 
causes  connected  with  the  progress  of  society,  now 
assuming  new  aspects,  education  must  be  made  to 
meet  the  new  state  of  things,  and,  as  far  as  possible, 
to  prepare  all  orders  for  it,  in  such  a  manner  as  that 
good  and  not  evil  may  be  the  result. 

In  other  words,  all  must  be  taught;  each  must 
have  the  opportunity  of  learning  whatever  it  will  be 
most  conducive  to  his  own  and  to  the  general  advan- 
tage that  he  should  know;  and  in  organizing  our 
schools  we  must  not  ignore  the  social  facts  and  irre- 
sistible tendencies  of  the  present  day. 

While  considering  this  question,  we  must  never 
lose  sight  either  of  the  present  state  of  knowledge, 
or  of  the  present  state  of  society  in  this  country. 

It  may,  however,  be  worth  while,  as  a  preliminary 
consideration,  to  dwell  for  a  few  moments  upon  some 
of  the  most  prominent  evils  of  the  present  state  of 
education  amongst  us.  This  shall  be  done  as  briefly 
as  possible. 

1.  In  the  first  place,  our  present  schools  teach 
very  little  of  what  ought  in  these  days  to  be  taught. 
In  two  pamphlets  which  I  published  upon  this  sub- 
ject, one  last  year,  and  the  other  in  the  previous  year, 
I  endeavoured  to  draw  attention  to  the  fact  that  our 


DEFECTS   OF    PRESENT    SYSTEM.  3 

public  schools  and  the  University  of  Oxford  were 
then  hardly  beginning  to  think  about  teaching  any 
thing  more  than  what  was  taught  two  or  three  cen- 
turies ago.  The  advances  which  knowledge  has 
made  since  our  present  system  of  education  was 
established  do,  perhaps,  exceed  in  amount  and  im- 
portance the  advances  which  had  been  made  in  all 
the  previous  thousands  of  years  during  which  man 
had  existed  upon  the  earth.  Physical  Science  in  its 
numerous  departments,  and  almost  endless  minuter 
ramifications ;  Physical  Geography,  which  shows  the 
bearings  and  connections  of  so  much  of  Physical 
Science  ;  Modern  History,  containing  so  large  a  por- 
tion of  the  history  of  Man  and  of  Civilisation  ;  Eth- 
nology ;  General  Philology  ;  the  Social  and  Econo- 
mical Sciences  ;  the  Literature  of  the  polished  nations 
of  modern  Europe; — have  all  now  become  highly 
important  branches  of  study :  any  one  of  them  can 
well  bear  comparison,  in  respect  of  its  intrinsic  value, 
with  the  study  of  Latin  and  Greek,  and  yet  all  of 
them  are  excluded  from  our  schools ;  the  reason, 
perhaps,  being,  that  the  knowledge  which  we  possess 
upon  these  subjects  has  been  acquired  —  the  reader 
will  be  aware  of  the  few  deductions  which  may  be 
made  from  this  remark  —  subsequently  to  the  esta- 
blishment of  our  present  system  of  classical  educa- 
tion. What  we  know  upon  these  subjects  constitutes 
the  highest  and  most  important  (which  might  almost 
be  inferred  from  the  fact  of  its  being  the  most 
B  2 


SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

recent)  part  of  the  knowledge  which  man  has  been 
allowed  to  acquire.  The  new  powers  of  various  kinds, 
and  of  infinite  application,  which  modern  Science  has 
conferred  upon  us,  and  the  ideas  and  sentiments 
which  have  been  derived  from  an  enlarged  study  (now 
possible)  of  Man's  History,  and  from  a  successful  in- 
vestigation of  the  laws  to  which  society  is  subject,  do 
in  a  great  measure  support  our  present  civilisation, 
and  carry  it  forward,  modifying  as  well  as  elevating 
it  day  by  day.  Knowledge  of  this  kind  interprets, 
as  far  as  we  have  attained  to  their  interpretation,  the 
greater  part  of  the  phenomena  and  facts  by  which  we 
are  surrounded,  and  in  the  midst  of  which,  and  with 
a  reference  to  which,  we  have  to  act  our  part  in  life, 
and  upon  our  ability  to  cope  with  which  our  success 
in  life  depends ;  and  yet  it  can  hardly  be  said  that 
any  part  of  this  all-important  knowledge  has  gained 
admission  into  our  schools.  In  our  higher  schools 
we  are  only  just  beginning  to  think  of  looking 
beyond  the  language  and  literature  of  Greece  and 
Rome.  Enter  any  good  library,  arid  you  will  be 
struck  with  the  smallness  of  the  proportion  of  the 
works  upon  classical  subjects ;  or  take  up  any  one  of 
our  modern  Cyclopedias,  and,  although  some  centu- 
ries back  there  was  scarcely  any  thing  to  be  learnt 
excepting  what  was  contained  in  the  Classics,  you 
will  at  a  glance  perceive  how  small  is  the  proportion 
of  space  which  it  is  now  thought  necessary  to  allot 
to  subjects  of  classical  interest ;  and  yet  an  acquaint- 


PROPOSED    REMEDY   UNSATISFACTORY.  O 

ance  with  the  Classics  formed  the  object  and  the 
instrument  of  the  education  of  every  one  of  us. 
And,  besides,  we  go  on  teaching  the  language  and 
the  literature  of  Greece  and  Rome  in  such  a  manner, 
that,  while  it  is  certain  that  in  a  great  majority  of 
cases  not  even  these  will  be  learned,  it  is  all  but 
impossible  to  engraft  any  thing  else  upon  the  system. 
A  proof  of  this  may  be  found  in  the  fact,  that  even 
in  our  two  chief  Universities  the  Professors  of  many 
of  the  above-mentioned  sciences,  though  very  able 
men,  and  though  they  are  desirous  of  forwarding  the 
study  of  the  subjects  upon  which  they  are  commis- 
sioned to  teach,  are,  notwithstanding,  unable  to 
make  themselves  of  any  use. 

It  has  been  proposed  that  some  part  of  the  Uni- 
versity course  should  be  devoted  -to  the  study  of 
science,  modern  history,  and  modern  literature. 
This  proposal  shows  a  misapprehension  of  the  ques- 
tion before  us.  I.  In  the  first  place,  its  adoption 
would  contribute  towards  perpetuating  the  idea  of 
the  disconnection  of  the  different  branches  of  know- 
ledge ;  whereas  it  ought  to  be  a  main  object  with  us, 
throughout  the  whole  course  of  education,  to  show 
their  connection  and  inter-dependence.  II.  In  the 
next  place,  after  the  student  has  devoted  his  attention 
up  to  about  the  twentieth  year  of  his  age  to  classical 
studies,  so  that  his  mind  has  become  habituated  to 
the  idea  of  restricted  and  exclusive  study,  and  pre- 
occupied with  classical  tastes,  an  inaptitude  and  dis- 

JB    3 


6  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE, 

taste  for  general  knowledge  and  more  enlarged 
studies  will  be  acquired.  After  this  has  been  done, 
it  will  be  futile  to  direct  his  attention,  for  some  part 
of  the  University  course,  to  the  general  body  of 
human  knowledge*  III.  And  furthermore,  this  way 
of  settling  the  difficulty  only  affects  the  case  of  the 
Universities,  leaving  the  case  of  the  schools  entirely 
out  of  the  question ;  whereas  both  the  relative  and 
intrinsic  importance  of  universities  is  daily  diminish- 
ing, while  the  importance  of  the  school,  where  all 
but  the  whole  population  will  receive  the  whole  of 
their  education,  is  daily  increasing. 

As  to  our  public  schools,  and  our  grammar  schools, 
at  present,  as  far  as  the  character  of  the  instruction 
given  in  them  is  concerned,  they  can  hardly  be  re- 
garded as  more  than  nurseries  and  feeders  of  the 
Universities.  To  introduce  the  study  of  modern 
subjects  and  general  knowledge  into  them  would  be 
a  still  more  difficult  task  than  that  of  introducing  it 
into  our  Universities.  At  the  Universities  there  are 
professors  of  almost  every  department  of  knowledge  ; 
and,  if  it  were  desirable,  their  number  might  easily 
be  increased  ;  so  that,  with  respect  to  them,  we  do 
already,  to  a  considerable  extent,  possess  the  machin- 
ery requisite  for  teaching  all  that  ought  in  these 
days  to  be  taught ;  and  much  might  be  done,  were  it 
not  that  the  whole  system  and  genius  of  the  place 
(I  speak  with  more  particular  reference  to  the  Uni- 
versity of  Oxford)  are  thoroughly  opposed  to  the 


WRONG   AIMS   OF   OUR   PRESENT   SCHOOLS.        7 

feelings  and  ideas  which  such  teaching  would  intro- 
duce. The  attempt,  however,  to  give  instruction  of 
a  more  general  character  can  not  be  made  at  our 
public  schools  without  entirely  recasting  the  whole 
of  their  present  system.  The  system  of  instruction 
they  pursue  was  devised  for  the  purpose  of  teaching 
one  thing,  and  it  cannot  be  expanded  into  a  system 
which  shall  embrace  a  much  wider  range,  or  which 
shall  aim  at  teaching  many  things.  There  is  no  way 
in  which  it  can  be  made  to  admit  of  a  variety  of 
studies.  The  ten  years  spent  at  a  public  school  in  the 
study  of  Latin  and  Greek  is  not  sufficient  time,  in 
nine  cases  out  of  ten,  for  the  acquisition  of  a  compe- 
tent knowledge  of  those  languages  ;  nor  will  it  be,  as 
long  as  we  continue  to  teach  them  in  the  manner  in 
ivhich  they  are  at  present  taught  in  our  public  schools. 
And  for  this  almost  every  thing  else  is  sacrificed. 

Nothing  need  be  said  of  the  inefficiency  of  those 
schools,  which  professedly  undertake  the  education 
of  the  commercial  or  middle  classes. 

There  remain  the  schools  at  which  the  bulk  of 
the  people  are  supposed  to  be  educated  —  the  only 
schools  which  are  open  to  the  children  of  the  labour- 
ing classes.  These  schools  are  for  the  most  part 
more  or  less  of  an  eleemosynary  character ;  and  have 
even  less  reference,  than  our  grammar  or  commercial 
schools,  to  the  circumstances  of  the  times,  and  the 
wants  of  the  class  whose  children  frequent  them. 
Their  object  is  not,  to  enable  those  who  will  be  en- 
B  4 


8  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

tirely  dependent  through  life  upon  their  own  know- 
ledge, industry,  and  prudence,  not  only  for  their 
well-being,  but  for  their  very  bread,  to  see  how  they 
may  turn  their  powers  to  the  best  account,  and  so  be 
able  to  provide  for  themselves.  Speaking  generally, 
in  these  schools  religious  instruction  occupies  the 
place  which  is  held  by  classical  instruction  in  the 
education  of  the  upper  orders  ;  while,  from  the  hum- 
ble character  to  which  almost  all  these  schools  are 
doomed  by  our  present  system,  this  religious  instruc- 
tion seldom  goes  beyond  the  Text  of  Scripture. 
Most  persons  who  take  an  interest  in  educational 
matters  have  now  acknowledged  that  this  is  of  very 
little  practical  value.  There  are  two  ways  of  in- 
fluencing a  mans  conduct;  one  is  by  training  his 
feelings  and  the  moral  part  of  his  nature  aright ;  and 
the  other  is  by  enlightening  his  understanding,  and  so 
giving  him  the  means  of  coming  to  right  conclusions  : 
the  best  system  of  education  would  unite  the  two  : 
these  schools  are  incapable  of  doing  either  to  any 
effectual  extent, 

2.  Another  evil,  inseparable  from  the  present  sys- 
tem, is  its  enormous  expense,  both  as  a  whole,  and  to 
the  individuals  who  avail  themselves  of  it.  The 
expense  to  which  the  smaller  gentry  and  the  middle 
classes  are  put  for  the  education  of  their  children  is 
very  severely  felt ;  in  many  cases  families  are  crippled 
by  it  ever  afterwards.  Many  a  professional  man, 
many  clergymen,  and  many  officers  in  the  army  and 


EXPENSIVENESS    OF    OUR    PRESENT    SYSTEM.       9 

navy,  are  paying  100Z.  a  year  for  each  child  at  our 
public  schools.  At  some  of  our  great  public  schools 
the  expenses  do  even  exceed  this  sum.  How  many 
hundreds  does  it  often  require  to  educate  a  family 
upon  the  present  system  !  It  is  not  improbable  that 
there  are  many  cases  in  which  the  education  of 
single  families  is  now  costing  what,  in  these  days, 
would  be  sufficient  to  support  a  really  good  school, 
capable  of  educating,  up  to  their  thirteenth  or  four- 
teenth year,  two  or  three  hundred  children. 

The  cost,  indeed,  of  our  present  system  of  classical 
education  is  almost  incredible  ;  nor  is  it  easy  to  see 
how  it  can  be  diminished  as  long  as  we  make  the 
acquisition  of  the  old  learning  the  main  object  of 
education.  Suppose  we  were  to  undertake  to  sup- 
port a  part  of  the  population  upon  some  exotic 
delicacy,  which  could  only  be  brought  to  maturity  by 
laying  out  vast  sums  in  glass-houses,  fuel,  and  at- 
tendance, while,  at  the  very  time,  the  surrounding 
fields  were  teeming  with  a  great  variety  of  better 
and  more  wholesome  food.  The  folly  and  expense 
of  such  a  proceeding  would  illustrate  the  folly  and 
expense  of  our  present  system  of  education,  which 
retains  for  its  object  an  acquaintance  with  the  litera- 
ture of  Greece  and  Rome. 

If  our  common  schools  taught  what  the  people 
understood  the  value  of,  and  were  desirous  of  learn- 
ing, we  might  maintain  a  good  school  in  every  neigh- 
bourhood ;  and  our  great  public  schools  would  be  all 
B  5 


10  SCHOOL   OF    THE    FUTURE. 

the  more  flourishing.  In  school  matters,  as  in  every 
thing  else  in  these  days,  we  must  "  go  for  numbers'* 
—  we  must  have  a  system  which  will  command  the 
support  of  the  great  body  of  the  people :  and  such  a 
system  of  schools  for  the  people  will,  in  the  most 
effectual  manner,  assist,  improve,  and  strengthen  our 
higher  schools  and  universities. 

Now  if  we  were  but  to  avail  ourselves  of  the  faci- 
lities and  resources  (what  these  are  will  be  pointed 
out)  which  we  do  at  the  present  moment  possess, 
for  the  purpose  of  establishing  good  local  schools,  in 
many  cases  almost  the  whole  of  this  expense  might 
be  saved,  and  in  all  cases  up  to  the  thirteenth  or 
fourteenth  year  of  a  child's  age.  Under  such  a  sys- 
tem as  we  might  now  organize,  an  education,  or,  at 
all  events,  the  foundations  of  an  education,  worthy  of 
these  times,  might  be  given  at  a  yearly  cost  of  per- 
haps not  more  than  what  parents  are  now  paying  for 
the  travelling  expenses  of  their  children  to  some  dis- 
tant school,  four  or  six  journeys  between  home  and 
the  school  being  made  every  year.  . 

The  expensiveness  of  our  university  education  is 
notorious. 

The  greatest  obstacle  also  to  the  extension  of 
education  amongst  the  labouring  classes  is  the  diffi- 
culty of  raising  sufficient  funds  for  the  erection  and 
maintenance  of  schools  conducted  on  the  present 
system. 

3.   Another  evil,  which  is  inseparable  from  our 


CHILDREN   SENT   FROM   HOME    TOO   EARLY.       11 

present  system  of  education,  as  far  as  the  children  of 
the  upper,  and  a  great  proportion  of  the  children  of 
the  middle,  classes  are  concerned,  is  the  want  of 
proper  supervision  at  its  commencement,  we  may  say 
from  the  age  of  seven  or  eight  to  that  of  thirteen  or 
fourteen.  For  children  of  this  age  no  substitute  can 
be  found  for  the  affectionate  vigilance  of  a  parent. 
A  child  who,  up  to  the  age  at  which  children  are 
usually  sent  to  boarding  schools,  has  been  secluded 
from  every  evil  influence,  and  trained  to  virtue  with 
ever  watchful  affection  and  care,  is  on  a  sudden  sent 
off  to  a  boarding  school,  where  he  will  have  to  live 
amongst  a  number  of  boys  of  various  ages.  Few 
parents  can  submit  their  children,  at  so  impressible  an 
age,  to  this  ordeal,  without  some  serious  misgivings; 
perhaps  without  some  bitter  pangs.  Many  a  child  is 
thus  prematurely  introduced  to,  and  familiarized 
with,  much  that  is  bad  and  contaminating.  This  is 
a  fault  of  the  system  which  no  supervision  or  vigi- 
lance on  the  part  of  the  masters  of  the  school  could 
prevent.  Do  what  they  may,  it  must  take  place : 
there  is  no  remedy  for  it :  it  belongs  to  the  system. 
Arnold  was  fully  aware  of  this  objection  to  public 
schools ;  and  it  is  one  which  every  day  will  be  felt 
more  strongly.  It  is  often  met  by  the  observation, 
that  this  early  familiarity  with  evil  is  a  good  pre- 
paration for  the  world.  This  seems  to  be  a  mistake. 
Early  familiarity  with  evil  may  be  a  good  preparation 
for  the  clever  and  discreet  practice  of  evil  in  after 

B    6 


12  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

life,  but  it  can  hardly  be  a  good  preparation  for  any 
thing  else.  How  many  bad  habits  —  such  as  extra- 
vagance, irregularities  of  various  kinds,  disinclination 
to  any  kind  of  study,  or  of  mental  exertion — has  the 
public  school  system  a  direct  tendency  to  produce. 

That  there  are  great  advantages  also  in  our  public 
school  system  few  people  are  disposed  to  deny :  the 
question  is,  how  may  we  secure  these  without  running 
a  very  great  risk  of  more  than  counter-balancing  evils  ? 
Perhaps  this  might  be  done  by  keeping  the  child,  up 
to  about  his  thirteenth  year,  under  his  parents'  eyes, 
and  in  the  mean  time  giving  him,  in  company  with 
other  children)  a  better  education  than  he  could  possibly 
receive  at  a  public,  or  a  boarding,  school.  During 
this  time,  which  is  the  very  period  in  which  we 
receive  the  strongest  and  most  abiding  impressions, 
principles  might  be  implanted  which  would  after- 
wards enable  a  youth  to  pass  three  or  four  years  at  a 
public  school  without  any  very  great  risk.  Perhaps 
we  now  possess  the  means  of  constructing  a  general 
school  system  which  might  be  fully  adequate  to  the 
instruction  of  all  children,  at  least  up  to  a  certain 
age,  when  those  who  were  intended  for  public 
schools  might  proceed  to  them,  better  prepared  for 
turning  to  good  account  the  peculiar  advantages  of 
the  public  school  system,  and  less  likely  to  suffer 
from  its  dangers.  Under  the  present  system  a  boy 
is  sent  to  a  public  school  before  he  has  acquired  any 
habits  of  attention,  or  industry,  and  almost  before 


DOES   NOT    ADMIT    OF    COOPERATION.  13 

he  is  acquainted  with  the  difference  between  right 
and  wrong ;  and  is  left  to  form  his  own  opinions  and 
habits,  as  chance,  and  the  public  opinion  of  the 
school,  may  influence  him. 

4.  A  fourth  evil  inherent  in  our  present  system 
of  education  is  the  fact  that  each  part  of  it  stands 
by  itself,  entirely  isolated  and  disconnected  from  all 
the  other  parts.  Our  public  schools  and  univer- 
sities in  no  way  aid,  nor  are  they  in  any  way 
connected  with,  our  middle  or  commercial  schools. 
Nor,  again,  do  our  schools  for  the  labouring  classes 
receive  any  aid  from,  nor  are  they  in  any  way  con- 
nected with,  our  middle  schools,  or  our  universities. 
These  three  divisions  of  our  educational  system, 
which  might  upon  a  better  organised  plan  very 
effectually  assist  and  strengthen  each  other,  stand 
entirely  aloof  from  each  other.  This  is  a  very 
serious  impediment  to  the  improvement  and  progress 
of  education  amongst  us :  in  what  way  it  is  so  will 
be  pointed  out  more  fully  when  we  have  arrived  at 
another  part  of  our  subject:  at  present  my" object  is 
only  to  direct  attention  to  it  as  one  of  the  evils  of 
the  present  state  of  education  in.  this  country.  The 
friends  of  education  would  do  well  not  to  lose  sight 
of  the  necessity  of  providing  some  remedy  for  it  in 
any  plan  for  which  they  may  be  desirous  of  obtain- 
ing the  attention  and  favour  of  the  public. 

It  can  hardly  be  necessary  to  say  that  the  pre- 
ceding remarks  contain  nothing  that  is  in  any  degree 


14  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE* 

inconsistent  with  the  highest  appreciation  of  the 
value  of  classical  knowledge.  What  is  wanted  upon 
this  point  is,  not  that  the  classics  should  be  neglected 
—  for  then  we  should  lose  our  connection  with  the 
past;  we  should  lose  one  of  the  most  important 
chapters  in  the  history  of  man's  mind,  and  one  of 
the  most  important  in  the  history  of  his  fortunes  — 
but  that  they  should  be  studied  by  better  methods, 
and  to  better  purpose,  and  with  a  better  economy  of 
time  ;  and  that  they  should  be  studied  conjointly  with 
other  subjects  and  departments  of  knowledge,  which 
would  necessarily  conduce  to  a  better  understanding, 
and  a  higher  appreciation,  of  the  classics  themselves. 

I  again  repeat  that  I  have  no  wish  to  depreciate 
classical  learning :  far  from  it.  I  simply,  but  ear- 
nestly, wish  to  deprecate  the  continuance  in  these 
days  of  the  practice  of  making  an  acquaintance  with 
the  classical  tongues  (for  we  can  hardly  call  it  an 
acquaintance  with  classical  literature)  the  real  ob- 
ject, and  almost  the  sole  instrument,  of  school 
education;  the  reasons  which  once  made  this  abso- 
lutely necessary  having,  in  this  present  state  of 
knowledge,  of  society,  and  of  our  own  literature, 
ceased  to  have  any  existence. 

Latin  might  be  taught  —  attention  being  directed 
merely  to  the  language,  and  not  at  all  to  the  litera- 
ture —  with  great  advantage  in  all  good  schools. 
There  would  be  no  harm  in  the  more  intelligent 
among  the  children  of  small  farmers  and  trades- 


QUALIFICATIONS  FOR  TEACHING  THE  CLASSICS.  15 

men,  and  even  of  labourers^  being  brought  in  this 
way  to  have  more  distinct  ideas  on  the  subject  of 
grammar,  some  insight  into  the  nature  of  language, 
and  a  better  understanding  of  their  own  tongue. 
But  then  it  must  be  taught  upon  a  totally  different 
plan  from  that  now-  adopted  in  our  public  schools. 

The  qualifications  necessary  for  the  profitable 
teaching  of  the  classics  in  our  higher  schools  and 
universities  are, —  1.  Extensive  philological  know- 
ledge ;  because  the  study  of  Language  should  be  one 
of  our  objects  in  teaching  them ;  2.  Correct  taste, 
and  enlarged  views  of  literary  criticism ;  because  in 
some  departments  of  literature  the  classics  are  very 
far  from  being  the  best  models,  and  in  no  depart- 
ment ought  they  to  be  presented  as  models  without 
comment;  3.  An  acquaintance  with  metaphysical, 
ethical,  and  political  theories,  of  our  own  times  as 
well  as  of  the  classical  period  ;  for  the  constitution 
of  society  is  at  present  totally  different  from  what  it 
was  in  classical  times  ;  and  the  spirit  and  views  which 
pervade  classical  literature  are  in  many  essential 
points  at  variance  with  the  views  and  spirit  of  our 
own  day ;  4.  Extensive  historical  knowledge,  that 
the  bearing,  and  import,  and  value  of  the  events  of 
those  times,  as  a  portion  of  general  history,  might 
be  explained  and  illustrated. 

Neither  ought  it  to  be  inferred,  from  any  thing 
which  may  be  found  in  these  pages,  that  there  is  in 
them  a  concealed  intention  to  depreciate  the  efforts 


16  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

of  those  who  are  now  carrying  on  the  work  of  edu-? 
cation  in  our  classical  schools  and  colleges.  The 
public  is  fully  aware  that  they  are  actuated  by  a 
conscientious  desire  to  carry  out  the  objects  of  the 
system  with  which  they  are  connected.  It  is  not 
with  them,  but  with  the  system,  that  fault  is  found. 
The  evils  of  the  system  are  in  these  days  very  great, 
and  perhaps  ineradicable.  It  is  a  system  inapplicable 
to  the  knowledge  and  circumstances  of  the  times  in 
which  we  live.  It  prevents  much  good  from  being 
done ;  and  does  indirectly  produce  a  considerable 
amount  of  evil.  It  is  not  so  much  a  few  alterations 
and  a  few  additions  which  are  needed,  but  that  we 
want  new  views  and  a  new  system — not  the  views 
and  the  system  which  were  best  for  1550,  but  what 
would  be  best  for  1850. 


WE  WILL  NOW  proceed  to  consider  in  what  way  a 
school  might  aim  at  fulfilling  the  conditions  imposed 
upon  us  by  those  circumstances  of  our  times,  which 
bear  upon  education.  The  reader  will  recollect  that 
of  these  conditions  the  three  most  important  —  the 
master-conditions  of  any  system  which  is  to  meet 
the  wants  of  the  present  day — have  been  already 
specified.  He  will  also,  perhaps,  be  disposed  to  be 
of  the  opinion,  that  of  the  three  kinds  of  schools 
established  in  this  country  —  that  which  undertakes 


SKETCH    OF   A    GENERAL    SYSTEM.  17 

the  education  of  the  upper  classes  ;  that  which  under- 
takes the  education  of  the  middle  classes ;  and  that 
which  undertakes  the  education  of  the  labouring 
classes  —  not  one  attempts  to  fulfil  these  conditions: 
or,  in  other  words,  to  adapt  itself  to  the  present 
state  of  society,  and  the  present  state  of  knowledge. 

There  ought,  then,  to  be  found  in  every  neigh- 
bourhood a  school,  or  schools,  so  situated  as  not  to 
be  at  an  inconvenient  distance  from  any  part  of  the 
neighbourhood ;  the  system  of  instruction  adopted 
in  these  schools — all  the  schools  in  a  neighbourhood 
working  connectedly,  the  larger  ones  giving  higher 
and  more  advanced  instruction  than  the  smaller  ones 
—  should  be  such,  that  every  thing  which  it  is  de- 
sirable we  should  be  taught  in  these  days,  might 
easily,  and  as  it  were  naturally,  be  taught  in  them, 
either  by  the  regular  masters,  or  by  extraneous  aid. 
Such  arrangements,  and  such  methods  of  instruction, 
should  be  carried  out,  that  all  classes  (at  all  events 
up  to  a  certain  age)  might,  supposing  parents  were 
desirous  of  it,  receive  instruction  in  the  same  class- 
rooms, and  at  the  same  time ;  and  the  school  fees 
should  be  fixed  on  such  a  scale  that,  while  the  expense 
of  educating  their  children  would  scarcely  be  felt  by 
the  middle  classes,  a  good  education  for  their  children 
would  be  within  the  reach  of  the  labouring  classes. 


L1O 


It  may  be  as  well  to  state  at  once  what  is  meant 
when  it  is  said  that  the  schools  to  be  proposed  in 


18  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

these  pages  ought  to  be  such  as  that  the  children  of 
the  middle,  and  even  of  those  above  the  middle, 
classes  might  attend  them  with  advantage.  It  is  not 
supposed  that  many  children  from  these  classes 
would  frequent  them  at  first ;  nor,  of  course,  would 
they  ever  do  so,  unless  it  became  very  manifest, 
that  to  do  so  would  be  greatly  to  their  advantage. 
What  I  shall  endeavour  to  show  is,  that  in  these 
days  we  ought  to  have,  and  that  we  easily  might 
have,  schools  in  which  a  better  education  might  be 
given  to  all,  than  the  children  of  the  upper  classes 
are  now  receiving,  at  all  events  for  the  first  five  or 
six  years  of  their  school  career,  at  the  schools  now 
appropriated  for  their  especial  use ;  and  that  we 
shall  never  have  good  schools,  or  make  any  very 
great  advances  in  the  cause  of  popular  education,  as 
long  as  we  adhere  to  the  plan  of  establishing  schools 
for  the  labouring  classes  exclusively. 

In  recommending  a  change  from  a  system  appli- 
cable to  a  by-gone  state  of  things  to  a  system 
applicable  to  the  wants  and  circumstances  of  our 
own  times,  we  shall  be  compelled  to  encounter  many 
prejudices,  and  perhaps  some  interests.  The  reader, 
however,  will  see  that  it  does  not  constitute  a  bar 
to  the  consideration  of  what  will  be  proposed  to 
him,  that  there  never  has  been  a  time  when  any 
thing  like  it  has,  or  could  have,  been  adopted 
amongst  us.  There  never  has  been  a  time  in  his- 
tory —  the  present  in  this  respect  stands  quite  alone 


A   GENERAL    SYSTEM.  19 

—  when  there  were  millions  of  the  lower,  and  of 
the  middle,  classes  to  be  educated ;  when  there 
existed  the  means  for  educating  them ;  and  also  the 
necessity  for  doing  it.  This  at  once  makes  it 
evident  that  we  are  discussing  a  question  in  which 
references  to  the  practices  and  wisdom  of  our  fore- 
fathers are  inapplicable :  being  placed  in  new  cir- 
cumstances, and  rinding  ourselves  beset  by  new 
wants,  we  must  decide  for  ourselves  what  is  the  best 
way  of  meeting  these  wants. 

I  would  begin,  then,  by  setting  aside  the  idea 
that  there  ought  to  exist  essential  differences  be- 
tween the  kind  of  instruction  given  in  primary,  in 
middle,  and  in  high  schools.  Whatever  differences 
may  exist  in  the  schools  of  districts  or  parishes, 
where  it  may  be  thought  advisable  to  have  several 
schools,  ought  not  to  be  looked  upon  as  essential 
differences,  but  merely  as  different  steps  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  best  scheme  of  instruction  which 
we  can  devise  :  as  differences  in  degree,  not  in  kind. 
In  these  times  what  is  a  good  education  for  one  man 
is  in  the  main  a  good  education  for  all  others.  The 
admission  of  this  will  at  once  reduce  to  the  commu- 
nity the  cost  of  education,  by  enabling  schools  and 
classes  to  co-operate,  which  are  now  standing  apart, 
or  even  perhaps  in  an  attitude  of  opposition  to  each 
other. 

Up  to  a  certain  age  all  children  must  receive 
primary  instruction :  a  department,  therefore,  for 


20  SCHOOL    OF   THE   FUTURE. 

primary  instruction  ought  to  belong  to  every  school ; 
whether,  however,  under  the  same  roof,  or  not,  would 
of  course  be  merely  a  matter  of  arrangement.  It 
ought  to  depend  upon  the  number  and  character  of 
the  population  of  a  district,  whether  this  formed  a 
separate  preparatory  school,  or  a  part  of  a  single 
school,  to  which  we  may  suppose  that  it  would  be 
desirable  for  some  districts  to  confine  their  efforts. 
If  a  child  is  in  any  way  capable  of  availing  himself  of 
the  advantage  of  remaining  at  school  beyond  a  cer- 
tain age,  he  ought,  irrespective  of  his  station  in  life, 
to  have  the  opportunity  of  learning  more  than  can 
be  taught  in  a  primary  school. 

The  effect  of.  this  would  be  two-fold;  in  the  first 
place,  a  great  improvement  would  be  effected  in  the 
character  of  the  schools  which  we  now  call  primary, 
because  the  main  idea  respecting  the  school,  which 
would  be  present  to  the  mind  both  of  the  master  and 
of  the  pupil,  would  be,  not  that  it  was  a  place  where 
instruction  was  to  be  restricted  to  a  few  elementary 
subjects,  but  that  it  was  itself  a  school,  or  that  it 
was  connected  with  schools,  in  which  a  good  educa- 
tion, advancing  and  expanding, in  proportion  to  the 
increasing  age  and  capacity  of  the  pupil,  was  to  be 
given.  The  other  effect  would  be  an  economical 
one:  there  are  at  present  many  districts  which  pos- 
sess only  primary  schools,  these  being  too  of  a  very 
low  character,  and  very  inefficient ;  now  it  might 
not  be  difficult,  by  the  adoption  of  a  better  system. 


A    GENERAL    SYSTEM.  21 

to  raise  these  into  good  general  schools,  their  primary 
classes  being  retained.  This  would  very  much  lessen 
the  cost  of  educating  their  children  to  a  great  many, 
who  are  at  present  obliged  to  have  recourse  to  dis- 
tant schools.  In  this  way  the  whole  expense  at  pre- 
sent incurred  for  the  maintenance  of  elementary 
schools  in  any  neighbourhood,  and  the  whole  ap- 
paratus of  masters,  school-houses,  &c.,  would  at  once 
become  available  for  the  purpose  of  maintaining 
good  and  efficient  schools,  at  which  all  the  children 
of  the  neighbourhood,  whose  parents  were  desirous 
of  allowing  their  children  the  advantages  such  schools 
would  offer,  might  be  properly  educated.  We  can- 
not, however,  expect  to  see  any  thing  of  this  kind 
done,  until  the  well-to-do  and  intelligent  part  of 
the  community  shall  have  become  aware  how  much 
they  are  themselves  interested  in  maintaining  good 
schools  within  reach  of  their  own  doors.  The  want 
of  this  feeling  is  at  present  a  serious  obstacle  in  the 
way  of  the  extension  and  improvement  of  popular 
education. 

Supposing  such  a  school  to  exist  in  any  neigh- 
bourhood, the  working  of  the  system  would  be  some- 
thing of  this  kind :  children  who  stayed  long  enough, 
would  pass  out  of  the  primary  or  elementary  classes 
into  those  where  the  subjects  of  instruction  were 
higher  and  more  varied.  Some,  as  would  be  the 
case  generally  with  the  children  of  the  poor,  would 
leave  the  school  before  making  much  progress  in 


22  SCHOOL   OF    THE   FUTURE. 

these  higher  classes.  Still  it  would  have  been  an 
advantage  even  to  them  to  have  frequented  a  school 
where  general  knowledge  and  enlightenment  of  the 
understanding  were  distinctly  aimed  at,  and  where 
reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic  were  regarded  as 
useful  instruments,  and  not  as  the  ultimate  objects 
for  the  attainment  of  which  they  had  been  sent  to 
school.  If  any,  however,  of  the  children  of  the  poor 
had  given  decided  indications  of  talent,  means  would, 
in  some  way  or  other,  be  found  for  continuing  such 
children  at  school.  By  availing  ourselves  of  resources, 
which  will  be  pointed  out  presently,  a  great  deal  more 
than  most  of  us  would  now  think  possible,  might  be 
taught  in  what  would  then  be  our  humblest  schools. 

The  excellence  of  the  school  ought,  of  course,  to 
increase  in  proportion  to  the  populousness  of  the 
parish  or  district. 

The  larger  villages,  in  which  a  few  shopkeepers 
and  mechanics  were  to  be  found,  would  have  better 
schools,  which  might  be  attended  by  the  older  chil- 
dren from  the  smaller  parishes  around,  who  had  got 
beyond  the  means  of  instruction  possessed  by  the 
schools  of  the  smaller  parishes. 

Every  town  possessing  nine  or  ten  thousand  in- 
habitants, and  no  part  of  the  country  is  far  distant 
from  such  a  town,  ought  to  support  a  kind  of  col- 
lege, where  a  system  of  instruction  might  be  carried 
on  in  perfect  harmony  with  that  of  the  schools,  the 
difference  being  that  the  range  of  subjects  would 


A    GENERAL    SYSTEM.  23 

be  still  further  increased,  and  these  more  extended 
studies  carried  on  under  abler  superintendence.  These 
colleges  might  take  charge  of  the  education  of  the 
elder  children  of  the  towns,  and  as  many  from  the 
neighbouring  districts  as  had  got  beyond  the  country 
schools,  and  had  the  means  of  attending  the  classes 
of  the  college  in  the  town.  Being  supported  by  a 
considerable  number  of  students,  and  being  in  towns, 
they  would  find  themselves  able  to  secure  the  ser- 
vices of  able  instructors.  Higher  and  more  sys- 
tematic instruction  would  be  given  in  them  than 
would  be  possible  in  the  country  or  district  schools. 
Those,  therefore,  who  were  desirous  of  carrying  their 
education  further  than  these  schools  admitted,  would, 
at  about  the  age  of  fifteen  or  sixteen,  begin  to  attend 
the  classes  of  the  neighbouring  college ;  where  they 
might  remain  two  or  three  years,  that  is,  until  they 
were  in  their  seventeenth  or  eighteenth  year. 

Above  all  these  would  stand  our  great  Universities, 
upon  which  the  pressure  from  without,  and  from  be- 
low, has  already  begun  to  tell,  and  which  will,  per- 
haps, before  long,  voluntarily  adapt  themselves  to  the 
requirements  of  the  age,  and  so  make  themselves 
worthy  of  the  position  which  they  occupy.  Vast 
numbers  of  real  students  would  be  prepared  for  them 
by  schools  and  colleges  of  the  kind  which  I  am  pro- 
posing for  the  reader's  consideration. 

With  respect  to  the  education  of  the  children  of 
the    upper   orders,   hitherto  we    have   regarded  the 


24  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

grammar  school,  within  the  walls  of  which  nine  or 
ten  months  out  of  the  twelve  are  spent,  as  the  place 
where  their  moral  character  is  to  be  formed  ;  and, 
with  respect  to  the  children  of  the  lower  orders,  we 
have  hitherto  regarded  the  parochial  school  as  the 
place  where  their  religious  character  is  to  be  formed. 
In  neither  case,  however,  has  the  result  been  answer- 
able to  the  expectation  ;  both  the  moral  training  of 
the  grammar  school  and  the  religious  training  of 
the  parochial  school  are  all  but  complete  failures ; 
nor  could  it  be  otherwise,  because,  as  constituted  and 
worked  at  present,  neither  of  them  possesses  the  means 
and  opportunities  necessary  for  succeeding  respect- 
ively in  these  objects.  In  the  former  case,  the  devo- 
tion of  several  years  to  that  which  to  a  child  must 
ever  be  the  driest  of  all  studies, — namely,  that  of  the 
grammar  of  a  dead  language,  and  which  does  not 
awaken  a  single  emotion  in  the  mind  of  the  child  but 
that  of  wearisomeness  and  disgust,  and  which  neither 
has,  nor  can  have,  any  interest  for  him  ;  and  this,  too, 
at  the  very  period  of  childhood  when  the  rnind  is 
most  open  to  receive  moral  impressions,  — must  have  a 
very  prejudicial  effect  upon  the  right  and  full  deve- 
lopment of  the  moral  faculties.  While  in  the  case 
of  the  children  of  the  poor  the  religious  feelings  are 
too  frequently  stunted  and  deadened  by  a  similar 
misuse  of  the  Text  of  Scripture.  There  is,  however, 
no  doubt  but  that  schools  might  generally  be  so 
organised  and  managed  as  that  good  feelings  and 


WHY  OUR  TEACHERS  ARE  HELD  IN  DISREPUTE.  25 

good  motives  would  be  predominant  in  them ;  there 
is  no  doubt  of  this,  because  several  such  schools 
already  exist.  Such  schools  would  aid  most  effectu- 
ally in  the  right  development  of  the  moral  and 
religious  feelings.  For  these  purposes,  however, 
wherever  circumstances  admit  of  their  superintend- 
ence, parents  must  always  be  in  many  respects  the 
best  educators,  and  home  the  best  school.  Hence 
the  value  of  a  school  system  which  would  give  pa- 
rents the  opportunity  of  keeping  their  children  at 
home  till  about  the  twelfth  or  thirteenth  year,  after 
which  they  might  be  sent  to  a  distant  school;  which, 
if  not  entered  till  this  age,  when  some  foundations 
for  character  had  been  laid,  would  have  great  advan- 
tages, with  but  small  counterbalancing  risks.  Under 
such  a  system  home-influences,  which  are  the  in- 
fluences ordained  by  nature,  and  on  some  points  the 
only  influences  which  can  be  brought  to  bear,  would 
not  be  lost,  as  is  the  case  at  present  in  the  education 
of  the  children  of  the  upper  orders,  while  all  the 
influences  for  good  which  public  schools  possess 
would  be  made  the  most  of. 

Every  one  who  is  desirous  of  seeing  a  higher  and 
more  effectual  education  given  to  our  children, —  an 
education  which  shall  really  nurture  gentleness,  and 
goodness,  and  patience,  and  which  shall  really  teach 
self-reliance  and  self-denial,  love  of  what  is  good,  and 
distaste  for  what  is  evil ;  arid  which  shall  prepare  the 
mind  for  the  intellectual  work  required  of  it  in  these 

C 


26  SCHOOL   OF    THE    FUTURE. 

days, — regret  the  disrepute  into  which  the  office  of 
teacher,  the  living  instrument  by  which  all  this  is 
to  be  effected,  is  pretty  generally  held  in  this 
country.  Now  this  disrepute  in  which  the  teacher 
is  held  seems  to  result  from  the  disrepute  into  which 
the  system  which  he  is  employed  in  carrying  out  has 
fallen.  If  a  master  of  a  school  were  known  in  his 
neighbourhood  as  possessing  knowledge  which  in 
these  days  men  value  and  respect,  he  would  be  him- 
self valued  and  respected.  No  persons  in  this 
country  are  more  valued  and  respected  than  those 
who  are  distinguished  in  any  department  of  know- 
ledge about  which  people  are  interested.  Now,  if 
masters  of  schools  were  possessed  of  knowledge  of 
this  kind,  or  if  their  schools  belonged  to  a  system  by 
which  this  knowledge  was  conferred  upon  our 
children,  they  would  then  naturally  command  our 
respect  and  our  regard,  because  we  should  all  see, 
without  any  doubts  as  to  the  fact,  that  they  were 
conferring  the  greatest  benefits  upon  our  children. 
We  should  see  that  there  was  a  connection  be- 
tween their  instruction  and  the  success  in  life  and 
happiness  of  our  children.  They  would  therefore, 
as  a  matter  of  course,  occupy  a  high  place  amongst 
us,  and  be  regarded  with  feelings  of  affectionate 
esteem.  But  it  is  impossible  to  look  in  this  light 
either  upon  those  who  are  nothing  more  than  dis- 
tant instruments  in  a  system  for  communicating  to 
our  children,  at  a  cost  of  twelve  or  thirteen  years, 


ARNOLD.  27 

some  acquaintance  with  the  classical  languages,  the 
connection  of  which  with  the  work  of  these  times, 
and  with  virtue  and  happiness,  few  are  able  to 
trace ;  or  upon  those  who,  in  the  capacity  of  the 
humble  dependants  of  the  Parochial  Clergy,  teach 
little  more  than  the  Church  Catechism  and  a  textual 
acquaintance  with  Scripture.  The  common  sense 
of  mankind  informs  them,  that  those  who  give 
these  kinds  of  instruction,  however  estimable  they 
may  be  on  other  accounts,  are  not  entitled  for  their 
works  sake  to  a  very  high  place  in  public  estimation. 

The  regard  in  which  Arnold  was  held,  and  the 
fame  he  left  behind  him  as  a  schoolmaster,  resulted 
in  a  great  measure  from  the  vigour  and  success  of  his 
attempt  to  give  to  classical  education  a  practical 
bearing  on  the  questions  of  the  present  day,  and  to 
connect  it  with  the  higher  intellectual  work  of  the 
age.  He  saw  that  the  defect  of  this  part  of  our 
system  consisted  in  its  not  aiming  at  any  thing, 
either  of  a  moral,  a  religious,  or  a  practical  kind  : 
this  extraordinary  deficiency  he  laboured  to  supply. 

The  discredit  that  deservedly  belongs  to  antiquated 
and  fruitless  systems  will,  notwithstanding  all  the 
regrets  which  may  be  expressed  on  this  subject, 
attach  itself  to  those  who  are  employed  in  carrying 
them  out.  Under  a  different  system,  worthy  of  and 
suitable  to  our  own  times,  those  engaged  in  educa- 
tion would  command  the  respect  of  all.  All  would 
delight  to  honour  them.  Let  the  system  of  educa- 
c  2 


28  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

tion  be  improved,  and  the  schoolmaster  would  be 
immediately  elevated  in  the  estimation  of  the  public. 
We  must  now  extend  the  range  of  instruction 
throughout  all  our  schools  from  the  highest  to  the 
lowest  with  a  constant  reference  to  the  present  state 
of  knowledge,  and  to  the  present  state  and  want  of 
society  amongst  ourselves.  Our  object  must  be  to 
teach  what  it  will  be  of  advantage  in  these  days  for 
those  whom  we  educate  to  know,  and  what  it  will  be 
for  the  advantage  of  the  community  should  be  known. 
This  is  the  task  to  which  not  only  the  friends  of 
education,  but  also  both  those  who  think  it  impos- 
sible to  arrest,  or  change,  the  career  of  the  modern 
civilisation,  and  those  who  approve  of  its  spirit  and 
tendency,  must  now  direct  their  attention.  It  can 
hardly  now  be  necessary  to  give  a  warning  against 
regarding  with  feelings  of  satisfied  complacency  what 
has  been  done  of  late  years  in  the  erection  of  schools. 
It  is  doubtless  very  gratifying,  on  a  comparison  of 
the  present  with  the  past,  to  find,  that  in  almost 
every  neighbourhood  a  school  of  some  sort  or  other 
does  now  exist,  or  rather  the  beginning  of  a  school. 
The  next  step,  however,  and  that  which  at  the 
present  moment  we  are  called  upon  to  take,  is 
the  attempt  to  make  these  schools  fulfil  the  pur- 
poses at  which  schools  ought  in  these  days  to  aim. 
What  ought  to  be  taught  is  entirely  a  relative  ques- 
tion :  the  circumstances  and  wants  of  the  times 
must  be  considered.  All  that  it  was  necessary  for  a 


EDUCATION   A   RELATIVE    QUESTION.  29 

New  Zealand  savage  to  learn  was  how  to  kill  and 
cook  his  enemies.  In  the  middle  ages  the  Clergy 
alone  felt  that  learning  was  necessary.  At  the 
Reformation  there  was  no  necessity  for  giving  school 
instruction  to  any  except  the  upper  classes ;  and  a 
man  then  became  an  accomplished  gentleman,  and 
fitted  for  the  work  of  his  age,  through  an  acquaint- 
ance with  classical  literature,  metaphysical  questions, 
and  theological  controversies.  At  the  present  day 
to  educate,  in  such  a  country  as  Russia,  the  moral 
and  intellectual  capacities  of  the  bulk  of  the  people 
would  be  the  most  revolutionary  measure  that  could 
be  imagined.  Sound  policy  there  consists  not  in 
elevating  and  strengthening  the  moral  and  intellectual, 
capacities  of  the  people,  but  in  dwarfing,  depressing, 
and  perverting  them :  nothing  need  be  educated 
except  the  feelings  of  superstition  and  submission. 
In  this  country,  at  the  present  day,  we  are  obliged 
by  a  social  necessity,  which  is  every  day  becoming 
more  strongly  felt,  to  educate  the  whole  people,  so 
as  to  prepare  every  man  for  taking  care  of  himself 
in  the  midst  of  a  free,  busy,  and  enlightened  com- 
munity ;  this  cannot  be  done  without  moral  and  intel- 
lectual culture  ;  and  the  more  there  is  of  this  culture 
the  more  effectual  will  be  the  preparation.  In  the 
education  of  the  lower  classes  we  must  aim  distinctly 
and  earnestly  at  this  culture,  for  the  simple  reasons 
that  those  who  have  to  take  care  of  themselves  must 
be  enabled  to  see  their  way;  and  that  those  in  whose 

c  3 


30  SCHOOL    OF   THE   FUTURE. 

hands  the  circumstances  of  the  times  and  the  course 
of  events  have  placed  social  and  political  power, 
must  be  taught  how  to  exercise  it.  Since  this  is 
what  we  have  to  do,  what  amount  of  instruction  that 
our  schools  are  capable  of  giving  can  be  considered 
too  much,  or  what  amount  of  moral  culture  too  high  ? 
In  the  present  state  of  things,  every  step  gained  in 
the  cultivation  of  the  moral  and  intellectual  capa- 
cities of  any  individual ,  be  lie  ivlw  he  may,  is  just  so 
much  gained  both  for  the  individual  himself,  and  for 
the  community  to  which  he  belongs. 


WE  WILL  NOW  turn  to  the  consideration  of  the  kind 
of  school  which  ought  to  exist  in  every  large  rural 
parish,  or  in  every  district  of  three  or  four  small 
rural  parishes  —  the  easy  accessibility  of  the  school 
from  every  part  of  the  district  being  the  consideration 
which  must  settle  the  extent  of  the  district.  We 
will  take,  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating  the  system, 
the  schools  which  would  occupy  the  lowest  place  in  a 
general  system  of  education  adapted  to  the  wants  and 
knowledge  of  the  present  day.  But  as  the  wants  of 
society,  and  the  knowledge  which  we  must  now  make 
use  of  in  the  work  of  education,  must  ultimately 
force  us  to  give,  in  the  main,  the  same  education  to 
all  classes,  these  schools  will  form  the  basis  of  the 
system.  The  higher  schools  will,  in  more  than  one 
respect,  rest  upon  these,  differing  from  them  chiefly 


A   PAROCHIAL,  OR   DISTRICT,  SCHOOL.  31 

in  aiming  at  a  fuller  and  more  complete  development 
of  the  ideas  which  will  be  embodied  in  all  alike. 

A  school,  then,  of  this  kind  should,  in  the  first 
place,  be  so  conducted,  and  the  instruction  given  in 
it  should  be  such,  that  all  the  children  of  the  parish 
or  district  —  at  least,  up  to  a  certain  age  —  might 
receive  instruction  in  it  together.  Under  any  of  the 
present  systems  this  would  be  impossible.  At  any 
former  time  it  would  have  been  impossible.  Perhaps, 
however,  it  may  not  be  found  an  impossible  task  in 
these  days  to  establish  district  schools  of  this  cha- 
racter, in  which  professional  men  at  all  events 
might  feel  that  their  children  up  to  a  certain  age 
would  receive,  through  the  joint  influences  and  in- 
struction of  the  school  and  of  home,  a  better  edu- 
cation than  would  be  possible  in  a  distant  school, 
especially  if  the  aims  and  system  of  that  distant 
school  were  those  of  our  present  schools. 

We  will,  then,  suppose  some  locality  containing 
about  250  children,  of  an  age  to  attend  our  school ; 
and  that  of  these  four-fifths  belong  to  the  labouring 
classes,  the  remaining  fifth  belonging  to  the  middle 
classes,  that  is  to  say,  being  made  up  of  the  children 
of  farmers  and  of  persons  in  trade  :  for  at  present  we 
will  not  take  any  credit  for  the  children  of  profes- 
sional men,  and  of  the  smaller  gentry.  This  is  re- 
stricting ourselves  to  less  than  what  has  already  been 
done  at  King's  Somborne.  In  Scotland,  too,  we 
know  the  children  of  different  classes  have  for  a  long 

C  4 


32  SCHOOL    OF   THE   FUTURE. 

time  been  educated  together  with  the  best  effect. 
For  the  present,  however,  we  will  confine  ourselves 
to  200  children  from  the  labouring  classes,  and  50 
from  the  class  of  farmers  and  tradesmen. 

And  here  there  are  two  considerations  which  we 
ought  to  bear  in  mind  for  the  sake  of  the  encour- 
agement which  they  contain:  the  first  being  that 
we  possess,  almost  ready  made  to  our  hands,  such 
abundant  means  for  establishing  really  good  schools, 
means  so  far  superior  to  those  possessed  by  the  in- 
habitants of  any  other  country,  or  by  those  who  have 
gone  before  us  in  this  country,  that  we  may  reason- 
ably expect  to  effect  such  improvements  in  popular 
education  as  would  formerly  have  been  thought  un- 
attainable. Should  these  expectations  be  realised, 
we  need  not  fear  but  that  our  schools  will  obtain  all 
the  support  which  we  desire  for  them.  The  other 
consideration  is,  that,  supposing  we  are  able  to  send 
out  from  our  schools,  every  year,  several  thousand 
persons,  educated  in  the  manner  we  contemplate,  it 
can  matter  very  little  from  what  order  of  society  they 
may  have  originally  come  :  there  they  will  be  in  the 
midst  of  us,  doing  good  to  others  and  to  themselves 
—  better  and  happier  than  they  otherwise  would 
have  been.  No  one  would  be  dissatisfied  with  such 
a  result. 

We  have  supposed,  then,  a  case  in  which  we  have 
to  educate  about  250  children.  They  are  the  children 
of  a  rural  parish  —  a  large  village ;  and  we  have  to 


IMPORTANCE  OF  FEMALE  EDUCATION.    33 

provide  for  the  education  of  both  the  boys  and  the 
girls.  Now,  the  first  questions  which  arise  are  those 
connected  with  masters  and  mistresses  ;  —  how  many 
must  we  have  ?  what  ought  their  qualifications  to  be  ? 
&c.  Questions  of  this  kind  precede  on  the  present 
occasion  that  of  ways  and  means,  because  the  point 
before  us  just  now  is,  what  a  school  ought  to  be,  in 
order  that  it  may  meet  the  wants  of,  and  be  worthy 
of,  these  times.  When  we  shall  have  come  to 
some  conclusions  upon  this  point,  we  shall  be  better 
able  to  judge  how  much  it  will  require  to  maintain 
it.  And  when  we  know  how  much  may  be  required, 
we  shall  be  in  a  better  position  for  inquiring  how 
our  funds  are  to  be  raised. 

One  good  master  then,  and  one  good  mistress,  at 
least,  are  indispensable.  It  would  doubtless  very 
much  simplify  our  inquiries,  if  no  allusion  were  made 
in  these  pages  to  school-mistresses,  or  to  female  edu- 
cation :  to  do  this,  however,  would  be  to  omit,  at  all 
events  as  far  as  the  lower  orders  are  concerned,  half 
our  subject.  In  the  present  state  of  society  the 
education  of  woman  is  as  important  as  that  of  man : 
I  say  in  the  present  state  of  society,  because  it  was 
not  so  under  the  feudal  system,  or  under  the  ancient 
civilisation ;  nor,  to  take  the  state  of  society  most 
dissimilar  to  our  own,  has  it  ever  been  so  under  the 
oriental  civilisation.  Amongst  ourselves,  however, 
in  the  management  and  well-being  of  the  family,  it 
is  as  important  that  the  duties  which  devolve  upon 

c  5 


34  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

woman,  as  that  those  which  devolve  upon  man,  should 
be  rightly  arid  intelligently  discharged.  Individually, 
too,  without  reference  to  the  conduct  and  well-being 
of  the  family,  woman  is  as  much  interested  as  man 
in  receiving  the  best  moral  and  intellectual  culture. 
Whatever  observations,  however,  we  may  venture  to 
make  on  the  subject  of  mistresses  and  girl-schools, 
will  be  intended  to  apply  to  the  education  of  the 
daughters  of  those  who  belong  to  the  labouring 
classes,  and  to  the  lower  strata  of  the  middle  classes  ; 
because  it  is  plain  that  they  must  always  be  educated 
at  schools  of  a  more  or  less  public  kind,  while  per- 
haps a  home  education  will  always  continue  to  be 
the  best  for  the  daughters  of  the  wealthier  classes. 

What  then  ought  to  be  the  qualifications  of  the 
master,  and  what  the  qualifications  of  the  mistress? 
What  these  ought  to  be  will  come  out  more  distinctly 
as  we  proceed.  A  rude  way,  however,  of  measuring 
their  qualifications,  but  still  to  a  certain  extent  an 
intelligible  one,  is  that  of  measuring  them  by  the 
amount  of  the  salary  which  is  supposed  to  represent 
the  value  of  their  services.  Now,  the  master  ought 
to  be  a  teacher  whose  attainments  and  character 
would  command  for  him  a  salary  of  not  less  than 
901.  a  year ;  while  the  services  of  the  mistress  ought 
to  be  worth  not  less  than  7(W.  a  year,  each  being  in 
addition  provided  with  apartments.  Of  course  it 
would  be  very  desirable  that  the  salaries  should  be 
higher,  and  so  perhaps  after  a  time  they  will  be ;  for 


MASTERS  —  MISTRESSES  —  INFANT   SCHOOLS.     35 

the  present,  however,  we  may  suppose  that  they 
receive  respectively  the  above  sums.  Now  this 
would  show  at  once  that  the  master  was  a  person 
whose  services  were  considered  of  quite  as  much 
value  as  those  of  the  curate  of  the  parish ;  and  that 
the  mistress  was  a  person  whose  services  were  con- 
sidered worth  quite  as  much,  when  estimated  in 
money,  as  those  of  the  governesses  in  the  houses  of 
the  neighbouring  gentry. 

There  would,  then,  out  of  the  250  children,  be 
about  50,  for  we  are  taking  all  the  children  of  the 
village,  who  might  be  considered  as  fit  subjects  for 
an  infant  school.  These  we  will  at  once  dispose  of 
For  the  moment  we  will  suppose  that  the  room  in 
which  the  infant  school  is  to  be  carried  on  has  been 
provided,  and  that  it  has  been  furnished  with  all 
the  requisite  apparatus.  Each  of  the  50  children 
would  pay  %d.  a  week.  Now  the  amount  of  these 
weekly  fees  would  go  far  towards  defraying  the  ex- 
penses of  this  department,  if  the  infant  school  were 
under  the  same  roof  as  the  girls'-school ;  in  which 
case  it  might  be  taught  by  the  elder  girls,  or  pupil- 
teachers,  as  was  done  at  King's  Somborne,  each 
taking  her  turn  under  the  direction  and  supervision 
of  the  mistress  of  the  girls'-school.  So  far  would 
this  be  from  interfering  with  the  studies  of  the 
elder  girls,  or  pupil-teachers,  that  it  would,  most 
probably,  be  found  that  no  part  of  their  time  was 
more  profitably  employed.  It  would  teach  them  the 

c  6 


36  SCHOOL    OF   THE   FUTURE. 

management  of  children,  and  would  be  an  early 
initiation  into  the  difficulties  and  the  art  of  teaching. 
In  towns,  and  wherever  the  infant  school  was  a  large 
one,  of  course  the  experience  and  authority  of  a 
regular  mistress  would  be  indispensable. 

We  now  have  to  provide  for  two  schools,  one  con- 
taining about  100  boys,  and  the  other  about  the  same 
number  of  girls.  At  present  we  must  content  our- 
selves with  a  single  master  and  a  single  mistress  for 
each  respectively ;  nor  will  100  children  form  too 
large  a  school  for  a  skilful  teacher,  aided  in  the  in- 
struction of  the  junior  classes  by  his  most  advanced 
pupils,  for  which  the  present  system  of  allowing 
pupil-teachers  gives  great  facilities  ;  supposing  him 
also  at  the  same  time  to  have  some  assistance,  about 
which  I  shall  speak  particularly  a  little  further  on. 

But  how  shall  we  provide  for  the  salary  of  a  master 
whose  services  are  worth  at  least  90/.  a  year,  and  of 
a  mistress  whose  services  are  worth  at  least  70/.  a 
year,  each  being  also  provided  with  apartments  ?  It 
would  of  course  be  better  if  the  salaries  were  higher ; 
it  would  also  be  better  if  both  master  and  mistress 
had  an  assistant,  but  as  such  schools  as  I  have 
taken  for  the  purpose  of  illustration  might  be  carried 
on  without  assistance  of  this  kind,  I  shall  omit  for 
the  present  the  consideration  of  what  it  would  cost. 
Nothing,  however,  at  all  worthy  of  these  times  can  be 
done  without  the  efficient,  and,  therefore,  the  high- 
priced,  master  and  mistress,  so  that  if  we  cannot  afford 


HOW  SCHOOLS  ARE  TO  BE  SUPPORTED.     37 

to  pay  for  their  services,  then  the  attempt  to  establish 
3  system  of  education,  which  shall  give  the  moral  and 
intellectual  culture  adapted  to  the  present  state  of 
knowledge,  and  the  present  state  of  society,  must  be 
abandoned,  and  nothing  more  need  be  said  upon  the 
subject.  This  is  the  first  and  most  necessary  con- 
dition of  success.  Should  our  inability  to  pay  such 
salaries  be  proved,  we  must  rest  satisfied  with  our 
present  state  of  precarious,  eleemosynary,  elementary, 
and  inefficient  education,  for  the  great  body  of  the 
people,  at  the  very  time  when  the  education  of  the 
masses,  and  of  the  lower  strata  of  the  middle  classes 
—  on  account  of  the  manner  in  which  they  have  of 
late  years  increased  in  numbers,  power,  and  half- 
informed,  and  often  ill-directed,  intelligence  —  has 
become  of  such  supreme  importance  as  to  be  among 
the  very  first  necessities  of  the  present  state  of 
society. 

How,  then,  shall  we  raise  this  90/.  a-year  for  a 
competent  master,  and  this  70/.  a-year  for  a  com- 
petent mistress?  This  1601.  a-year  is  absolutely 
necessary  for  the  kind  of  work  we  wish  to  have 
done.  The  reader  will  remember  that  at  this  mo- 
ment I  am  only  proposing  the  introduction  of  a 
certain  kind  of  school  here  and  there,  wherever 
circumstances  may  be  favourable.  If  this  is  the 
kind  of  school  we  want,  and  if  it  be  the  kind  of 
school  best  suited  to  the  times  we  live  in,  the  sooner 
we  begin  to  exhibit  it  in  operation  here  and  there, 


38  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

the  sooner  may  we  hope  to  see  it  generally  adopted. 
Now  perhaps  there  are  some  places  so  circumstanced 
that  it  might  be  possible  to  raise  in  them  this  sum  ; 
and  the  greater  the  variety  of  ways  in  which  it  may 
be  raised  the  better ;  and  this  variety  probably 
exists,  for  what  is  quite  inapplicable  to  one  locality 
may  perhaps  be  the  very  thing  which  can  most  easily 
be  carried  out  in  another. 

1.  First,  then,  there  are  many  places  where  it 
might  be  advisable  to  require  an  uniform  payment 
from  all  the  children  alike  of  2d.  a  week;  the 
farmer's  and  tradesman's  children  paying  no  more 
than  the  labourer's.  Labourers  in  many  districts 
will  gladly  pay  3d.  a  week  for  the  schooling  of  their 
children,  even  at  some  of  the  worst  of  our  present 
schools :  this  was  the  ordinary  payment  at  the  old 
dames'  school.  At  the  Birkbeck  schools,  which  have 
been  established  for  the  education  of  the  upper 
stratum  of  the  labouring  classes,  the  payment  is  6d. 
a  week.  But  supposing  an  uniform  payment  of  %d. 
a  week,  after  deducting  six  weeks  for  holidays,  which 
will  be  amply  sufficient  for  children  residing  at  home 
—  three  weeks  at  harvest,  two  at  Christmas,  and  one 
at  Whitsuntide  —  we  shall  have  76/.  13s.  4?d.  from 
this  source.  Now  there  are  a  great  many  parishes 
where  the  remaining  deficiency  might  at  once  be 
made  up  out  of  an  existing  educational  endowment. 
This  arrangement,  then,  would  be  sufficient  for  a 
great  many  places. 


UNIFORM  AND  GRADUATED  FEES — ENDOWMENTS.  39 

The  advantages  of  this  uniform  payment  are,  that 
managers  of  schools  would  thus  escape  the  difficulty 
of  settling  who  are  to  pay  the  higher  and  who  the 
lower  scale  of  fees. 

And  a  feeling  of  independence  and  of  honest  pride 
would  be  encouraged  in  the  poor  by  the  knowledge 
of  the  fact  that  they  were  paying  as  much  as  those 
above  them  for  the  education  of  their  children. 

It  would  also  be  a  great  advantage  gained  that  no 
child  would  feel  himself  in  an  inferior  position  to  the 
other  children  whom  he  met  in  the  school. 

2.  In  places  where  other  circumstances  were  fa- 
vourable for  the  establishment  of  such  schools,  but 
where  the  endowment  was  so  small  as  that  a  larger 
sum  than  76/.  must  be  raised  each  year  from  the 
scholars,  the  King's  Somborne,  or  graduated,  system 
of  payments  might  be  adopted.  The  children  of  the 
labouring  class  —  that  is,  of  those  who  live  by  weekly 
wages  —  might  be  required  to  pay  2d.  a  week  each, 
while  the  children  of  tradesmen  and  farmers  would 
be  required  to  pay  10s.  a  quarter  each.  This  would 
give,  supposing  one-fourth,  or  fifty,  of  the  children 
belonged  to  the  latter  class  —  this  proportion  of 
course  would  vary,  for  in  "small  country  towns  it 
might  frequently  become  much  more  considerable  — 
a  sum  of  100/.  a  year;  and  for  the  remaining  150  a 
yearly  sum  of  57 /.  10s. 

At  King's  Somborne  this  plan  has  been  found  suf- 
ficient for  the  entire  maintenance  of  schools,  the 


40  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

excellence  of  which  is  known  every  where,  no  aid 
being  received  either  from  endowment  or  subscrip- 
tions. This  plan,  then,  may  be  brought  in  to  aid  a 
very  small  endowment ;  or,  where  there  are  active 
and  intelligent  persons  to  manage  the  schools,  it  has 
been  demonstrated  by  the  example  just  referred  to, 
that  it  is  possible  to  work  it  in  such  a  manner,  as  to 
enable  the  schools  to  be  entirely  self-supporting. 
The  success  of  this  plan  will  entirely  depend  upon 
the  character  of  the  schools ;  in  other  words,  upon 
the  activity,  kindly  feelings,  and  intelligence  of  those 
who  manage  them  :  narrow  views,  whether  of  an  edu- 
cational, or  religious,  or  social  kind,  would  be  fatal  to 
its  success. 

3.  A  third  method  would  be  to  bring  an  (at  present 
voluntary)  school-rate-in-aid  to  supply  the  deficiency 
of  either  the  first  or  the  second  scheme  of  school 
fees.  It  would,  just  at  the  present  moment,  be  a 
great  point  gained  if  this  could  be  done  any  where ; 
and  I  cannot  help  thinking  that  there  must  be 
some  neighbourhoods,  where,  by  the  example  and 
influence  of  some  great  proprietor,  or  of  the  clergy- 
man, or  of  some  person  of  weight  in  the  parish,  the 
majority  of  the  parishioners  might  be  brought  to 
see  how  desirable  it  would  be  for  them,  and  how 
much  it  would  conduce  to  their  own  pecuniary 
interest,  and  to  the  lasting  advantage  of  their  chil- 
dren, that  they  should  contribute  to  the  maintenance 
amongst  themselves  of  such  schools. 


SCHOOL-RATE PARLIAMENTARY   GRANTS.     41 

An  advantage  which  might  be  expected  to  follow 
the  adoption  of  such  a  school-rate-in-aid  would  be, 
that  every  one  who  paid  it  would  be  interested  in  the 
efficiency  and  success  of  the  schools. 

It  would  also  immediately  lead  those  in  any  parish 
who  were  called  on  to  contribute  towards  a  school, 
to  see  first  whether  any  endowment  for  educational 
purposes  which  might  exist  in  the  parish,  was  being 
made  the  most  of,  and  applied  to  the  purposes  for 
which  it  was  intended.  By  the  sure  operation  of 
this  motive  we  should  soon  find  the  educational 
endowments  of  the  country,  which  exist  in  great 
numbers,  and  in  many  cases  are  of  very  considerable 
value,  looked  into,  and  turned  to  good  account. 
The  cause  why  so  many  educational  endowments 
are  at  present  misappropriated,  is  that,  under  the 
present  system,  no  one  is  interested  in  seeing  them 
rightly  applied. 

4.  A  fourth  means  which  may  be  indicated  is 
that  of  grants-in-aid  from  the  Educational  Com- 
mittee of  the  Privy  Council. 

I  altogether  exclude  from  this  enumeration  that 
to  which  we  now  almost  universally  have  recourse, 
I  mean  the  system  of  supporting  our  schools  by  sub- 
scriptions. It  is  quite  unnecessary  to  say  anything 
for  the  purpose  of  showing,  that  under  such  a  system 
it  is  impossible  to  have  either  good  schools,  or  a 
general  plan  for  the  education  of  the  whole  people. 


42  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

Though  perhaps  the  majority  of  our  schools  are 
dependent  upon  it,  there  are  several  reasons  which 
make  it  most  objectionable.  I  do  not  at  all  mean  to 
imply  that  we  can  at  present  dispense  with  the  aid 
which  we  receive  from  this  quarter ;  without  it  many 
of  our  present  schools  would  be  unable  to  exist.  I 
avoid,  however,  on  account  of  the  various  and  serious 
objections  which  may  be  made  against  it,  setting  it 
down  here  as  one  of  the  means  which  it  would  be 
desirable  to  have  recourse  to  in  our  attempt  to  intro- 
duce a  better  system  of  education. 

We  must  remember  that  a  large  proportion  of 
those  who  at  present  are  ready  to  subscribe  would 
be  in  favour  of  a  rate.  Those,  however,  who  sub- 
scribe for  the  purpose  of  keeping  the  education  of 
the  people  in  their  own  hands,  and  of  modifying  it 
according  to  their  own  ideas,  would  most  probably  be 
opposed  to  a  rate. 

Of  course  the  objections  which  lie  against  main- 
taining a  school  by  subscriptions  do  not  apply  to 
building  and  starting  a  school  by  contributions  and 
donations.  Not  that,  under  an  improved  system  of 
general  education,  it  would  be  desirable  to  resort  to 
contributions  even  for  this  purpose ;  but  at  present 
we  are  only  speaking  of  the  attempt  to  introduce  an 
improved  system  to  general  notice  ;  and  until  we  shall 
have  got  beyond  this  point,  there  can  be  no  objection 
to  receiving  contributions  for  the  purpose  of  building 
schools,  or  for  improving  existing  school  buildings. 


HOW  SCHOOLS  ARE  TO  BE  STARTED.    43 

And  when  we  consider  how  much  is  done  in  this 
way  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  our  present  in- 
efficient system  of  education,  we  may  be  sure  that 
not  less  will  be  done,  when  the  motive  for  doing  it 
will  be  very  much  strengthened  by  the  acknowledged 
efficiency  and  value  of  the  kind  of  school  to  be  bene- 
fited by  such  contributions. 

Suppose  400Z.  or  500/.  were  required  for  altering 
or  adding  to  existing  school  buildings  in  any  place, 
so  as  to  fit  them  for  the  kind  of  school  of  which  we 
have  been  speaking,  including  apartments  for  the 
master  and  mistress :  this  certainly  would  be  a  large 
sum  :  there  are,  however,  ways  in  which  it  might 
perhaps  be  raised  for  such  a  school.  There  are 
thoughtful  and  benevolent  persons  who  might  easily 
be  brought  to  understand  the  advantages  of  our  pos- 
sessing schools  of  this  kind,  and  who,  therefore,  would 
think  it  a  happiness  to  present  to  their  respective 
neighbourhoods  the  requisite  school-buildings,  or  the 
funds  necessary  for  altering  existing  buildings,  if 
found  inconvenient  and  unsuitable  to  the  purposes  of 
an  improved  system.  Even  as  things  now  are,  we 
see  this  done  frequently.  In  former  times  it  was 
looked  upon  as  a  pious  and  noble  act  of  munificence 
to  endow  schools  :  and  many  schools,  such  as  suited 
the  wants  of  those  times,  were  consequently  built  and 
endowed  by  individuals.  Men  can  hardly  feel  in  this 
way  with  respect  to  schools  of  the  kind  which  we  are 
now  maintaining.  The  desire,  however,  to  do  good 


44  SCHOOL    OP    THE   FUTURE. 

was  never  more  strongly  felt ;  only  let  the  object  pre- 
sented to  the  good  intentions  of  the  benevolent  be  a 
school  of  such  a  kind  that  it  will  be  manifestly  suited 
to  the  wants  of  the  present  day,  and  we  cannot  doubt 
but  that  so  excellent  an  object  will  revive  the  old 
practice. 

Or  part  of  the  necessary  sum  might  be  granted  out 
of  the  fund  which  Parliament  places  at  the  disposal 
of  the  Educational  Committee  of  the  Privy  Council ; 
the  other  part  having  been  previously  raised,  no 
matter  in  what  way,  in  the  locality  itself.  We  are 
here  only  speaking  of  the  means  to  which  we  may 
resort  for  building  and  starting  schools,  not  about 
the  different  ways  in  which  they  may  be  supported 
afterwards.  Now,  no  valid  objections  lie  against  the 
proposal  that  Government  should  aid  in  building 
and  starting  schools,  though  some  serious  objections 
lie  against  the  proposal,  that  Government  should 
continue  to  contribute  to  their  support. 

Or  perhaps  in  some  cases  where  endowments  exist, 
a  sum  might  be  raised  for  erecting  new  school-build- 
ings, or  for  improving  those  already  in  use,  the 
interest  of  the  money  raised  for  such  purposes  being 
in  these  cases  paid  out  of  the  endowment.  Our 
endowments  must  some  day  be  thoroughly  looked 
into,  and  it  will  be  found  in  many  cases  that  the 
purposes  of  the  endowment  will  best  be  answered  by 
securing  such  school-buildings  as  will  render  the 
existence  of  a  good  school  possible.  It  must  be 


SCHOOL-RATE    ULTIMATELY    NECESSARY.       45 

evident  that  there  must  be  a  great  many  localities 
in  which  more  would  be  done  for  the  improvement 
and  extension  of  education,  and  therefore  for  the 
position  of  the  schoolmaster  himself,  by  providing 
suitable  buildings  for  the  school,  than  by  allowing 
things  to  remain  as  at  present.  If,  for  the  purpose 
of  providing  such  buildings,  twenty  or  thirty  pounds 
a  year  were  deducted  from  that  part  of  the  school- 
master's income  which  the  endowment  supplies,  the 
part  which  he  derives  from  his  scholars  would  in 
many  cases  be  increased  to  an  amount  which  would 
far  more  than  compensate  for  this  deduction. 

Eventually — that  is,  if  any  thing  of  a  general  kind 
is  ever  established — -our  school-system  must  rest  upon 
a  system  of  local  school-rates :  we  must  always —  I  am 
now  speaking  of  a  general  system — be  able  to  de- 
pend upon  the  aid  of  an  extraordinary  rate  for  the 
purpose  of  enabling  us  to  start  a  new  school,  where 
one  may  be  wanted ;  or,  at  all  events,  supposing  the 
government  should  think  it  best  that  the  assistance 
necessary  in  starting  a  school  should  come  from  the 
general  resources  of  the  country  (and  perhaps  it 
would  be  better  that  it  should  be  so),  we  must  always 
be  able  to  depend  upon  local  rates  for  supplementing 
our  school  funds  derived  from  other  sources  to  the 
amount  requisite  for  carrying  on  the  school  effi- 
ciently, and  in  such  a  manner  as  to  provide  for  the 
proper  education  of  all  the  children  in  each  district. 

With  respect,  however,  to  school-rates,  this  must 


46  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

be  remembered,  that  the  possession  of  power  to 
impose  them  is  not  all  that  is  wanted.  There  will 
be  very  great  difficulties  in  the  way  of  raising  an 
adequate  rate,  but  a  still  greater  difficulty  will  be 
found  in  turning  to  any  useful  account  what  has 
been  raised,  if  the  school  to  be  built,  or  maintained, 
be  intended  for  the  children  of  the  lower  classes  only. 
In  such  a  case  perhaps  not  one  of  the  rate- payers  of 
the  district,  or  parish,  would  take  any  interest  in  the 
erection  and  success  of  the  school.  But  if,  on  the 
contrary,  the  school  proposed  be  of  such  a  character, 
that  its  establishment  would  be  a  general  benefit, 
then  all  might  be  brought  to  join  even  in  the  self- 
imposition  of  a  sufficient  rate  ;  and  many  would 
interest  themselves  in  seeing  that  all  that  the  school 
required  for  its  efficiency  was  provided. 

Perhaps,  however,  the  best  method  of  proceeding 
under  present  circumstances  would  be  that  a  moiety, 
in  some  cases  a  larger  proportion,  of  the  cost  of 
starting  our  schools  should  be  paid  out  of  a  parlia- 
mentary grant,  on  the  other  moiety,  or  certain  pro- 
portion, having  been  raised  by  subscriptions,  or 
donations,  or  bequest,  or  rate,  or  in  any  way.  The 
means,  however,  of  maintaining  schools,  except  in 
some  special  cases,  ought  to  be  supplied  by  those 
who  are  within  the  district  to  which  the  school  be- 
longs, and  ought  not  to  be  drawn  from  the  public 
purse. 

If  the  middle  classes  can  be  brought  to  understand 


THE    INTEREST    OF    THE   MIDDLE    CLASSES.     47 

the  value  to  themselves  of  good  local  schools,  we 
shall  soon  find  them  springing  up  all  over  the  coun- 
try. And  the  most  effectual  way  of  persuading 
these  classes  of  their  value  is  to  get  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible such  schools  established  here  and  there  about 
the  country.  In  this  way  we  must  endeavour  to 
show  to  parents,  that  they  may  keep  their  children 
at  home  under  their  own  watchful  superintendence, 
and  at  the  same  time  give  them  a  higher  moral  and 
intellectual  education,  and,  too,  at  a  much  less  cost 
than  is  possible  at  the  schools  they  are  now  obliged 
to  make  use  of. 

In  towns  there  would  be  much  less  difficulty  in 
raising  the  funds  necessary  for  the  first  establishment, 
as  well  as  for  the  after  support  of  such  schools. 

Nothing  has  been  said  of  the  way  in  which  the 
expense  of  repairs,  fuel,  and  attendance  would  be 
met.  •  In  such  establishments  the  cost  of  these  items 
would  not  be  great ;  but  as  it  would  constitute  a 
yearly  charge,  it  would  be  necessary  to  meet  it  out 
of  the  same  sources,  whatever  in  each  case  those 
sources  may  be,  to  which  the  school  shall  have  re- 
course for  paying  the  salaries  of  the  master  and  mis- 
tress. Books  may  either  be  paid  for  out  of  the  same 
fund,  or  by  the  children  themselves ;  each  plan 
having  certain  advantages. 

If  these  schools  are  properly  managed,  and  if  the 
instruction  given  in  them  is  what  it  ought  to  be, 
the  probability  is,  that  the  classes  above  the  farmer 


48  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

and  tradesman  will,  for  the  education  of  their  own 
children  up  to  the  age  of  twelve  or  thirteen,  avail 
themselves  of  the  advantages  which  they  will  offer, 
and  which  they  will  be  unable  to  find  elsewhere.  This 
would  proportionally  raise  the  income  of  the  schools 
as  far  as  it  depended  upon  fees,  and  so  render  a 
larger  number  of  them  able  to  dispense  with  the 
rate. 

Of  course,  in  the  majority  of  purely  rural  parishes, 
so  large  a  school  as  that  of  which  I  have  been  speak- 
ing would  not  be  required.  In  every  instance  the 
school-managers  would  decide  upon  what  was  best 
for  their  own  neighbourhood.  In  some  places,  per- 
haps, they  would  decide  on  having  a  master  only,  in 
others  still  smaller,  perhaps  a  mistress  only.  Now, 
as  things  are  at  present,  this  would  be  a  very  serious 
disadvantage,  but  under  an  improved  general  system 
most  of  the  disadvantages  which  at  present  would 
belong  to  cases  of  this  kind  would  be  removed  by 
the  connection  and  understanding  which  would  na- 
turally spring  up  between  neighbouring  schools 
when  the  object  of  all  the  schools  was  the  best  edu- 
cation of  the  people,  and  not  the  benefit  of  the 
schoolmaster,  or  the  gratification  of  the  wishes  of 
some  influential  person  in  the  parish.  Many  of  our 
present  difficulties  do  not  fairly  belong  to  the  subject 
of  education,  but  are  accidental,  being  the  result  of 
the  present  position  of  the  question  ;  and  will  dis- 
appear as  soon  as  more  enlightened  views  and  prac- 


PUBLIC    SYMPATHY    NECESSARY.  49 

tices  shall  have  begun  to  prevail.  A  very  striking 
evil  of  the  present  state  of  things  is  that  each  school 
is  entirely  isolated  from  all  others,  no  school  receiv- 
ing any  assistance  from  those  in  its  neighbourhood : 
the  fact  often  being  that  they  are  competing  against, 
and  hostile  to,  each  other. 

With  respect  to  the  education  of  the  labouring 
classes,  in  far  the  greater  number  of  cases,  the  only 
person  who  takes  an  active  part  in  the  maintenance 
and  conduct  of  the  schools  is  the  Clergyman  of  the 
Parish.  As  long  as  this  shall  continue  to  be  the 
state  of  things,  we  may  have  good  schools  here  and 
there,  but  it  will  be  impossible  to  have  good  schools 
generally.  Wherever,  on  the  contrary,  a  neighbour- 
hood generally  shall  have  become  interested  in  the 
maintenance  of  a  good  school,  a  good  school,  as  a 
matter  of  course,  will  be  created  and  maintained. 
To  create  this  interest  in  the  public  mind  ought  to 
be  a  main  object  with  those  who  desire  to  promote 
the  education  of  the  people.  It  is  upon  this  that  the 
success  of  our  schools  must  ultimately  depend.  It 
will  be  utterly  impossible  to  have  good  and  efficient 
schools,  except  under  a  system  which  shall  command 
the  sympathy  and  aid  of  those  persons  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood whose  intellectual  attainments,  and  the 
weight  of  whose  character,  make  their  sympathy  and 
aid  necessary  conditions  of  success.  If  persons  of 
this  description  stand  aloof  from  the  school,  and 

D 


50  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

show  that  they  think  disparagingly  of  it,  the  school 
will  never  be  able  to  effect  much  good. 

Schools  of  the  kind  which  I  am  describing  must 
form  the  broad  basis  of  any  plan  for  the  education 
of  the  people  of  this  country*  If  we  cannot  get 
these  schools,  little  will  be  done.  If  we  can  get 
them,  every  thing  else  that  we  wish  for  will  follow 
easily  and  naturally.  They  will  interest  every  body 
in  the  work  of  education.  Four-fifths  of  the  popu- 
lation will  receive  some  part  of  their  education  in 
them.  The  great  body  of  those  who  are  to  carry  on 
the  intellectual  work  of  the  age  will  come  from  them. 
A  large  proportion  of  our  merchants,  our  tradesmen, 
our  farmers,  our  teachers,  our  lawyers,  our  medical 
men,  our  manufacturers,  our  literary  men,  our  clergy, 
will  find  themselves  under  obligations  to  them. 
This  will  react  upon  the  schools  themselves.  Interest 
and  pride  will  be  taken  in  them.  They  will  receive 
endowments  from  those  educated  in  them  ;  but,  what 
will  be  far  more  valuable  than  endowments,  many 
who  shall  have  been  educated  in  them  will  repay  the 
debt  by  endeavouring  to  improve  and  perfect  them. 
They  will  give  its  tone  and  character  to  the  education 
of  the  country,  because  they  will  be  the  schools  in 
which  the  bulk  of  the  people,  the  stirring  and  active, 
the  thinking  and  thriving  men  of  the  country  will 
have  been  educated,  or  will  have  received  the  earliest, 
and  most  important,  part  of  their  education, 

But  I  again  repeat  that  every  thing  will  depend 


THE    SCHEME    OF    INSTRUCTION.  51 

upon  the  interest  which  the  school  shall  be  capable 
of  exciting  in  the  minds  of  the  better  sort  of  people 
in  each  neighbourhood,  and  which  no  body  supposes 
can  ever  be  felt  for  our  schools  as  long  as  they  shall 
remain  what  they  are  at  present.  Nor  will  any  in- 
terest of  this  kind  be  felt  for  secular  schools,  esta- 
blished through  an  external  influence,  for  the  educa- 
tion of  the  children  of  the  poor  ;  while  every  body 
will  be  interested  about  a  school  in  which  many  of 
his  acquaintances  and  friends  were  educated,  and  in 
which  perhaps  his  own  children  are  receiving  some 
portion  of  their  education  under  his  own  eyes. 


WE  WILL  NOW  pass  to  the  scheme  of  instruction.  In 
this  the  master-idea  ought  to  be,  that  all  the  various 
departments  of  human  knowledge — just  like  the 
various  departments  of  the  inner  and  of  the  external 
world,  which  respectively  form  the  subject-matter  of 
each  —  are  inter-connected  and  inter-dependent,  and 
constitute  together  one  great  harmonious  whole. 
If  we  do  but  allow  this  idea  to  rest  in  our  minds  for 
a  moment,  in  how  ridiculous  a  light  will  it  place  our 
present  practice  of  restricting  the  education  of  the 
upper  orders  to  a  little  Latin  and  Greek, — in  most 
cases  only  to  a  sham  attempt  to  teach  this  little, — 
and  that  of  the  lower  orders  to  a  Catechism  and 
to  the  Text  of  Scripture,  dealt  with  in  much  the 
same  kind  of  way.  The  map,  at  least,  of  the  vast, 

D   2 


52  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

varied,  and  rich  domain  of  knowledge,  so  many  fields 
of  which  since  the  revival  of  learning,  but  more  par- 
ticularly of  late  years,  have  been  explored  and  culti- 
vated, should  be  exposed  to  view.  As  things  are  at 
present,  when  the  work  of  education  is  completed,  it 
can  seldom  happen  that  a  young  man  has  had  his 
attention  directed  to  views  and  ideas  of  this  kind  ;  if 
he  has  been  so  fortunate  as  to  have  caught  a  glimpse 
of  the  knowledge  of  what  is  around  him  and  before 
him,  he  was  not  indebted,  even  for  that  glimpse  to 
his  school-work.  Any  scheme  of  instruction  worthy 
of  these  times  ought  to  be  based  upon  the  idea  that 
it  is  necessary  to  give  a  general  acquaintance  with 
the  different  divisions  of  knowledge ;  at  all  events, 
to  such  an  extent,  as  that  some  ideas  may  be  obtained 
respecting  the  nature  of  the  different  parts,  and 
respecting  the  relation  in  which  they  severally  stand 
each  to  the  rest. 

For  this  purpose  I  would  propose  the  following 
plan,  as  adapted  for  the  kind  of  school  which  I  have 
been  describing.  I  do  not  propose  it  for  adoption 
in  our  classical,  or  commercial,  or  present  parochial 
schools ;  it  could  not  be  grafted  upon  the  systems  of 
instruction  pursued  in  any  one  of  these  three  kinds 
of  school.  But  I  would  propose  it  for  the  improved 
kind  of  school  for  all,  up  to  the  age  of  thirteen,  four- 
teen or  fifteen,  whom  their  parents  may  be  disposed 
to  send,  and  which  kind  of  school  we  have  yet  to 
create.  For  schools  of  this  kind  we  still  have  to 
form  both  our  scheme  of  instruction  and  our  m??.ters. 


PHYSICAL   GEOGRAPHY.  53 

In  the  present  state,  however,  of  public  opinion,  and 
with  our  present  educational  resources,  we  need  not 
be  dismayed  at  finding  how  much  we  have  to  do. 
If  we  set  to  work  in  an  honest  and  common-sense 
spirit,  I  do  not  conceive  that  we  shall  find  any  very 
great  difficulties  in  the  way,  either  of  forming  the 
kind  of  school  which  we  are  in  want  of,  or  in  pro- 
curing suitable  masters.  With  respect  to  the  future 
education  of  the  bulk  of  the  people,  we  have,  to  a 
far  greater  extent  than  is  generally  supposed,  a  clear 
stage,  and  are  almost  entirely  at  liberty  to  decide 
upon  whatever  is  abstractedly  the  best. 

I  would  propose,  then,  —  I  repeat  that  I  am  not 
speaking  of  classical,  or  commercial,  or  of  our  present 
parochial  schools,  nor  of  schools  in  which  children 
will  remain  beyond  their  thirteenth,  fourteenth,  or 
fifteenth  year,  —  that  a  more  or  less  systematic,  at  all 
events  an  extensive  acquaintance  with  the  operations, 
forces,  arrangements,  and  productions  of  nature, 
should  be  made  to  constitute  a  distinct  object  and  pro- 
minent part  in  the  scheme  of  instruction,  and  that 
physical  geography  should  be  the  frame  in  which  the 
greater  part  of  this  knowledge  should  be  arranged ; 
and  that  the  physical  geography  of  the  immediate 
neighbourhood  of  the  school,  with  which  the  children 
are  to  a  certain  extent  naturally  acquainted,  be  the 
foundation  upon  which  the  whole  shall  be  built,  and 
the  standard  to  which  the  physical  geography  of  the 
other  parts  of  the  world  shall  be  referred,  and  by  a 
»  3 


54  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

reference  to  which  it  shall  be  made  intelligible.  I 
would  teach  a  kind  of  Comparative  Physical  Geo- 
graphy, in  which  the  Physical  Geography  of  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  school  should  occupy  the  place 
both  of  a  starting-point,  and  of  a  constant  standard 
of  comparison. 

The  teacher  might  begin  with  the  most  obvious 
objects,  and  those  which  are  the  first  to  attract  the 
attention  of  children.  For  instance,  he  might  com- 
mence with  the  quadrupeds,  birds,  &c.  (zoology)  of 
the  neighbouring  fields.  He  might  point  out  the  dif- 
ferences existing  among  these  as  to  appearances,  use, 
habits,  &c.,  and  then  pass  on  to  the  animals  of  other 
parts  of  the  world,  making  use  of  whatever  illustra- 
tions he  could  procure.  This,  besides  giving  them 
some  ideas  respecting  the  infinite  variety  of  nature, 
would  lead  to  much  collateral  and  connected  know- 
ledge, —  such,  for  instance,  as  that  of  the  character  of 
different  countries  and  latitudes,  and  of  the  condition 
of  the  people  who  inhabit  them,  the  distribution  of 
animals,  &c. 

The  same  plan  might  then  be  pursued  with  respect 
to  the  plants  (botany)  of  the  neighbourhood.  "  In  the 
fields  round  our  village,"  the  teacher  might  say,  "  the 
trees  of  which  you  see  the  most  are  the  oak,  the 
beech,  the  ash,  the  elm,  &c. ;  but  in  some  countries  " 
(describing  the  countries)  "  the  trees  most  commonly 
seen  are  of  the  fir  kind ;  in  others,  again,  we  have 
mahogany,  and  furniture  woods,  and  dye  woods,  &c. 
Tn  other  countries,  again,  the  various  kinds  of  palm 


HOW    TO    BE    TAUGHT.  55 

are  very  conspicuous."  And  here  he  might  describe 
the  arid  deserts  of  Northern  Africa  and  Arabia,  and 
show  how  useful  in  such  places  the  date-palm  is,  &c. ; 
and  an  interesting  account  might  be  given  of  the 
appearance  and  various  uses  of  the  cocoa-nut  palm, 
&c.  "  Here,"  the  teacher  might  go  on  to  say,  "  you 
see  growing  in  the  fields  wheat,  barley,  clover,  tur- 
nips, &c. ;  in  other  places  cotton,  rice,  sugar-cane, 
maize,  the  vine,  the  olive,  tobacco,  tea,  &c.  are  cul- 
tivated." A  great  deal  of  interesting  information 
might  be  given  respecting  each  of  these.  He  might 
go  on  to  say,  that  in  China  a  great  part  of  their 
furniture,  and  even  of  their  houses,  the  sails  of  their 
ships,  &c.  are  made  from  a  kind  of  grass,  some 
species  of  which  grow  above  sixty  feet  in  height  (the 
bamboo),  &c.  &c. 

The  teacher  might  afterwards  go  on  to  speak 
about  climate,  &c.  (meteorology).  "  Here,"  he 
might  say,  "  you  see  ice  and  snow  in  winter,  and  we 
have  long  hot  days  in  summer,  and  here  we  have 
variable  winds,  and  there  is  no  knowing  when  we 
shall  have  fine  weather,  and  when  wet  weather ;  but 
in  some  parts  of  the  world  there  is  perpetual  ice,  in 
others  perpetual  heat.  In  others  they  know  what 
wind  will  be  blowing  at  certain  times ;  they  know  in 
some  places  when  they  are  to  expect  dry  weather, 
and  when  to  expect  wet."  He  might  then  go  on 
to  explain  the  more  obvious  phenomena  of  heat, 
moisture,  and  of  the  atmosphere  ;  illustrating  his 

D    4 


56  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FQTURE. 

explanations  by  the  barometer,  thermometer,  air- 
pump,  &c.  &c. 

The  character  of  the  soil  in  the  neighbourhood  ot 
the  school,  —  the  contents  of  the  pits  and  quarries 
(geology  and  mineralogy)  might  be  pointed  out. 
The  height  of  the  hills  might  be  compared  with  the 
height  of  mountains  in  other  parts  of  the  world,  and 
the  streams  of  the  neighbourhood  compared  with  the 
rivers  of  other  countries,  &c.  &c. 

The  reader  will  see  that  the  above  sketch  may  be 
greatly  extended,  in  fact  that  it  is  the  merest  outline. 
The  detail  and  filling  up  must  depend  upon  the 
knowledge  and  ability  of  the  teacher.  It  presup- 
poses a  full  mind,  and  one  capable  of  imparting 
knowledge  in  such  a  manner  as  to  interest  children. 
It  is  a  scheme  of  instruction  which  cannot  be  adopted 
by  those  masters  who  only  hear  lessons. 

With  such  a  master,  and  with  classes  of  children,  who 
had  passed  two  or  three  years  in  our  improved  infant- 
schools,  all  this  knowledge  might  without  any  exer- 
tion be  easily  acquired  by  the  age  of  thirteen  or  four- 
teen. The  object-lessons  of  our  infant-schools  would 
form  an  excellent  preparation  for  it.  The  intellect 
of  a  child  who  had  acquired  this  knowledge  would  be 
quickened.  Such  a  child  would  be  elevated  in  the 
scale  of  intelligent  beings.  There  would  be  much 
less  chance  of  his  sinking  in  after-life  into  a  pauper, 
or  a  thief.  Wherever  he  might  be  he  would  find 
materials  for  thought  and  agreeable  reflection.  The 


TAUGHT  EASILY  —  ADVANTAGES.       57 

chance  of  useful  discoveries  being  made,  by  which 
the  material  well-being  of  mankind  might  be  ad- 
vanced, would  be  greatly  increased.  Every  man, 
whatever  his  condition  in  life,  would  be  the  better 
for  such  knowledge.  Its  moral  effect  would  neces- 
sarily be  good. 

,  To  the  more  advanced  children  some  general 
knowledge  might  be  given  upon  the  subjects  of 
Astronomy  and  Chemistry,  the  amount  being  in 
proportion  to  the  forwardness  of  the  children,  and 
the  abilities  of  the  teachers.  We,  who  have  been 
brought  up  at  schools  where  the  mere  words,  Physical 
Geography,  Astronomy,  and  Chemistry  were  never 
heard,  will  perhaps  be  disposed  to  think  that  all 
knowledge  of  this  kind  ought  to  belong  exclusively 
to  scientific  men,  savans,  and  philosophers,  and  will 
therefore  be  disposed  to  regard  the  proposal  to  draw 
the  attention  of  children  to,  and  to  interest  them 
about,  the  works,  operations,  and  phenomena  of 
Nature,  as  extremely  visionary  and  wild.  Such 
ideas  are  the  natural  result  of  our  classical  system  of 
education.  The  truth,  however,  is  that  what  has 
just  been  proposed  might  be  taught  with  far  more 
ease  than  any  thing  now  taught  in  our  schools,  and, 
also,  that  it  might  easily  be  taught  in  addition  to  all 
that  is  now  taught.  If  taught  in  the  manner  recom- 
mended such  instruction  would  be  regarded  by  the 
children  not  with  the  distaste  which  is  now  felt  by 
them  for  almost  every  thing  that  is  now  taught  them, 

D    5 


58  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

but  with  much  interest,  as  something  which  they 
were  capable  of  understanding,  and  as  something 
which  gratified  their  natural  desire  for  acquiring 
knowledge.  It  must  be  evident  that  nothing  else 
which  we  can  teach  children  is  so  well  adapted  for 
this  purpose.  The  intelligence  which  such  teaching 
would  awaken,  and  the  interest  it  would  create, 
would  probably  extend  itself  to  the  other  depart- 
ments of  the  school  work,  and  so  have  a  strong  and 
good  effect  in  other  directions  upon  the  subsequent 
lives  of  many  of  the  children. 

To  proceed  to  other  departments  of  instruction  : 
the  advantages  of  teaching  Drawing  are  great  and 
obvious,  and  it  will  soon  be  considered,  were  it  only 
for  the  manner  in  which  it  trains  the  eye  to  habits 
of  accurate  observation,  as  an  indispensable  part  of 
education :  it  does  not,  however,  appear  necessary  to 
say  more  at  present  either  upon  this  subject,  or 
respecting  Arithmetic  and  Geometry,  than  that  they 
ought  each  to  be  taught  by  the  ordinary  methods  as 
well  as  possible.  Some  remarks,  however,  may  be 
made  upon  the  subjects  of  Grammar  and  of  History; 
but  first  of  History,  for  I  would  propose,  even  in 
such  schools  as  these  before  us,  and  at  which  we  do 
not  contemplate  retaining  the  children  beyond  their 
fourteenth  year,  that  History  should  be  taught — only 
with  this  difference,  that  the  method  in  which  it  be 
taught  be  very  dissimilar  from  that  which  we  are 
using  in  our  present  schools. 


HISTORY  —  HOW   IT   MAY   BE   TAUGHT.          59 

History  is  for  the  most  part  taught  in  schools  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  render  the  time  spent  upon  it 
worse  than  wasted ;  for  not  only  has  nothing  after 
all  been  taught,  but  the  pupil  has  by  the  process 
been  thoroughly  disgusted  with  the  study  of  history. 
Every  one  can  judge  how  far  this  is  true  by  com- 
paring it  with  his  recollections  of  his  own  school- 
days. The  dates  of  prominent  events,  and  the  suc- 
cession of  emperors  and  kings,  were  the  chief  things 
taught.  Lessons  of  this  kind  are,  learnt  with  diffi- 
culty ;  they  have  no  connection  with  any  thing  in- 
teresting to  the  child ;  and  are  soon  forgotten.  Such 
an  exercise  of  the  memory,  for  it  cannot  be  dignified 
with  the  name  of  knowledge,  is  of  no  value  at  all. 
The  mere  fact  that  these  things  are  learnt  with 
difficulty,  and  soon  forgotten,  is  quite  enough,  even 
supposing  that  there  were  no  other  objections  to 
make,  to  show  that  we  ought  to  resort  to  a  different 
method  for  fixing  in  children's  minds  the  historical 
knowledge  which  we  wish  them  to  possess. 

In  teaching  history,  then,  to  children  in  such  a 
school,  I  would  proceed  upon  a  somewhat  similar 
plan  to  that  which  I  have  just  recommended  for 
drawing  their  attention  to,  and  interesting  them 
about,  Nature.  I  would,  for  instance,  take  as  a 
starting  point  what  they  already  knew,  what  was 
before  them  and  around  them,  their  own  condition, 
that  of  their  village  or  town,  and  proceed  from  this  to 

D    6 


60  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

the  history  of  other  times,  other  countries,  and  other 
races  of  men.  Nothing  should  be  taught  except 
what  they  could  understand,  connect  with  previous 
knowledge,  —  at  least  compare  with  previous  know- 
ledge,—  and  take  an  interest  in  ;  and  therefore  would 
be  likely  to  remember. 

Supposing  that  there  was  an  old  castle  in  the 
neighbourhood,  the  master  might  begin  a  series  of 
lessons  by  saying,  "  You  see  that  that  castle  is  built 
in  a  very  different  way  from  Mr.  So-and-so's  new 
house.  At  the  time  when  the  castle  was  built 
people  not  only  built  differently  from  the  style  in 
which  we  build,  but  they  also  lived  in  a  different 
fashion.  Many  things  were  very  unlike  what  you 
now  see.  In  many  particulars  each  generation  has 
lived  differently  from  the  generations  that  preceded 
it,  and  from  those  that  followed  it.  The  builders  of 
that  castle  differed  from  us  in  dress,  in  amusements, 
in  occupations,  in  knowledge,  in  the  way  in  which 
•they  spent  their  time,  in  their  social  relations,"  &c. 
I  would  have  him  go  backwards  from  the  present 
state  of  things  in  the  castle,  or  old  manor  house,  or 
hall,  through  the  last  century — the  great  rebellion  — 
the  reformation  —  the  wars  of  the  roses  —  the  feudal 
times.  Upon  all  these  different  particulars  he  might 
say  much  that  would  interest  the  children.  In  order 
to  secure  as  distinct  an  apprehension  as  possible  of 
what  he  was  saying,  he  should  use  all  the  illustrations 
which  he  could  procure.  He  might  proceed  to  show 


HISTORY — HOW   IT    MAY   BE    TAUGHT.  61 

what  were  the  munitions  of  war,  and  what  the  state 
of  the  art  of  war,  which  rendered  it  worth  while  to 
erect  such  buildings,  which  once  were  strong  places, 
but  now  would  be  incapable  of  defence.  A  great 
deal  might  be  said  upon  the  difference  in  the  con- 
dition of  society  implied  by  the  erection  of  such  a 
building,  &c.  &c. 

For  the  basis  of  another  series  of  historical  lessons 
he  might  take  the  village  church.  He  might  picture 
to  them  the  state  of  things  in  Cromwell's  time  as 
connected  with  their  own  church.  And  again,  what 
was  the  state  of  things  at  the  Reformation.  What 
was  the  form  of  worship,  and  what  the  ceremonies 
which  that  village  church  had  witnessed  in  the 
middle  ages.  How  perhaps  Barons  and  Crusaders 
had  been  buried  in  it.  How  it  happened  that  their 
church  had  been  built  at  all.  What  was  the  state 
of  religion  in  this  country  before  churches  were 
built.  How  Christianity  was  introduced.  How  the 
people,  who  in  old  times  lived  where  now  they  were 
living,  had  been  idolaters  and  savages,  &c.  &c. 

For  another  series,  he  might  even  take  the  neigh- 
bouring fields.  "  They  were  not  always  cultivated 
as  you  now  see  them.  Not  very  far  back  there 
were  no  root  crops  in  the  fields,  and  if  you  go 
back  a  little  further,  there  were  no  haystacks  in 
the  farm-yards ;  cattle  were  killed  when  grass 
began  to  fail  in  autumn,  and  were  salted  for  winter 
provision.  There  was  then  a  great  deal  of  wood, 


62  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

because  we  had  not  begun  to  use  coal.  Going  back 
further,  a  great  part  of  the  country  was  covered  with 
wood,  and  there  were  then  plenty  of  wolves  in  the 
woods."  Something  might  be  said  of  the  different 
modes  and  products  of  agriculture  in  other  countries ; 
and  that  some  savage  tribes  manage  to  live  without 
any  agriculture  at  all,  &c.  &c. 

Their  own  dress  might  be  made  the  starting-point 
of  another  series.  He  might  point  out  the  chief 
changes  which  the  dress  of  the  different  classes  had 
undergone.  How  leather  was  once  used  very  gene- 
rally amongst  the  lower  orders.  How  silk  and  cotton 
had  been  introduced.  This  would  be  an  opening  for 
showing  how  commerce  had  connected  nations  to- 
gether, and  was  now  connecting  all  the  nations  of  the 
earth.  Something  might  be  said  of  the  manner  in 
which  formerly  the  lower  orders  used  to  wear  wool- 
len next  the  skin,  unchanged  and  unwashed,  and 
that  this  was  supposed  to  be  one  of  the  causes  which 
at  that  time  predisposed  people  in  this  country  to 
receive  the  plague,  and  other  complaints  which  are 
now  much  diminished,  or  unknown.  The  pictur- 
esqueness,  and  richness,  and  variety  of  the  costume 
of  former  times  might  be  dwelt  upon.  How  the 
women  of  their  village  had  in  old  times  employed 
themselves  in  spinning.  That  machinery  had  cheap- 
ened clothing,  &c.  &c. 

On  the  subject  of  language  the  master  might  say, 
"  Those  who  were  living  here  four  or  five  hundred 


HISTORY  —  HOW   IT   MAY   BE    TAUGHT.          63 

years  ago  spoke  a  language  which  we  should  not 
now  understand."  And  then  he  might  go  back  to 
all  the  different  languages  which  have  been  spoken 
in  England.  He  would  show  where  the  different 
people  who  introduced  them  came  from ;  and  give 
some  account  of  these  different  people  ;  and  show 
how  things  were  in  such  a  state,  as  that  they  could 
invade  us.  Some  ideas  might  be  given  respecting 
the  history  of  our  language.  Something  might  be 
said  of  the  varieties  of  languages  which  exist,  of  the 
manner  in  which  they  form  families,  and  of  the  way 
in  which  languages  alter,  and  die  out,  &c.  &c. 

On  the  subject  of  their  own  homes  ;  he  might 
say,  "  You  all  have  chimneys  and  glass  windows  in 
your  houses.  In  former  times  these  wrere  not  to 
be  found  in  the  houses  of  kings  and  emperors." 
He  might  speak  of  huts,  log-houses,  Amsterdam 
built  upon  piles,  the  Bedouin's  tent,  the  Tartar's 
waggon,  &c.,  for  the  purpose  of  giving  an  idea  of  the 
different  circumstances  and  conditions  under  which 
men  live,  &c.  &c. 

Their  lessons  in  physical  geography  would  have 
made  them  acquainted  with  the  different  countries 
of  the  earth :  the  master  then  would  have  oppor- 
tunities for  comparing  with  their  own  condition  that 
of  the  inhabitants  of  other  and  distant  countries. 
This  might  be  done  with  respect  to  a  great  variety 
of  particulars  ;  the  main  comparison  being  between 
themselves,  as  Europeans,  and  the  inhabitants  of  the 


64  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

East;  and  again  between  themselves  and  savage 
tribes,  &c.  &c. 

By  working  upon  this  idea  the  teacher  might  give 
a  pretty  just  and  extensive  knowledge  of  the  past 
and  present  condition  of  man  in  different  countries. 
To  gain  this  knowledge  is  one  of  the  main  objects  of 
studying  history.  Of  course  history  can  only  be 
taught  in  this  way  out  of  the  fullness  of  the  teacher's 
own  knowledge.  I  am  far  from  recommending  that 
historical  reading  books  should  be  disused;  what  I 
would  recommend  is,  that  they  should  be  used  con- 
jointly with  oral  instruction  of  the  kind  which  I  have 
been  endeavouring  to  sketch. 

The  reader  will  recollect  that  I  am  not  proposing 
a  method  of  teaching  or  of  studying  history,  but 
merely  a  method  for  conveying  what  historical  know- 
ledge we  can  —  in  as  useful  a  form  as  we  can,  and  in 
a  manner  which  shall  interest  them  so  much  that 
they  may  perhaps  be  induced  afterwards,  should 
opportunities  occur,  to  add  to  their  little  store  —  to 
children  under  fourteen  years  of  age.  The  study  of 
history  is  a  very  different  thing  from  what  I  have 
been  recommending,  but  children  are  incapable  of 
studying  history.  What,  however,  I  have  been  re- 
commending would  give  many  ideas ;  historical  in- 
struction of  this  kind  might  be  remembered ;  it 
might  eventually  include  the  dates  and  lines  of 
succession,  with  which  it  is  most  absurd  to  begin  ; 
and  might,  and  probably  would,  create  an  interest 


MAN,    AND    THE    EXTERNAL   WORLD.  65 

in  historical  knowledge,  and  in  some  cases  predispose 
to  historical  studies  in  after-life. 

I  have  dwelt,  then,  at  some  length  on  the  two 
subjects  of  Physical  Geography  and  History  ;  and  I 
have  proposed  a  method  for  teaching  them  to  the 
class  of  children  who  would  attend  the  schools  I  now 
have  in  view.  I  have  done  this  because  I  conceive 
that  a  foundation  might  thus  be  laid  —  by  means  of 
these  two  subjects  taught  in  the  way  I  have  described 
—  for  the  further  study  of  the  two  great  divisions  of 
human  knowledge ;  one  being  the  knowledge  of  Man 
himself,  of  his  faculties,  his  affections,  his  duties,  his 
fortunes,  his  works,  and  his  power ;  the  other  being 
the  knowledge  of  Nature,  of  its  forces,  operations, 
productions,  and  laws.  The  correlation  of  man  and 
of  surrounding  nature  obliges  us,  in  forming  a  scheme 
of  education,  adapted  to  the  present  age,  to  provide 
for  the  joint  and  connected  study  of  both.  Man  has 
been  made  the  centre  of  this  mundane  system  of 
things.  Every  object  in  nature,  and  every  law  of 
nature,  whatever  other  relations  and  ends  may  be 
imagined  and  inferred,  has  at  all  events  a  reference 
to  him  ;  but  he  can  only  exercise  his  dominion,  as 
far  as  he  has  been  made  lord  of  all  things,  after  he 
has  acquired  the  power  of  reading  and  interpreting 
Nature.  Knowledge  of  Nature  is  the  talisman  by 
which  he  compels  Nature  to  yield  to  him  her  stores 
and  treasures,  and  to  do  his  bidding ;  and  knowledge 
of  himself,  and  of  the  past  history,  and  present  con-» 


66  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

dition  of  his  race,  teach  him  how,  and  for  what  ends, 
and  in  what  spirit  he  ought  both  to  labour,  and  to 
use  the  fruits  of  his  labour. 

If  the  schools  which  have  been  before  us  in  the 
foregoing  pages  should  ever  be  established,  it  would 
inevitably  follow  that  from  them  would  be  drawn  a 
large  proportion  of  the  students  for  our  higher  schools 
and  colleges.  And  this  class  of  students  would  be 
found  well-grounded,  arid  well-disposed,  for  more 
advanced  and  detailed  studies.  In  those  cases,  too, 
constituting  the  vast  majority,  in  which  formal  edu- 
cation ended  with  the  instruction  given  in  these 
schools,  much  good  would  have  been  effected ;  the 
range  of  thought  would  have  been  enlarged  ;  botli 
would  a  right  direction  have  been  given  to  thought, 
and  also  some  materials  for  thought  to  work  upon  ; 
and  much  would  have  been  done  towards  giving  the 
preponderance  to  the  moral  and  intellectual  elements 
of  our  nature. 

It  will  perhaps  be  found  that  in  good  schools  of 
this  kind  sufficient  grammatical  knowledge  or  suffi- 
cient accuracy  in  speaking  English,  may  be  obtained 
without  much  difficulty,  and  without  the  sacrifice  of 
much  time.  The  difficulty  of  teaching  us  to  speak 
our  own  language  correctly  has  been  very  much  over- 
rated in  consequence  of  the  prevalence  of  the  strange 
idea,  which  our  old  grammar  schools  originated,  and 
still  continue  to  foster,  that  the  best  way  of  teaching 
us  to  speak  English  with  grammatical  precision,  is 


GRAMMAR.  67 

to  teach  us  Latin  and  Greek,  or  rather  to  attempt  to 
teach  these  languages,  for  the  attempt  does  not 
succeed  even  moderately  in  one  case  out  of  five ; 
while  it  is  evident  that  the  great  majority  of  those 
in  any  country  who  speak  their  mother  tongue  with 
purity  have  no  idea  at  all  of  the  formal  rules  of 
grammar.  Perhaps  the  best  method  of  proceeding 
in  schools  of  this  kind,  would  not  be  to  require  that 
the  children  should  get  by  heart  a  volume  of  rules, 
the  advantage  of  which  is  uncertain,  even  though 
several  years  may  have  been  spent  in  the  task,  but 
rather  that  the  master  should  keep  the  volume  by 
him  for  reference  and  illustration,  being  always  very 
attentive  to  correct  mistakes  in  conversation  and 
writing,  giving  in  each  case  the  reasons  and  all  the 
necessary  explanations.  So  that,  supposing  a  child 
were  to  leave  a  school  of  this  kind  at  the  age  of 
fourteen,  without  the  intention  of  proceeding  to  any 
other  place  of  instruction,  he  would  by  that  time 
have  obtained  enough  grammatical  knowledge  for 
the  purposes  of  the  kind  of  life  a  person  who  finishes 
his  education  at  fourteen  will  most  probably  lead. 
At  all  events  we  may  be  quite  sure  of  this,  that  if, 
by  the  kind  of  instruction  I  have  been  endeavouring 
to  sketch,  and  about  which  more  will  be  said  pre- 
sently, a  taste  for  reading  and  a  desire  for  knowledge 
shall  have  been  implanted  in  a  boy's  mind,  his 
attention  having  been  drawn  constantly,  in  the  man- 
ner I  have  pointed  out,  to  the  grammatical  accuracy 


SCHOOL    OP    THE    FUTURE. 

of  his  language,  this  boy  will  on  the  whole  be  better 
educated,  and  will  eventually  speak  the  English 
language  —  which  is  the  point  now  before  us — more 
correctly,  than  one  who  had  spent  a  large  propor- 
tion of  those  hours  of  his  boyhood,  which  are  ordi- 
narily devoted  to  study,  in  poring  over  the  pages 
of  a  grammar.  The  present  system  seems  to  defeat 
its  own  object :  it  prevents  the  acquisition  of  higher 
and  more  useful  knowledge,  which  would,  if  accom- 
panied with  grammatical  instruction  of  the  kind  I  am 
recommending,  lead  certainly  to  the  acquirement  of 
the  desired  power  of  expressing  one's  self  correctly. 

If,  however,  at  the  age  of  twelve,  thirteen,  or 
fourteen,  a  boy  were  to  proceed  from  one  of  these 
schools  to  a  higher  school  in  a  town, —  of  these  pre- 
sently,—  or  to  one  of  our  public  schools,  there  would 
then  be,  according  to  our  present  system,  which 
keeps  a  youth  at  school  till  his  eighteenth  year, 
four,  five,  or  six  years  for  Latin  and  Greek,  before 
the  age  required  by  our  present  University  system 
had  arrived.  Now  it  cannot  be  supposed  but  that 
those  who  had  commenced  their  education  with 
schools  of  this  kind,  and  had  acquired  at  them  habits 
of  thought  and  attention,  as  well  as  a  considerable 
amount  of  knowledge,  and  who,  before  they  set  to 
work  upon  the  grammar  of  a  dead  language,  had  had 
their  attention  drawn  to  the  nature  of  grammar,  and 
taught  to  speak  their  own  language  correctly,  would 
acquire,  by  the  time  they  reached  their  eighteenth 


IT  OVERLAYS  OUR  PRESENT  SYSTEM.      69 

year,  a  far  more  profitable  knowledge  of  Latin  and 
Greek  than  is  usually  acquired  under  the  present 
system  ;  to  say  nothing  about  what  would  probably 
be  their  turn  of  mind,  what  other  knowledge  they 
would  actually  possess,  and  what  they  would  be 
likely  to  acquire  in  after-life. 

It  may  be  worth  while  to  consider  whether  in 
these  days  we  do  wisely  in  assigning  to  grammatical 
instruction  its  present  position  in  the  work  of  edu- 
cation :  we  are  still  continuing  to  make  it  both  a 
main  object,  and  a  main  instrument,  of  our  highest 
education.  Formerly  this  was  necessary ;  there  was 
nothing  better  to  teach  ;  it  might  almost  be  said  that 
there  was  nothing  else  at  that  time  which  children 
could  have  been  taught :  the  choice  lay  between  this 
and  no  instruction  at  all.  It  also  happened  that 
those  who  were  to  be  taught  belonged  to  the  upper 
orders,  and  so  had  twelve  or  fourteen  years  to  de- 
vote to  this  study.  Now  it  was  out  of  these  circum- 
stances that  our  public  school  system  of  teaching 
Latin  and  Greek  arose,  which  we  again  repeat  was 
formerly  not  merely  the  best,  but  the  only,  thing  we 
had  to  teach  ;  and  to  which  we  are  on  more  accounts 
than  one  under  the  greatest  obligations  ;  and  which 
ought  still  to  form  a  most  necessary  part  of  a  high 
education.  When,  however,  we  consider  the  advances 
which  our  own  literature  has  made,  and  the  advances 
which  knowledge  has  made  in  so  many  fields  of  in- 
quiry, and  the  great  demand  which  now  exists  for 

-c  5^* 

^ 


02P 


70  SCHOOL   OF    THE    FUTURE. 

knowledge,  then  the  old,  narrow,  daudling,  gram- 
matical system  of  education  must  at  once  appear  to 
be  thoroughly  out  of  date.  What  can  be  a  stronger 
proof  of  this  than  the  fact  that  scarcely  any  one 
seems  to  regret  that  so  many  of  those  who  are 
brought  up  under  this  system,  the  proportion  amount- 
ing to  all  but  a  few  out  of  a  hundred,  fail  to 
attain  to  that  which  is  the  aim  of  the  system  —  a 
critical  acquaintance  with  the  languages  of  Greece 
and  Rome :  very  few  people  regret  this,  because 
very  few  people  think  that,  if  attained,  it  would  have 
been  of  much  benefit.  The  loss  of  time  and  labour 
was  great,  and  is  exceedingly  to  be  regretted  ;  but 
we  should  have  to  search  for  a  man  who  is  of 
opinion  that  their  failing  to  attain  to  that  particular 
knowledge  for  which  the  loss  of  time,  and  the  labour 
were  incurred,  is,  in  these  days,  a  matter  of  much 
consequence. 

Grammar-schools,  then,  or  schools  in  which  the 
old  classical  languages  were  taught,  were,  at  the 
time  when  the  languages  of  modern  Europe  had  no 
literature  of  their  own,  our  best,  our  highest,  and 
our  only  schools.  In  the  history,  therefore,  of  modern 
culture  an  epoch  of  grammar-schools  was  necessary. 
Has  not,  however,  knowledge  now  reached  that  point 
at  which  we  ought  to  begin  to  look  upon  this  kind  of 
knowledge,  in  any  scheme  of  instruction,  rather  as  an 
incidental,  or  subsidiary,  or  subordinate  study,  than 
as  the  main  one  ? 


PHILOLOGY   AND    COMPARATIVE    GRAMMAR.     71 

Our  continuing  to  maintain  our  old  grammatical 
system  of  education  for  the  upper  orders  has  had  a 
prejudicial  effect  upon  the  schools  which  we  have 
established  for  the  lower  orders :  in  the  education 
which  we  ourselves  received,  the  main  effort  was  to 
enable  us  to  acquire  a  critical  acquaintance  with  the 
classical  languages  ;  as  a  consequence  of  this,  when 
we  establish  schools  for  the  working  classes,  if  our 
ideas  get  beyond  a  catechism  proved  by  texts,  they 
stop  short  at  English  grammar,  just  as  if  there  was 
nothing  else  in  the  world  which  it  would  be  of 
advantage  for  them  to  know. 

In  our  classical  schools  the  study  of  language  is 
evidently  made  too  much  of;  every  thing  else  is  so 
completely  subordinated  to  it,  and  thrown  into  the 
shade  by  it,  that  it  appears  to  occupy  the  whole 
ground,  to  constitute  the  end-all  and  the  be-all  of  edu- 
cation. Almost  the  same  remark  may  be  made  of  our 
universities,  with  the  additional  objection  that  they 
do  not  pursue  this  study,  as  they  might  and  ought 
to  do,  in  a  comprehensive  manner,  and  with  enlarged 
and  profound  views :  they  seem  to  disregard  general 
Philology  and  Comparative  Grammar,  and  to  restrict 
the  study  of  language,  a  restriction  unnecessary  even 
at  the  grammar-school,  to  the  limits  of  the  two 
kindred  tongues  of  Greece  and  Rome.  As  far  as 
the  study  of  language  is  concerned,  our  universities 
seem  to  think  that  an  acquaintance  with  Latin  and 
Greek  is  all  that  is  either  desirable  or  possible ;  and 


72  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

yet  Oxford,  at  all  events,  has  at  her  disposal  the 
services  of  Professors  of  Arabic,  Hebrew,  Sanscrit,  and 
Anglo-Saxon,  and  of  teachers  of  German  and  French. 
The  history  and  affinities  of  the  Indo-Germanic  family 
of  languages,  as  far  as  its  history  can  be  recovered  and 
its  affinities  traced ;  the  history  of  our  own  language, 
which  gives  good  promise  of  becoming  the  chief 
language  in  each  of  the  four  quarters  of  the  globe ; 
the  points  of  resemblance  and  the  points  of  contrast, 
which  are  presented  by  the  different  families  of 
language;  —  are  objects  in  the  study  of  language  to 
which  a  great  university  ought  to  direct  its  attention. 
If  it  be  said,  that  what  our  universities  teach  is  only 
meant  for  a  foundation  for  future  superstructures, 
we  may  reply  by  asking  two  questions:  —  1.  By  the 
age  of  twenty-one  ought  not  something  more  to 
have  been  attempted  than  the  laying  of  a  foundation  ? 
2.  And  what  is  the  number  of  those  out  of  a  thou- 
sand university  men  who  in  after-life  add  in  this 
way  to  these  foundations  ? 

Here  we  may  be  met  by  the  objection,  that  though 
it  would  be  doubtless  very  desirable  that  the  instruc- 
tion given  at  Oxford,  not  on  the  subject  of  Language 
only,  but  on  all  other  subjects  also,  should  thus  be 
raised  in  its  character,  and  aim  higher  than  at  pre- 
sent, yet  that  it  is  quite  impossible  to  act  upon  such 
views,  because  the  majority  of  the  students  would  be 
unequal  to  such  studies,  having  neither  sufficient 
abilities  nor  sufficient  previous  attainments.  Now 


IN  THESE  DAYS  UNIVERSITIES  SHOULD  TEACH    73 

this  is  a  most  erroneous  principle  for  a  great  univer- 
sity to  act  upon,  particularly  at  the  present  day.  I 
think  we  may  attribute  no  small  part  of  the  disre- 
pute in  which  Oxford  is  now  held,  to  its  having  in  a 
great  measure  lowered  and  confined  its  teaching  to 
the  requirements  of  this  false  principle.  One  reason 
for  its  having  thus  lowered  and  restricted  its  teaching 
may  be  found  in  the  fact,  that  its  students  are  not, 
from  a  variety  of  causes,  a  large  proportion  of  the 
studious  youth  of  this  country,  who  have  sought 
out  the  university  as  the  best  place  for  pursuing  the 
studies  in  which  they  are  interested ;  but  that  they 
are  mainly  young  men,  who,  with  the  consent  of  the 
university,  have  been  forced  upon  her,  and  who  there- 
fore are  there  nominally  as  students,  but  in  reality 
merely  for  the  purpose  of  fulfilling  a  preliminary  con- 
dition  required  by  the  Church  from  candidates  for 
Ordination.  This  regulation,  in  the  present  state  of 
society,  and  in  the  present  state  of  knowledge,  is 
evidently  prejudicial  to  the  best  interests  of  the 
Church ;  still  it  is  maintained :  this  obliges  a  great 
many  young  men  to  enter  the  university  who  other- 
wise never  would  have  been  there,  and  so  are  not  pro- 
perly university  students.  The  university,  however, 
seems  to  have  adjusted  her  whole  system  of  instruc- 
tion for  the  purpose  of  meeting  the  wants  of  this 
particular  class.  If  the  reader  is  interested  in  this 
point  of  the  education  question,  perhaps  he  will 
allow  me  to  refer  him  to  my  second  Pamphlet,  where 

E 


74  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

I  was  led  to  make  some  remarks  upon  the  mutually 
prejudicial  effects  of  this  alliance  between  the  Church 
and  the  Universities. 

The  principle  of  having  a  compulsory  scheme  of 
instruction — which,  because  compulsory,  must  be 
low  and  restricted — is,  of  course,  the  right  principle 
for  regulating  the  studies  of  a  school,  but  is  cer- 
tainly out  of  place  in  an  university.  At  school 
foundations  are  being  laid ;  these  are  the  same  in  all 
cases  :  here  it  would  be  ridiculous  to  talk  about 
choice.  The  students,  however,  of  an  university  are 
in  these  days  not  boys,  but  young  men,  who  must  to 
a  great  extent  be  presumed  to  know  what  it  will  be 
of  advantage  for  them  to  study,  and  what  they  have 
a  turn  for.  This,  it  is  true,  does  not  apply  with 
so  much  force  to  those  who  are  compelled  to  pass 
through  an  university  course.  All,  however,  with 
as  few  restrictions  as  possible,  ought  to  be  allowed 
to  study  what  they  have  a  turn  for,  or  what,  from 
any  reason  of  their  own,  they  may  wish  to  study; 
and  the  university  ought  on  its  part  to  furnish  them 
with  facilities  for  carrying  on  their  studies,  what- 
ever they  may  happen  to  be,  supposing  they  fall 
within  the  range  contemplated  by  the  university  : 
these  facilities  should  consist  in  the  ablest  teachers, 
extensive  libraries,  and  well-chosen  collections,  if  the 
subject  of  study  be  connected  with  any  branch  of 
natural  history,  or  with  the  fine  arts,  or  if  it  be  any 
science,  in  the  study  of  which  models,  specimens, 


WHAT    MEN   WISH   TO   LEARN.  75 

and  preparations  are  required  for  illustration.  We 
must  not  neglect  the  old  learning,  but  we  must,  while 
we  retain  the  old,  make  room  for  the  new.  Or,  in 
other  words,  we  must  act  upon  the  admission,  that  the 
old  learning  is  of  no  value  at  all,  unless  viewed  in 
connection  with,  and  incorporated  tvith,  the  new.  We 
must  not  regard  our  universities  in  these  days  as  large 
schools,  where  certain  stated  lessons  are  set  to  all 
alike,  which  lessons  all  must  learn,  and  nothing  else, 
but  as  places  where  young  men  may  have,  on  easy 
terms,  facilities  unattainable  elsewhere,  for  carrying 
on  the  cultivation  of  whichever  of  the  fields  of 
human  knowledge,  now  greatly  increased  in  number, 
they  may  select.  The  old  system  in  its  rigour  is  not 
suited  to  the  wants  of  one  in  five  of  those  who  in 
these  days  wish  to  become  real  students. 

The  honest  adoption  of  this  principle  —  and  the 
value  of  that  which  is  now  excluded  will  oblige  us  to 
adopt  it — implies  a  complete  change  in  the  scheme 
of  our  university  teaching.  Oxford,  then,  instead  of 
being  satisfied  with  seeing  that  the  colleges  have 
tutors  lecturing  on  the  subjects  which  the  young  men 
were  taught  at  school,  will  at  once  direct  her  atten- 
tion to  the  enlargement  of  her  scheme  of  instruction, 
and  to  the  perfecting  of  her  means  of  teaching  each 
particular  subject.  At  present  no  attempt  of  this 
kind  is  made,  because  the  instruction  given  by  the 
university  is  carried  out  very  much  upon  the  idea  that 
the  university  is  only  a  large  grammar  school.  This 

E    2 


76  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

is  why  so  many  of  her  professors  are  at  present  little 
more  than  ornamental  appendages  to  her  system  ; 
under  the  present  scheme  of  instruction  their  services 
are  not  required.  The  corps  of  professors,  however, 
which  the  university  possesses  may  be  considered  as 
an  acknowledgment  on  her  part  of  the  value  of  the 
different  branches  of  knowledge  which  they  severally 
represent.  If  it  be  thought  advisable,  let  additional 
professors  be  appointed  for  additional  studies,  and 
assistants,  too,  if  requisite.  Let  those  students  who 
have  been  compelled  to  enter  the  university  as  a  pre- 
liminary to  ordination  be  obliged  to  go  through 
whatever  course  may  be  thought  necessary,  not  by 
the  university,  but  by  those  who  obliged  them  to 
enter  the  university ;  but  let  voluntary  students  who 
come  for  the  purpose  of  study,  and  of  whom  we  have 
not  many  at  present)  study  what  they  please.  Let 
us  give  to  all  whatever  facilities  we  can  for  doing 
this.  Unless  this  be  done,  however  much  we  may 
perfect  our  instruction  in  Latin  and  Greek,  and 
though  our  wealthy  classes  may  become  far  more 
numerous  than  at  present,  and  though  the  appetite 
for  knowledge  may  become  much  more  general  than 
at  present,  the  credit  and  influence  of  Oxford  will  go 
on  decreasing,  and,  too,  with  reason,  because  as  know- 
ledge increases,  and  as  facilities  for  seeing  the  world 
increase,  the  value  of  four  years,  and  the  amount  of 
what  may  be  done  and  learnt  in  four  years,  go  on  in- 
creasing in  an  equal  proportion. 


CLASSICS   WOULD   NOT   BE    NEGLECTED.         77 

It  is  evident  that  in  such  a  scheme  of  instruction 
every  thing  we  now  teach  would  find  its  appropriate 
place.  In  saying  this,  I  have  more  particularly  in 
view  our  present  classical  studies.  I  think  that 
the  number  of  those  who  would  study  to  good 
purpose  the  literature  of  Greece  and  Rome  would 
not  be  diminished ;  that  some  of  the  difficulties 
which  at  present  attend  this  study  would  be  re- 
moved ;  and  that  its  real  advantages  would  be  better 
understood.  Should  the  very  reasonable  outcry, 
now  beginning  to  make  itself  heard,  against  the 
manner  in  which  almost  every  thing  is  being  sacri- 
ficed to  a  long,  aimless,  and  inefficient  system  of 
classical  instruction,  issue  in  the  neglect  of  all  clas- 
sical studies,  it  would  be  a  very  undesirable  result. 
Without  an  acquaintance  with  classical  literature 
it  is  impossible  to  know  anything  about  the  past 
history  of  that  division  of  the  human  family  to  which 
we  belong;  or  to  know  what  were  the  beginnings 
and  first  stages  of  our  modern  civilization.  Should 
the  literature  of  Greece  and  Rome  be  forgotten, 
some  of  the  most  valuable  and  instructive  chapters 
in  the  history  of  Mind  would  be  lost.  Our  study  of 
language,  too,  without  an  acquaintance  with  the 
languages  of  Greece  and  Rome,  would  be  very  im- 
perfect. With  schools,  however,  of  the  kind  which 
I  am  endeavouring  to  describe  in  these  pages,  and 
supposing  at  the  same  time  certain  changes,  which 

s  3 


78  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

such  schools  for  the  people  would  force  on,  in  our 
higher  schools  and  universities,  the  probability  is, 
that  we  should  have  many  more  really  good  classical 
scholars  than  at  present ;  men  who  would  study  the 
monuments  of  the  ancient  literature  with  far  more 
enlarged  views  than  those  with  which  they  are  at 
present  regarded  in  our  grammar  schools  and  colleges, 
and  with  far  more  fruitful  results. 

Be  this,  however,  as  it  may,  still  that  the  student 
should  begin  with,  and  have  almost  his  whole  atten- 
tion directed  for  thirteen  years  to,  classical  studies, 
is  a  system  of  education  which,  though  aided  by  the 
largest  educational  endowments  in  the  world,  by  the 
whole  power  of  the  Church,  and  by  the  sentiments 
which  an  old  system,  which  once  did  good  service, 
can  always  enlist  on  its  behalf,  must  in  these  days 
fail  to  produce  the  very  result  for  which  so  much  is 
sacrificed.  The  spirit  of  the  times,  and  the  variety 
and  importance  of  other  kinds  of  knowledge,  are  such 
as  must  prevent  all  but  a  very  small  number,  even  of 
the  classically  educated,  from  giving  themselves  up 
to  the  study  of  classical  literature  with  anything  like 
devotion.  We  present  it  to  young  men  as  the  only, 
or  the  chief,  object  of  study;  and  this  they  very 
soon  find  out  to  be  a  practical  absurdity  :  they  find 
that  in  their  education  they  were  made  the  victims 
of  an  antiquated  system  ;  and  therefore,  by  a  natural 
reaction,  as  soon  as  they  become  their  own  masters 
they  neglect  the  old  literature  more  than  they  would 


CIRCUMSTANCES    OF   PRESENT   TIME.  79 

have  done  had  no  more  than  that  degree  of  import- 
ance which,  at  the  present  day,  justly  belongs  to  it, 
been  assigned  to  it.  Our  present  system,  on  account 
of  the  preposterous  manner  in  which  it  attempts  to 
exalt  the  old  learning,  is  a  direct  cause  of  its  being 
unjustly  neglected,  decried,  and  undervalued. 

If  these  remarks  lead  any  one  to  suppose  that  our 
proposed  scheme  of  instruction  aims  too  high,  I  would 
request  him  to  bear  in  mind  that  some  of  the  leading 
circumstances  under  which  we  have  to  set  about  our 
work  are  entirely  new.  For  instance,  the  very 
necessity  we  are  under  of  educating  the  whole  people 
is  a  new  necessity  belonging  to  our  own  times.  The 
objects,  too,  at  which  we  have  to  aim,  as  well  as  the 
means  which  we  have  at  our  disposal  for  doing  the 
work,  are  in  a  great  measure  new.  It  must  also  be 
borne  in  mind  that  nothing  effectual,  or  worthy  of 
this  great  cause,  can  be  done,  unless  the  higher,  or 
at  least  the  middle,  classes  can  be  brought  to  take  an 
interest  in,  and  to  support,  our  schools ;  and  this  is 
what  they  never  will  have  any  motive  for  doing,  and, 
therefore,  never  will  do,  as  long  as  the  schools  to  be 
supported  shall  be  intended  for  the  use  of  the  labour- 
inq  classes  only.  Should  we  ever  succeed  in  con- 

€/  tX 

vincing  the  classes  above  the  lowest  that  they  are 
interested  in  the  existence  of  good  parochial  or 
district  schools,  we  shall  soon  find  them  desirous  of 
maintaining  and  improving  such  schools :  our  schools 

£    4 


80  SCHOOL    OF   THE   FUTURE. 

will  then  be  what  schools  of  the  present  day  ought 
to  be ;  and  the  fear  that  the  lower  orders  may  be  too 
highly  educated  will  not  be  felt  any  longer. 

With  respect  to  the  religious  teaching  given  in 
schools  of  this  kind,  it  is  not  improbable  that  there 
would  be  no  very  serious  difficulties  after  all.  It  is 
very  generally  found,  whenever  an  attempt  is  made 
to  establish  a  really  good  school,  that  all  difficulties 
of  this  kind  soon  disappear ;  or,  rather,  the  discovery 
is  made  that  they  had  existed  more  in  theory  and 
anticipation  than  in  reality.  At  all  events,  we  must 
now  acknowledge,  and  this  acknowledgment  will  at 
once  remove  a  great  many  difficulties,  that  it  is  not 
enough  to  say  that  the  scheme  and  amount  of  reli- 
gious instruction  ought  to  be  left  entirely  to  the 
decision  of  those  who  may  have  the  management  of 
the  school :  for  not  only  ought  this  to  be  done,  but 
it  must  be  done ;  because  in  any  general  scheme  of 
education  for  the  whole  people,  these  school-managers 
will  in  each  place  represent  those  who  pay  the  school- 
rate.  The  school  will  be  theirs.  The  general  prin- 
ciple, therefore,  must  be,  that  whatever  they  may 
judge  right  upon  this  head  must  be  acted  upon. 
Nor  need  we  fear  the  result  of  this,  because  these 
school-managers  will  be  themselves  fathers  of  fami- 
lies, and  will  have  a  greater  interest  in  the  character 
of  the  religious  instruction  given  in  their  respective 
schools  than  any  other  parties  can  possibly  have  :  it 


RELIGIOUS   TEACHING  —  SECULAR   SCHOOLS.       81 

will  be  the  religious  instruction  which  their  own 
children,  in  many  cases,  will  be  receiving,  or,  at  all 
events,  the  children  of  their  neighbours,  by  whose 
conduct  in  after  life  they  may  themselves  be  affected 
in  no  inconsiderable  degree. 

Of  course,  too,  the  clergy  will  everywhere  have  a 
share  in  the  management  of  these  schools  ;  while  in 
the  rural  parishes  they  will  have  the  chief  share.  In 
many  cases,  also,  we  may  eventually  have  clergymen 
for  masters.  Now  all  these  circumstances  give  as 
good  security  for  the  tone  of  the  religious  teaching 
as  we  now  possess  in  our  present  schools,  or  can 
reasonably  expect  in  a  matter  of  this  kind.  It  will 
be  far  more  easy  to  give  a  religious  tone  to  the  kind 
of  instruction  proposed  for  these  schools,  than  either 
to  our  present  system  of  classical  education,  or  to 
that  given  in  our  commercial  schools,  or  to  the  read- 
ing, writing,  and  arithmetic,  accompanied  with  cate- 
chism and  texts,  of  so  many  of  our  parochial 
schools. 

To  make  compulsory  the  maintenance  of  purely 
secular  schools,  against  the  wishes  and  convictions  of 
those  who  are  to  pay  for  their  maintenance)  is  a  very 
questionable  kind  of  liberality;  but  to  compel  people 
to  send  their  children  against  their  wishes  and  con- 
victions to  such  schools  (for  in  many  cases  it  would 
come  to  this)  would  certainly  be  an  act  more  worthy 
of  an  arbitrary,  or  even  of  a  revolutionary,  than 
of  a  free  government.  If  in  any  district  it  were 

E    5 


82  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

to  happen  that  the  majority  of  the  parents  of  the 
children  were  desirous  of  excluding  religion  from 
the  instruction  given  in  the  school,  the  question 
of  a  secular  school  for  that  particular  neighbour- 
hood might  fairly  be  entertained  by  the  school- 
managers  ;  but  surely  there  is  no  other  ground  for 
admitting  the  question.  The  right  principle  appears 
to  be  to  leave  the  question  in  each  case  to  the 
decision  of  the  school-managers,  who  will,  of  course, 
decide  eventually  in  accordance  with  the  circum- 
stances, the  wants,  and  the  feelings  of  their  respective 
districts.  This  is  a  self-adjusting  principle ;  the 
adoption  of  which  will  at  once  set  aside  a  host  of 
objections,  which  are  at  present  impeding  our  efforts 
for  the  improvement  and  extension  of  popular  edu- 
cation. At  all  events,  to  condemn  a  neighbourhood 
to  maintain  a  secular  school,  in  opposition  to  the 
wishes  of  the  educated  inhabitants  of,  and  of  those 
who  have  weight  and  influence  in,  the  neighbourhood, 
would  be  condemning  the  school  to  inefficiency  and 
worthlessness. 


THE  TASK  OF  finding  masters  and  mistresses  capable 
of  undertaking  the  management  of  these  schools 
would  not,  even  as  things  now  are,  be  a  very  difficult 
one.  We  must  not  be  misled  here  by  our  old  ideas, 
and  by  the  experience  of  the  past.  We  have  to 
disabuse  our  minds  of  much  that  has  been  impressed 


MASTERS.  83 

upon  them  by  the  schools  with  which  we  are  familiar. 
The  schools  we  want  neither  resemble  our  old  gram- 
mar schools,  though  grammar  will  be  taught  in  them, 
and  though,  perhaps,  those  who  are  to  come  after  us 
will  find  that  many  a  good  classical  scholar  will  have 
received  his  earliest  intellectual  culture  in  them; 
nor  do  they  resemble  our  present  parochial  schools. 
In  the  former  we  teach  what  once  had  a  direct  prac- 
tical object,  and  was,  for  those  times,  of  inestima- 
ble value,  and  to  which  we  still  continue  inconsi- 
derately to  assign  the  same  importance,  though  it 
has  little  direct  connexion  with  the  work  and  the 
ideas,  or  with  the  moral  feelings  and  intellectual 
aims,  of  the  age  in  which  we  are  living ;  and  in  the 
latter  we  dole  out  instruction  of  the  kind,  and  in 
the  measure,  which  we  now  happen  to  think  suit- 
able for  the  working  classes.  Now  we  do  not  want 
schools  at  all  like  either  of  these,  and,  consequently, 
we  do  not  want  masters  such  as  would  be  required 
for  either  of  them.  There  are  difficulties  in  finding 
masters  for  both  of  these  kinds  of  school.  The 
knowledge  required  for  the  master  of  a  classical 
school  is  not  the  natural  growth  of  the  present  day : 
it  is  a  highly  artificial  production,  a  forced  com- 
modity, the  result  of  endowments  and  bounties.  We 
must,  therefore,  pay  very  highly  for  it.  And  when 
we  suppose  that  we  have  got  what  we  want,  and  have 
sent  our  children  to  a  classical  school,  very  few  of  us 
are  capable  of  judging  whether  the  master  is,  after 

E    6 


84  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

all,  properly  qualified  for  teaching  what  he  has 
undertaken  to  teach.  Few  of  us  know  any  thing 
about  the  matter,  nor  do  we  care  much  to  know  any 
thing.  And  with  respect  to  the  teachers  of  our 
present  parochial  schools,  the  qualifications  required 
of  them,  and  the  position  given  them,  are  not  such 
as  to  attract  persons  of  any  attainments,  or  of  any 
standing  in  society :  we  are  even  obliged  to  collect 
our  parochial  school-masters,  through  the  instru- 
mentality of  the  training  school,  from  the  lowest 
classes.  As,  however,  the  position  of  master  in  the 
kind  of  school  we  are  considering  would  be  a  good 
one,  and  as  the  knowledge  required  of  him  is  in  a 
great  measure  that  which  is  the  natural  growth  of 
these  times,  and  that  of  which  we  all  know  the  value, 
the  situation  would  at  once  become  a  desirable  one : 
many  persons  of  previous  attainments  would  be 
anxious  to  qualify  themselves  for  it.  But  about  this 
presently. 

Not  an  unimportant  part  of  the  instruction  given 
might  consist  of  lectures,  delivered  by  persons  uncon- 
nected with  the  school,  and  engaged  from  time  to 
time  for  the  different  courses.  These  lectures  would 
form  a  very  valuable  addition,  or  complement,  to  the 
instruction  which  the  masters  were  able  to  give. 
The  lecturer  would  be  an  instrument  made  use  of 
by  the  master  for  the  purpose  of  conveying  inform- 
ation to  the  school  upon  subjects  where  the  master 
needed  assistance.  The  whole  of  the  moral  training 


LECTURES.  85 

of  the  school  would  remain  with  the  master ;  he 
would  also  have  opportunities  of  giving  whatever 
moral  turn  he  thought  fit  to  the  knowledge  conveyed 
by  the  lectures.  At  all  events,  it  would  be  a  part  of 
his  duty  to  point  out  the  bearing  of  the  different 
courses  upon,  and  their  connexion  with,  the  other 
studies  of  the  school,  and  their  place  in  the  system 
of  general  knowledge.  We  will  suppose  that  there 
would  be  four  courses  of  these  lectures  in  the  year, 
each  course  being  in  a  separate  quarter,  and  contain- 
ing four  or  five  lectures.  All  the  children  above  a 
certain  age  would  be  present  in  the  school-room,  or 
class-room,  each  seated  at  his  own  desk  in  order  that 
he  might  take  notes  of  the  lecture. 

This  part  of  the  system  must  not  be  judged  by  a 
reference  to  our  recollections  of  the  schools  at  which 
we  were  ourselves  educated,  but  by  a  consideration 
of  the  intellectual  and  educational  wants  of  the 
present  day,  and  of  the  resources  which  are  now 
available  for  the  purpose  of  meeting  these  wants. 
This  complementary  instruction,  over  and  above 
what  the  masters  are  capable  of  giving,  was  not 
wanted  formerly ;  while  in  the  present  day  it  is 
necessary,  because  the  teaching  of  the  school  must 
have  constant  reference  to  the  knowledge  existing  on 
the  outside  of  the  school,  in  order  that  the  school 
may  be  enabled  to  meet  the  wants  of  the  day.  Had 
instruction  of  this  kind  been  needed  formerly,  it 
would  have  been  impossible  to  have  procured  it; 


86  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

and,  had  it  been  possible  to  have  procured  it,  it 
would  have  been  impossible  to  have  connected  it 
with  the  old  narrow  single-subject  system. 

There  would  be  no  difficulty  in  finding  persons 
well  qualified  to  give  these  lectures.  The  extent  to 
which  the  various  departments  of  knowledge  have  of 
late  years  been  cultivated  amongst  the  upper  and  the 
middle  classes  would  ensure  our  obtaining  an  ample 
number  of  lecturers  of  this  kind.  In  every  neigh- 
bourhood there  would  be  some  who  would  volunteer 
their  gratuitous  services  from  the  interest  they  felt 
in  the  school  at  which  their  own  children  and  their 
neighbours'  children  were  being  educated.  In  con- 
sidering what  might  be  done  in  a  matter  of  this  kind, 
we  must  look  at  the  present  moral  and  intellectual 
character  of  the  different  classes  of  society ;  we 
must  take  into  account  their  actual  intelligence  and 
knowledge  —  their  feelings  and  aims:  nor  must  we 
lose  sight  of  the  great  changes  which  have  of  late 
years  taken  place  in  the  very  materials  of  society. 
Formerly  five-and-twenty  contiguous  parishes  might 
have  been  found  without  a  single  resident  clergyman, 
in  every  one  of  which  a  clergyman  is  now  residing, 
and,  if  from  no  other  motive,  at  least  from  the  pres- 
sure of  public  opinion,  employing  himself  more  or 
less  actively.  And,  comparing  the  whole  number  of 
parishes  in  the  country  with  the  whole  number  of 
clergy,  we  find  almost  two  clergymen  for  every 
parish.  Now  a  large  proportion  of  this  vast  body  of 


LECTURERS.  87 

men,  in  number  almost  18,000,  and  who  are  spread 
evenly  over  the  country,  are  capable  of  giving  in- 
struction on  some  subject  or  other  of  interest ;  in 
many  cases,  of  course,  on  subjects  connected  with  or 
ancillary  to  biblical  criticism  and  interpretation  ;  in 
many  cases,  also,  on  subjects  of  literary,  of  scien- 
tific, or  of  general  interest.  Of  those  who  would 
be  capable  of  doing  this,  we  cannot  doubt — judging 
from  the  manner  in  which  the  clergy  in  the  metro- 
polis, and,  indeed,  all  over  the  country,  are  coming 
forward  upon  the  platforms  of  lecture-rooms,  class- 
rooms, and  mechanics'  institutes  —  but  that  many 
would  be  glad  to  aid  in  the  same  way  in  schools  of 
the  kind  we  are  recommending.  The  fact,  too,  that 
the  incomes  of  the  clergy  are  diminishing,  while  their 
numbers,  intelligence,  and  activity  are  increasing, 
supplies  another  reason  for  our  calculating  with  some 
degree  of  confidence  upon  our  schools  receiving  from 
them  this  kind  of  aid.  In  short,  the  clergy  I  think 
would  be,  from  more  than  one  motive.,  among  the  first 
to  acknowledge  the  value  of  these  schools. 

Every  town  at  the  present  day  contains  a  con- 
siderable number  of  intelligent  persons  in  the  middle 
classes,  who  have  devoted  themselves  to  some  parti- 
cular study  or  other,  and  who  would  be  glad  of 
opportunities  for  giving  lectures  in  schools  of  this 
kind. 

Mechanics'  institutes  and  country-town  museums 
have  already  given  rise  to  a  class  of  persons  who 


88  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

make  it  their  business  to  give  lectures.  Our  schools 
might  avail  themselves  of  the  services  of  these  pro- 
fessional lecturers  ;  and  the  demand  for  their  services 
in  our  schools  would  lead  to  an  increase  in  their 
number. 

Masters  of  neighbouring  schools  would  also  assist 
each  other,  each  lecturing  for  his  neighbour's  school 
upon  some  subject  with  which  he  was  better  ac- 
quainted than  his  neighbour. 

The  Professors,  also,  of  the  college  in  the  neigh- 
bouring town  would  render  the  same  kind  of  assist- 
ance. 

In  these  various  sources,  then,  we  possess  an 
ample  supply  of  materials  for  this  part  of  the  system. 
And  if  it  were  a  fixed  rule  that  a  paid  lecturer 
should  never  receive  less  than  the  fee  which  a 
physician  now  receives  for  his  advice,  or  which  a 
clergyman  receives  for  preaching  a  sermon,  we  may 
be  sure  that  there  would  never  be  any  difficulty  in 
procuring  a  duly  qualified  lecturer  for  any  subject, 
upon  which  the  master  needed  assistance.  Many 
lecturers  of  this  kind  would  become  itinerant  and 
occasional  school-teachers. 

We  might  also  expect  that  some  of  those  who  would 
be  ready  to  give  lectures  would  also  readily  undertake 
to  teach  classes  on  their  particular  subjects.  If  our 
schools  were  so  organised  and  conducted  as  to  supply 
an  opening  for  something  of  this  kind,  we  may  be 
sure  that  there  would  be  many  who  would  avail 


LECTURERS.  89 

themselves  of  it.  The  missionary  spirit  exists 
strongly  amongst  us.  Here  would  be  a  field  for  its 
exercise  at  every  .man's  door.  There  are  numbers  of 
intelligent  and  benevolent  persons,  with  some  leisure 
time  at  their  disposal,  who  might  be  of  great  use  in 
this  way.  And  here  again  we  might  calculate  more 
especially,  though  not  at  all  exclusively,  upon  the 
assistance  of  the  clergy.  Many  of  the  highly  educated 
would  see  in  these  classes  an  opportunity  for  turning 
their  philanthropy  and  their  knowledge  to  some 
account,  and  for  doing  much  good.  Wherever  any 
thing  of  the  kind  was  done  we  might  expect  to  see 
some  improvement  in  the  mutual  feelings  of  classes, 
which  are  at  present  but  slightly  acquainted  with 
each  other.  At  all  events,  this  teaching  of  regular 
classes  upon  particular  subjects  by  those  in  the 
neighbourhood  who  were  willing  and  able  to  do  it, 
and  of  whom  the  master  and  managers  might  approve, 
would  virtually  be  an  increase  in  the  number  of 
masters,  and  would  assist  us  much  in  carrying  out 
the  idea  of  our  proposed  schools,  a  very  essential  part 
of  which  consists  in  a  considerable  extension  of  the 
present  range  of  instruction,  the  extension  being 
chiefly  in  the  direction  of  the  knowledge  in  which 
interest  is  now  felt,  and  which  is  now  bearing  fruit 
in  the  midst  of  us.  As  a  general  rule,  it  would  be 
better  that  a  school  should  pay  for  any  aid  of  this 
kind  which  it  received. 


90  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

I  WILL  NOW  endeavour  to  show  where  I  think  we 
shall  find  a  supply  of  masters  duly  qualified  for 
undertaking,  and  ready  to  undertake,  the  manage- 
ment of  these  schools.  We  have  supposed  that  our 
master  will  receive  about  100/.  a  year.  This  will  be 
for  the  kind  of  village  or  district  school,  of  which  we 
have  been  speaking ;  in  towns  and  in  larger  villages  the 
salary  might  be  proportionably  increased.  Apartments 
also  ought  to  be  provided  for  him,  if  possible,  under 
the  same  roof  as  the  school  itself.  This,  of  course, 
would  be  equivalent  to  an  augmentation  of  salary. 
Now,  when  we  consider  the  respectable  position  the 
master  would  occupy,  and  that  no  kind  of  display  or 
unnecessary  expense  would  be  required  of  him,  his 
income  would  go  farther  than  an  equal  one  in  the 
hands  of  other  members  of  the  community  not  so 
situated. 

As  far,  then,  as  salary  was  concerned,  the  master 
would  be  in  a  position  superior  to  that  of  the  gene- 
rality of  curates. 

Now  as  all  his  evenings,  and  all  his  time,  with  the 
exception  of  the  school-hours,  would  be  at  his  own 
disposal  (which,  of  course,  can  never  be  the  case  with 
those  who  are  chained  down  to  the  hourly  duties  of 
a  boarding-school),  he  would  have  more  time  for  self- 
improvement,  recreation,  and  society,  than  falls  to 
the  lot  of  the  members  of  other  professions. 

As    the    children   would   be    under    his    charge 


ADVANTAGES    OP    THE   MASTER'S   POSITION.     91 

during  school-hours  only,  the  master  would  not  be 
oppressed  with  the  load  of  responsibility  which,  under 
the  present  boarding-school  system,  must  always  be 
felt,  and  always,  too,  more  or  less  unavailingly ;  for 
while  the  present  system  transfers  to  the  schoolmaster 
the  parental  duty  of  watching  ceaselessly  over  the 
formation  of  the  character  of  the  child,  it  fails  to 
give  him,  nor  can  it  ever  give  him,  the  opportunities 
and  the  means  necessary  for  the  effectual  performance 
of  the  duty.  The  system,  however,  which  is  recom- 
mended in  these  pages  will  divide  the  responsibility, 
up  to  the  thirteenth  or  fourteenth  year,  between  the 
schoolmaster  and  the  parent,  assigning  to  each  that 
part  which  each  can  most  effectually  perform ;  thus 
removing  from  the  mind  of  the  conscientious  school- 
master that  which  at  present  forms  a  very  distressing 
incident  of  the  office. 

With  respect  to  his  standing  in  society,  there  can 
be  no  reason  for  supposing  that  he  would  be  received 
on  a  less  favoured  footing  than  other  professional  men. 

The  master  of  such  a  school  as  we  have  been  con- 
sidering might  also  look  forward  to  securing  a  situa- 
tion in  some  larger  school,  or  in  a  high  school  or 
college,  —  such  as  would  be  established  in  the  towns. 
This  would  be  an  inducement  with  a  great  many  for 
continuing  to  study,  and  to  increase  their  store  of 
knowledge  and  their  attainments.  If  there  were 
means  of  rising  in  this  way,  it  would  have  a  very 
beneficial  effect  upon  the  class  of  schoolmasters, 


92  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

because  greater  numbers  than  at  present  would 
devote  themselves  to  their  work  with  the  feeling 
that  it  was  to  be  the  work  of  their  lives. 

With  these  advantages  to  offer,  it  cannot  be  sup- 
posed that  there  would  be  much  difficulty  in  finding 
the  masters  we  should  require.  Many  who  are  now 
holding  curacies  would  feel,  supposing  that  their 
turn  of  mind  and  attainments  fitted  them  for  the 
position,  that  they  might,  by  taking  charge  of  a 
school  of  this  kind  instead  of  a  parish,  turn  their 
talents  and  devotedness  to  better  account.  We  have 
seen  that  such  a  change  would  not  be  one  for  the 
worse  in  respect  of  worldly  circumstances,  and  we 
cannot  suppose  that  it  would  be  for  the  worse  as 
respects  their  position  in  society.  Our  master's 
position  might  even  be  an  enviable  one  to  not  a  few 
of  the  beneficed  clergy.  We  may  therefore  suppose 
that  many  of  these  schools  would  at  once  be  filled  by 
candidates  from  the  Church,  and  by  men  who  had 
received  an  university  education.  This  would  not 
long  be  the  case,  because  if  the  place  of  school- 
master be  made  a  desirable  one,  society  is  now  in 
such  a  state  in  this  country — that  is  to  say,  education 
is  becoming  so  general,  and  the  means  of  finding 
remunerative  employment  for  educated  persons  so 
difficult — that  the  demand  would  soon  be  met  by  a 
fitting  supply.  At  first,  however,  we  should  expect 
to  see  many  who  were  in  orders,  or  who  intended  to 
enter  the  ministry,  occupying  the  master's  place  in 


SOME    WOULD    BE    IN   HOLY   ORDERS,  93 

our  larger  schools,  because  no  other  class  would  be 
just  now  able  to  supply  so  many  candidates,  or  can- 
didates so  well  qualified. 

Here,  then,  would  be  a  new,  and,  for  some  time  to 
come,  an  inexhaustible  field  opened  to  the  exertions 
and  the  talents  of  the  younger  portion  of  the  clergy. 
Many  of  our  chief  difficulties  about  school-masters, 
and  more  especially  about  training  schools,  would  be 
removed.  The  education  which  our  upper  and 
middle  classes  receive,  our  universities,  and  even  the 
Church  itself,  would  all  indirectly,  but  still  to  a  very 
great  extent,  in  many  cases  even  adequately,  supply 
the  necessary  training. 

The  standing  and  advantages  given  to  the  office  of 
the  teacher  would  make  the  situation  of  assistant 
master  a  very  desirable  temporary  position  for  a 
young  person  entering  life.  Of  course  this  remark 
applies  more  to  the  case  of  some  professions  than 
to  that  of  others.  At  all  events,  we  should  here 
have  more  suitable  employment  for  a  young  man 
only  twenty-three  years  of  age  than  the  cure  of 
souls  and  the  charge  of  a  parish. 

Indeed,  can  we  imagine  any  better  training  for 
Holy  Orders  ?  A  young  man  might  either  be  or- 
dained on  obtaining  a  school  appointment  (a  college 
fellowship  at  present  is  allowed  to  give  a  title  to 
orders),  or  he  might  be  ordained  from  the  school 
after  he  had  acquired  some  experience  of  life,  and 
some  familiarity  with  the  office  of  teacher,  which  is 


94  SCHOOL   OF   THE    FUTURE. 

very  near  of  kin  to  the  office  of  Christian  minister. 
It  need  hardly  be  said  that  we  possess  at  present  no 
kind  of  school  of  which  it  would  be  possible  to  make 
this  use. 

This  would  not  only  elevate  the  school  and  the 
teacher,  but  would  also  bring  a  considerable  accession 
of  strength  to  the  Church,  both  by  extending  its 
influence  particularly  among  the  lower  orders  in  a 
thoroughly  legitimate  manner,  and  by  enabling  many 
of  the  clergy  to  receive  a  more  useful  and  practical 
training  for  parochial  work  than  is  at  present  possible. 
Such  candidates  for  Orders  would  have  to  offer  for 
the  service  of  the  Church  a  certain  amount  and 
variety  of  general  and  modern  knowledge,  the  tact 
and  discretion  which  they  had  acquired  in  their 
necessary  intercourse  with  the  parents  of  the  children, 
aptness  to  teach,  and  a  familiarity  with  the  feelings 
and  ideas  of  the  people. 

This  would  at  present  be  the  natural  result  of 
such  a  school-system,  though  of  course  it  would  not 
be  its  intended  effect ;  because  the  single  object  of 
the  system  wrould  be  to  give  to  every  member  of  the 
community  such  an  education  as  would  be  suitable 
to  the  present  wants  and  the  present  condition  of 
society.  Those,  therefore,  who  had  established  such 
a  school  for  their  own  parish,  or  district,  or  town, 
would  necessarily  feel  that  they  had  the  deepest 
interest  in  choosing  the  fittest  persons  for  masters. 
Their  only  aim  would  be  to  get  the  best  man.  The 


OTHERS   SUITED   FOR   THE    WORK.  95 

questions  asked  would  be,  What  do  you  know  ?  and 
What  is  your  character  ?  Not  Where  do  you  come 
from  ?  Where  were  you  educated  ?  and  Who  are 
your  friends  ?  But  that  this  would  at  the  present 
moment  result  in  strengthening  the  Church  would 
follow  from  the  present  position  and  efficiency  of  the 
Church :  many  of  the  fittest  candidates,  the  school- 
managers  being  the  electors,  would  be  persons  in 
Holy  Orders ;  many  more  would  be  persons  whose 
ultimate  destination  was  Holy  Orders. 

Perhaps,  also,  it  might  be  found  that,  just  as  at 
present,  many  persons  who  have  some  little  means  of 
their  own,  either  in  possession  or  reversion,  do  now 
become  clergymen,  so,  under  such  a  system  of 
schools,  would  many  persons  similarly  situated,  if 
such  a  system  of  schools  were  established,  become 
teachers  in  our  schools. 

But  one  great  point  which  will  bear  repetition  is, 
that  this  system  would  not  only  offer  an  appropriate 
field  for  the  talent  and  energy  of  well-educated 
young  men  at  a  time  of  life  when  they  are  incapable, 
in  most  cases,  of  employing  themselves  usefully  in 
any  other  way,  but  that  it  would  also  offer  a  regular 
and  fitting  field,  such  as  we  do  riot  at  present  possess, 
for  the  labours  of  thousands  of  benevolent  and  well- 
informed  persons  amongst  us,  some  of  them  persons 
who  have  retired  from  the  active  duties  of  life,  and 
who  would  gladly  avail  themselves  of  such  oppor- 
tunities for  taking  a  part  in  what  we  must  all  now 


96  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

consider  as  the  highest,  and  the  allotted,  work  of 
the  period  upon  which  we  have  entered. 

An  opportunity  here  offers  for  mentioning  another 
advantage  which  such  a  system  of  schools  might  be 
made  to  yield.  On  all  hands  it  is  allowed  that  the 
expense  of  our  university  course  is  a  very  serious 
evil.  I  would  propose,  then,  that  an  under-graduate 
might  be  permitted  to  commute  a  year  of  his  univer- 
sity course  for  a  year  spent  in  one  of  these  schools  as 
an  under-master  or  assistant  teacher.  This  would 
at  once  lessen  the  expense  of  an  university  education 
by  at  least  one-third  to  all  who  chose  to  avail  them- 
selves of  the  permission.  Young  men  of  this  age  are 
allowed,  as  soon  as  they  have  taken  their  degree,  to 
become  private  tutors  to  the  undergraduate  members 
of  the  Universities ;  there  can,  therefore,  be  no 
objection,  on  the  score  of  age,  or  attainments,  to 
their  assisting,  under  the  authority  of  the  master,  in 
the  instruction  of  children  in  such  schools  as  those 
we  have  been  speaking  about. 

Our  universities  direct  their  attention  mainly  to 
clerical  education,  and  have,  in  a  great  measure, 
sacrificed  their  character  of  universities  to  their  zeal 
for  maintaining  what  they  imagine  to  be  the  best 
education  for  Holy  Orders.  Now  we  cannot  imagine 
any  better  training  for  the  duties  of  a  parish  clergy- 
man than  a  year's  teaching  in  such  a  school  as  I  have 
been  describing.  What  more  useful  addition  could 
be  made  to  our  present  clerical  education  ?  0*% 


GOOD  PREPARATION  FOR  HOLY  ORDERS.   97 

rather,  if  this  suggestion  could  ever  be  acted  upon — 
and  it  is  only  proposed  to  make  it  optional — it  would 
form  a  good  beginning  for  the  work  of  clerical  edu- 
cation, for  which  after  all  it  can  hardly  be  said  that 
any  direct  or  effectual  provision  has  been  made. 

Perhaps  the  certificate  of  a  year  spent  in  this 
manner  would  be  amongst  the  best  testimonials 
which  a  candidate  for  Holy  Orders  could  present  to 
the  bishop  from  whom  he  was  seeking  ordination. 

Of  course  the  experience  of  many  kinds  which 
would  be  gained  in  this  manner  would  be  of  the 
greatest  value  to  the  future  clergyman  :  it  would  be 
excellent  training  for  that  which  was  to  be  the  work 
of  his  life.  But  who  is  there  that  would  not  be 
benefited,  whatever  may  be  the  profession  upon 
which  he  is  afterwards  to  enter,  by  spending  a  year 
of  his  life  in  this  manner  ?  We  may  safely  predict 
that  whatever  may  be  the  employment  of  a  man's 
after  life,  this  year  would  always  be  acknowledged  to 
have  been  spent  more  profitably  than  any  other 
throughout  the  course  of  his  education. 

The  practicability  of  the  above  suggestion  entirely 
depends  upon  the  establishment  of  the  particular 
kind  of  school,  and  of  the  school-system,  recom- 
mended in  these  pages.  Unless  the  schools  were 
open  and  public,  so  that  every  thing  which  went  on 
in  them  might  be  known,  and  unless  they  were  so 
arranged — as  these  would  be — that  by  self-acting 
causes  every  thing  would  go  on  rightly  in  them,  it 

F 


98  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

would  be  unwise  to  attempt  such  a  plan.  Such  a 
position  in  a  private  school  would  not  possess  any  of 
the  advantages  I  have  in  view.  The  adoption  of  this 
suggestion  would,  of  course,  contribute  in  some  mea- 
sure to  the  success  and  popularity  of  the  schools ;  it 
would,  however,  be  far  more  advantageous  to  the 
universities,  and,  above  all,  to  the  Church  and  to 
other  religious  bodies  which  chose  to  avail  themselves 
of  it. 

Many  of  the  persons  engaged  in  these  schools 
in  the  work  of  tuition  might  be  young  persons,  with- 
out any  very  great  disadvantage  resulting.  Attention 
is  purposely  drawn  to  this  for  the  sake  of  illustrating 
the  system.  In  the  first  place,  much  of  the  evil, 
which  under  our  present  system  would  result  from 
this,  would  be  obviated  by  the  fact,  that  a  large  share 
of  the  moral  training  of  the  children  would  still  be  left 
in  the  hands  of  the  parents.  This  is  not  said  with 
the  intention  of  conveying  the  idea  that  the  masters 
of  these  schools  would  be  absolved  from  the  duty  of 
exercising  a  moral  influence  over  the  children  they 
taught :  quite  the  contrary ;  they  would  turn  to  the 
best  account  the  means  and  opportunities  they  pos- 
sessed for  moral  training:  but,  in  addition  to  this, 
the  education  of  the  children  would  be  carried  on 
under — to  many  of  them — the  still  stronger  in- 
fluences of  home,  and  of  parental  affection  and 
watchfulness.  And,  in  the  next  place,  the  school 
being  among  the  most  valued  possessions,  and  under 
the  constant  supervision,  of  every  parent  in  the 


MISTRESSES.  99 

parish,  or  district,  any  act  of  neglect,  or  any  thing 
in  any  way  faulty,  would  be  known  immediately,  and 
the  proper  remedy  would  be  immediately  applied. 
Of  course  a  young  person  would  be  employed  as 
under-master,  or  assistant  teacher,  only  in  cases 
where  no  objection  was  felt.  Those  whose  dearest 
interests  were  connected  with  the  school  would  take 
care  not  to  entrust  the  chief  part,  or  any  part,  of  the 
management  of  it  to  persons  in  whom  they  were 
unable  to  feel  confidence. 

I  have  endeavoured  to  show  that  there  is  no  reason 
for  anticipating  any  difficulty  in  procuring  properly 
qualified  masters :  there  will,  I  think,  be  still  greater 
facilities  for  procuring  any  number  of  properly  qua- 
lified female  instructors,  so  soon  as  we  shall  be  able  to 
give  them  the  position  which  these  schools  would  offer, 
Every  one  is  familiar  with  the  regrets  constantly 
expressed  at  the  want  of  suitable  employment  for 
women,  who,  having  received  the  careful  education 
of  gentlewomen,  afterwards  find  themselves  in  narrow 
circumstances.  Now  here  is  a  large  field  for  energy, 
talent,  and  devotedness,  exactly  adapted  to  such 
cases.  Here  is  employment,  and  a  position,  which 
many  a  right-thinking  and  high-minded  woman,  in 
the  circumstances  to  which  I  have  just  alluded,  would 
regard  as  a  great  privilege.  We  must  not  for  a 
moment  compare  the  position  of  a  mistress  in  one  of 
these  schools,  either  with  the  dependent  position  of 

F  2 


100  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

a  governess  in  a  private  family,  or  with  the  harass- 
ing and  humiliating  position  of  an  ordinary  school- 
mistress, or  school-teacher.  The  position  of  our 
mistress  would  be  very  different.  The  amount  of 
responsibility  which  would  devolve  upon  her  would 
not  be  overwhelming,  because  a  part  of  the  burden 
would  be  borne  by  the  school-managers,  and  a  part 
also  by  the  parents  of  the  children.  The  greater 
portion,  too,  of  her  time  would,  as  was  observed 
respecting  the  masters,  be  at  her  own  disposal. 
There  would  be  nothing  degrading  about  her  work, 
in  which  she  would  be  supported  by  the  school- 
managers,  who  would  be  the  most  intelligent  and 
respectable  persons  in  the  district,  as  well  as  by  the 
respect  and  regard  of  the  parents  of  the  children. 
The  increasing  respect,  also,  in  which  the  masters  of 
our  schools  would  be  held,  would  to  some  extent  be 
reflected  on  the  mistresses.  If  she  were  a  well- 
educated  person,  and  if  our  schools  could  be  so 
organised  as  that  her  situation  could  be  made  what 
we  have  been  for  the  moment  considering  it,  we  may 
be  sure  that  she  would  be  received  well  at  all  events 
by  that  part  of  the  community  in  the  education  of 
whose  children  she  was  bearing  a  part.  She  would 
also  be  animated  by  the  hope  —  which  few  women 
now  engaged  in  tuition  can  feel —  of  some  day 
obtaining,  in  a  larger  or  higher  school,  a  more 
extended  field  of  usefulness,  attended  by  an  increase 
of  salary,  and  a  higher  position. 


MISTRESSES,  WHERE   TO   BE   FOUND.          101 

No  greater  boon  than  the  establishment  of  this 
system  could  be  conferred  on  a  very  large  class  of 
the  women  of  this  country,  who  now  see  every 
avenue  both  to  independence  and  to  usefulness  closed 
against  them.  To  how  many  well-educated,  active- 
minded,  and  devoted  women  would  such  a  field  for 
labour,  and  such  a  position,  be  most  attractive. 
Here  is  the  true  substitute  for  the  convents  and 
sisterhoods  of  mercy  of  other  times.  Female  assist- 
ance of  this  description  is  indispensable  in  any 
general  system  of  education,  and  we  have  super- 
abundant materials  in  our  modern  society  for  sup- 
plying it.  We  have  thousands  of  women  well 
qualified  for,  and  most  desirous  of,  taking  a  part 
in  this  the  great  work  of  our  times ;  and  if  such 
schools  as  these  were  established,  we  should  at  once 
give  them  the  opportunity,  which  they  do  not  now 
possess,  of  turning  their  talents  and  devotedness  to 
good  account.  Perhaps  we  may  see  the  day,  not 
only  when  many  of  the  daughters  of  the  clergy,  of 
officers  in  the  army  and  navy,  and  of  the  smaller 
gentry,  will  be  desirous  of  securing  a  position  of  this 
kind,  in  which  either  a  few  years  or  a  whole  life 
might  be  spent  so  creditably,  but  even  when  many 
of  rank  and  station,  under  the  influence  of  religious 
feelings,  who,  had  they  lived  in  former  times,  would 
have  devoted  themselves  to  seclusion  and  penance, 
will  devote  themselves  with  equal  piety  to  the  task 
of  teaching  and  training  the  young.  Perhaps  with 
F  3 


102  SCHOOL   OF    THE   FUTURE. 

the  increase  of  wealth,  knowledge,  leisure,  and 
refinement,  the  desire  to  do  good  has  also  increased 
in  equal  proportion ;  we  have,  however,  no  regular 
field  for  the  realisation  of  this  desire,  as  far  as  women 
are  concerned :  these  schools  would  give  such  a 
field. 

Under,  then,  this  system  of  schools  we  should  escape 
from  our  present  necessity  of  searching  for  school- 
mistresses from  amongst  the  lower  orders  of  society. 
The  manners  and  feelings  of  such  persons,  however 
excellent  may  be  their  characters,  must  more  or  less 
be  coloured  by  their  antecedents  and  early  associa- 
tions :  we  can  hardly  expect  them  to  be  very  refined. 
,  These  objections  may  doubtless  be  removed  to  a  very 
great  extent  by  a  good  training  school;  still,  how- 
ever, very  few  cases  can  occur  in  which  they  can  be 
entirely  overcome  in  those  who  have  known  no  other 
life  than  that  of  the  cottage.  Schools  of  the  kind 
recommended  in  these  pages,  though  of  course  they 
would  not  decline  to  avail  themselves  of  the  services 
of  those  educated  at  training  schools,  would  yet,  we 
may  be  sure,  have  at  all  times  at  their  command 
numbers  of  volunteers  from  the  well-educated  classes 
of  society,  better  able  to  create  around  them  an 
atmosphere  of  gentleness  and  refinement,  and  to 
implant  a  love  of  the  beautiful  and  the  good  in  the 
minds  of  their  pupils,  than  would  be  possible  for  a 
labourer's  daughter,  even  supposing  she  had  had  the 
advantage, — which,  however,  only  a  small  percentage 


DEPENDENCE   UPON   THE   TRAINING   SCHOOL.    103 

of  our  present  schoolmistresses  have  had, — of  spend- 
ing two  or  three  years  in  a  training  school.  The  mis- 
tresses, whose  services  I  am  supposing  that  we  should 
be  able  to  secure,  would  also  possess  a  far  sounder  and 
more  varied  experience  of  life  ;  and  this  is  a  kind  of 
knowledge  which  always  enables  its  possessor  to  gain 
much  influence  over  children,  and  the  want  of  which 
they  are  always  very  sharp-sighted  in  detecting. 
This  remark  is  of  course  equally  applicable  to 
masters. 

Perhaps  it  may  be  as  well  to  say  a  word  or  two  in 
reference  to  the  manner  in  which  our  training  schools 
have  just  been  mentioned.  It  would  be  difficult  to 
speak  too  highly  of  the  services  which  these  insti- 
tutions have  done  of  late  years  in  the  work  of  ele- 
vating the  character  of  our  popular  education.  They 
have  been  the  chief  centres  from  which  have  been 
diffused  higher  ideas  concerning  the  duties,  the 
attainments,  and  the  position  of  schoolmasters  and 
schoolmistresses  ;  and  it  will  be  absolutely  necessary 
to  retain  these  institutions,  and  it  would  be  well  for 
us  if  we  could  increase  their  number,  so  long  as  the 
lowness  and  inadequacy  of  our  salaries,  and  the  un- 
certainty and  capriciousness  which  belong  to  our 
present  no-system  of  school-management,  oblige  us 
to  take  our  masters  and  mistresses  from  the  lowest, 
and  most  uneducated,  class  of  society.  Under  any 
circumstances,  too,  there  would  be  much  advantage 
in  retaining  them.  "What  I  wish  to  say  is,  that  if  we 

F   4 


104  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

should  succeed  in  bringing  persons  already  well- 
educated,  and  in  whose  minds  higher  and  better 
motives  will  be  at  work,  to  undertake  the  duties  of 
the  teacher's  office,  we  shall  escape  from  our  present 
entire  dependence  upon  the  training  school.  It  is 
not  considered  necessary  that  the  masters  of  our 
public  schools,  or  that  our  governesses,  should  have 
spent  two  or  three  years  in  some  training  establish- 
ment. Now  we  ought  to  aim  at  making  our  schools 
of  such  a  character  that  we  might  reasonably  ex- 
pect to  find,  among  the  candidates  for  the  situation 
of  masters  and  mistresses,  persons  who  had  already 
received  a  good  education,  and  who,  setting  Latin 
and  Greek  aside,  though  we  should  not  despair  even 
of  this  in  some  instances,  possessed  as  extensive 
knowledge,  and  were  as  well  able  to  interest  the 
minds  of  children  in  the  acquisition  of  knowledge, 
and  to  lead  them  by  their  moral  sentiments  and 
affections,  as  our  governesses,  or  the  untrained  mas- 
ters of  our  public  schools. 

The  school,  then,  which  has  been  kept  before  the 
reader  in  these  pages,  would  be  the  school  of  the 
large  rural  parish,  or  of  the  rural  district.  The 
reader  will  see  how  it  would  adapt  itself  to  the  small 
village  on  the  one  hand,  or  to  the  town  on  the  other 
hand.  In  small  towns,  and  in  populous  neighbour- 
hoods, the  school  would  of  course  be  larger,  and 
there  would  be  a  greater  amount  of  funds  at  its 
disposal.  This  would  be  just  so  much  more  power 


LIBRARY   AND   READING-ROOM   ATTACHED.     105 

for  the  improvement  of  the  school ;  and  none  of  this 
power  would  be  diverted  for  other  purposes,  as  is  the 
case  with  schools  established  not  by  a  neighbourhood 
for  its  own  use,  but  by  a  private  individual  as  a 
private  speculation.  Whatever  sum  was  raised  in 
the  school,  or  for  it,  would  be  wholly  expended  in 
securing  abler  teachers,  and  a  greater  number  of 
them,  and  in  otherwise  improving  the  school. 

In  the  larger  towns  this  improvement  would  be  so 
great  that  the  chief  school  would  assume  the  appear- 
ance of  a  college,  by  which  name,  perhaps,  it  would 
be  advisable  to  call  it,  because  those  who  wished  to 
proceed  farther  in  their  studies  than  would  be  pos- 
sible at  the  rural  schools,  would  attend  the  classes  of 
these  higher  town  schools,  where  there  might  be 
means  for  securing  the  services  of  very  able  men. 
The  name  of  college,  then,  would  be  useful  for  the 
purpose  of  marking  their  superiority  to  the  schools 
in  the  rural  districts. 

In  our  largest  towns  —  those  of  above  50,000 
inhabitants  —  these  colleges  might  be  of  a  very  high 
character.  In  such  places  as  Liverpool  and  Man- 
chester, if  the  time  shall  ever  come  when  the  whole 
population  will  be  educated,  several  colleges  would 
be  required. 

To  each  school  a  library  might  be  attached,  for 
the  use  of  the  students,  the  masters,  and  the  neigh- 
bourhood. An  additional  advantage  would  be  gained 
if  this  library,  or,  in  case  the  neighbourhood  could 

F    5 


106  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE* 

not  afford  a  separate  room  for  the  library,  a  class- 
or  school-room,  were  used  as  an  evening  reading- 
room.  And  here  I  would  allow  newspapers  to  be 
taken  in,  as  the  daily  press  has  now  become  the  most 
generally  used  means  for  disseminating  knowledge 
and  ideas.  For  every  one  person  who  is  in  the  habit 
of  reading  books,  there  are  ten  persons  perhaps  who 
never  read  any  thing  but  newspapers.  True  wisdom 
is  shown  not  by  ignoring  important  facts  of  this  kind, 
but  by  turning  them  to  good  account.  This  library 
and  reading-room  would  supply  another,  and  a  very 
powerful  means  for  making  the  school  a  centre  of 
interest,  and  of  union,  to  those  whose  children  were 
receiving  their  education  in  it.  It  would  bring  them 
together  in  a  pleasing  manner,  on  neutral  ground, 
and  for  intellectual  enjoyment.  It  would  dispose 
them  to  regard  the  school  with  affection.  Occasional 
lectures  also  to  adult  classes  might  be  given  in  this 
library,  or  in  the  school-  or  class-room. 

High  above  all,  as  was  previously  remarked,  would 
stand  our  great  national  universities,  which,  if  they 
chose — and,  surrounded  by  such  a  system  of  schools, 
they  could  not  but  choose  —  to  bring  their  teaching 
into  harmony  with  the  state  of  knowledge,  the  wants, 
and  the  work  of  our  free,  busy,  and  enlightened  age, 
would  command  the  love  and  reverence  of  all  orders, 
as  the  illustrious  time-honoured  depositaries  of  know- 
ledge, and,  again,  as  occupying  the  highest  place  in 
its  diffusion. 


DIMINISHING  IMPORTANCE   OF   UNIVERSITIES.  107 

If  Oxford  would  give  up  the  idea  of  making  her- 
self a  theological  seminary  for  the  upper  orders,  and 
endeavour,  honestly,  to  connect  herself  with  the 
general  education  of  the  country,  there  is  every  rea- 
son for  supposing  that,  in  an  age  like  the  present, 
when  our  numbers  and  our  wealth  have  increased  so 
enormously,  and  knowledge  and  education  are  valued 
so  highly,  her  fame  and  her  influence  would  soon 
become  even  greater  than  they  were  in  those  old 
times  to  which  she  looks  back  with  so  much  pride. 
Instead  of  doing  this,  she  has  been  endeavouring  to 
restrict  the  instruction  she  offers  to  the  limits  of 
what  was  taught  centuries  ago;  forgetting  that 
society  is  in  a  very  different  state  now  from  that  in 
which  it  was  then ;  that  knowledge  is  in  a  very 
different  state ;  and  that,  besides,  in  those  old  times 
when  Oxford  was  so  famous,  she  taught  all  that  men 
at  that  time  wished  to  know,  and  indeed  all  that  was 
at  that  time  known. 

At  present,  the  studious  youth  of  this  country  do 
not  look  to  Oxford  as  the  place  where  they  may 
receive  the  highest  and  best  instruction.  The  lead- 
ing university  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  race  ought  cer- 
tainly to  be  capable  of  offering  great  facilities  for  the 
study  of  the  different  branches  of  science,  as  well  as 
of  polite  learning.  But  what  is  the  fact  ?  Is  it  not 
generally  felt  that  she  offers  no  peculiar  advantages 
to  those  who  are  entering  upon  the  study  of  any 

F    6 


108  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

particular  branch  of  science,  or  who  intend  to  culti- 
vate any  part  of  the  field  of  literature  ?  It  would 
be  demanding  too  much  to  expect  that  she  should 
be  in  advance  of  the  rest  of  the  world  in  her  physical 
teaching,  or  in  her  teaching  on  social  and  econo- 
mical science,  or  in  medicine,  or  law;  or  that  she 
should  maintain  a  school  for  the  study  of  the  fine 
arts  ;  or  that  she  should  possess  an  historical,  or 
even  a  critical  and  philological  school,  from  which 
views  might  be  disseminated,  to  which  the  learned 
upon  these  subjects  on  the  outside  of  the  uni- 
versity would  be  disposed  to  defer.  We  ought 
not  now  to  expect  much  of  this  kind,  because 
in  these  days  scientific  and  literary  men  are  every- 
where able  to  carry  on  their  pursuits,  without  aid 
from  the  countenance  or  support  of  an  university : 
and  the  activity  of  the  press  is  now  so  great  that 
every  man,  wherever  he  resides,  may  easily  keep 
himself  on  the  level  of  what  is  known  in  his  own 
department  of  study,  and  may  have  upon  the  shelves 
of  his  own  library  every  thing  that  is  worth  reading 
upon  the  subjects  in  which  he  is  interested.  Great 
capitals,  too,  must,  in  many  important  respects, 
always  possess  very  considerable  advantages  over  an 
university  situated  as  Oxford  is.  Still  Oxford  ought, 
at  all  events,  to  be  able  to  attract  to  herself,  and  to 
enlist  in  her  service,  men  of  eminence  in  their 
different  departments,  by  making  it  worth  their 
while  to  reside  within  her  walls,  and  teach  in  her 


LIBERTY   OF    STUDY,  AND   OF   TEACHING.    109 

lecture-rooms.  Of  course  this  necessitates  both 
some  changes  in,  and  some  additions  to,  her  present 
system. 

Now  if  any  thing  of  this  kind  were  aimed  at,  there 
are  two  questions  which  would  have  to  be  settled  ; 
the  first  being,  How  are  these  subjects  to  be  admitted 
into  the  present  system  of  instruction  ?  and  the  other 
being,  Where  are  we  to  find  places  for  the  men  of 
eminence,  who  might,  under  different  circumstances, 
look  to  Oxford  as  offering  the  most  suitable  field  for 
their  labours  ?  This  is  not  the  place  for  discussing 
these  questions :  it  appears,  however,  that  there  is 
for  them  but  one  solution,  and  that  is,  that  the  uni- 
versity must  admit  both  a  much  greater  liberty  of 
study,  and,  as  a  correlative  necessity,  a  much  greater 
liberty  of  teaching ;  the  main  restrictions  being,  as  far 
as  respects  the  former,  that  the  subjects  chosen  by 
the  student  be  studies  which  the  university  has  sanc- 
tioned and  provided  for  ;  and,  as  far  as  respects  the 
latter,  that  the  teacher  must  be  licensed  by  the  uni- 
versity. The  existing  colleges,  the  power  to  make 
certain  alterations  having  been  allowed  them,  might 
be  left  upon  their  present  footing,  in  the  hope  that 
they  would  of  themselves  sooner  or  later  do  what 
would  be  most  conducive  to  the  public  good,  and  to 
their  own  interests.  Should  they,  however,  find  in- 
superable difficulties  in  the  way  of  any  such  attempts, 
let  them  continue  to  maintain  their  present  restric- 
tions ;  but  at  the  same  time  let  others  be  allowed  to 


110  SCHOOL   OF    THE   FUTURE. 

establish  colleges  of  their  own  within  the  precincts 
of  the  university,  and  let  the  students  of  these  new 
colleges  be  allowed  to  avail  themselves  of  the  lectures 
of  the  professors,  and  to  receive,  on  the  same  terms 
as  the  students  of  the  old  colleges,  the  honours  and 
degrees  which  the  university  confers.  This  would 
be  permitting  the  Roman  Catholics,  Wesleyans, 
Independents,  and  others  to  remove  their  colleges 
from  the  places  where  they  are  now  situated  to 
Oxford.  Now  if  at  the  same  time  those  graduate 
members  of  the  university  who  at  present  are  al- 
lowed to  act  as  private  tutors  were  allowed  to  open 
licensed  halls,  we  should  have  in  these  licensed  halls 
and  new  colleges  two  additions  to  the  present  system, 
which  would  perhaps  suffice  for  the  desired  liberty 
of  teaching.  The  requisite  liberty  of  study  will  only 
be  attained  when  the  university  shall  have  provided 
equal  facilities  for,  and  shall  give  equal  encourage- 
ment to,  all  the  different  branches  of  study  — and 
the  more  numerous  these  branches  the  better  — 
which  she  may  be  desirous  of  promoting.  If  any 
thing  of  this  kind  were  to  be  done,  we  should  then 
see  some  students  coming  to  Oxford  solely  for  the 
purpose  of  studying  mathematical  or  physical  science; 
others  for  the  purpose  of  pursuing  classical,  critical, 
and  philological  studies ;  some  to  study  medicine, 
others  law ;  some  history,  or  the  social  and  economi- 
cal sciences,  and  others  theology.  Of  course  some 
of  these  branches  admit  of  subdivision, — as,  for  in- 


HAVE   FEW   REAL    STUDENTS.  Ill 

stance,  that  of  physical  science  ;  while  others  might 
be  studied  conjointly  with  advantage,  as  might  be 
the  case  with  history,  philology,  and  theology.  The 
idea  is  merely  thrown  out  for  the  purpose  of  indi- 
cating the  system  which  universities  must  eventually 
adopt :  the  present  state  of  knowledge,  and  the 
present  state  of  society,  will  oblige  them  to  adopt  it. 

It  is  by  no  means  improbable,  (such  is  now  the 
thirst  for,  and  the  actual  value  of,  knowledge,)  that 
if  any  man  of  eminence  in  the  literary  or  scientific 
world  were,  — just  as  some  celebrated  philosopher 
might  have  opened  a  school  at  Athens,  —  to  propose 
to  give  a  course  of  lectures,  and  to  instruct  a  class, 
upon  the  subject  where  the  pre-eminence  of  his 
knowledge  was  incontestable,  the  success  of  the 
attempt  would  be  most  signal.  Should  any  thing 
of  the  kind  be  done,  it  would  at  once  point  out  to 
the  universities  the  necessity  of  abandoning  the 
practice  of  forcing  upon  men  what  they  do  not  wish 
to  know,  what  they  have  no  aptitude  for,  and  will 
never  make  any  progress  in ;  and  of  teaching  them, 
instead,  what  they  wish  to  know,  and  of  providing 
them  for  this  purpose  with  the  best  instructors. 

One  consequence  of  the  present  system  is,  that 
Oxford  possesses  hardly  any  real  students.  An 
analysis  of  her  undergraduate  members  will  readily 
prove  this.  A  large  proportion,  amounting  perhaps 
to  a  clear  majority  of  the  whole,  enter  the  uni- 
versity, because  an  university  degree  is  a  necessary 


112  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

preliminary  to  ordination.  Of  the  remainder  many 
are  young  men  who  will  some  day  possess  inde- 
pendent fortunes,  and  who  are  sent  to  Oxford,  not 
because  their  friends  expect  that  they  will  study, 
but  because  their  friends  do  not  know  what  else  to 
do  with  them.  It  is  supposed,  also,  that  it  will  be 
advantageous  for  those  who  purpose  being  called  to 
the  bar,  to  be  able  to  show  an  Oxford  degree  :  all 
things  considered,  the  advantage  of  this  may  reason- 
ably be  called  in  question  :  this  idea,  however,  draws 
some  to  Oxford.  Some  also  are  attracted  by  the 
hope  of  securing  a  fellowship.  Now  this  mere 
handful  of  undergraduates,  among  whom — when  we 
consider  the  necessity  which  compelled  some,  and 
the  motives  which  induced  others,  to  connect  them- 
selves with  her  —  very  few  real  students  can  be  re- 
cognised, is  her  condemnation.  Her  halls  and  col- 
leges are  not  thronged  by  earnest  students  from  the 
different  parts  of  this  great  empire,  desirous  of  culti- 
vating, under  her  guidance,  some  this,  and  others 
other  parts  of  the  field  of  knowledge ;  because  she 
herself  is  cultivating  only  one  small  corner  of  that 
field,  and  this,  too,  a  corner  which  has  not  of  late 
been  very  productive,  nor  ever  will  be  again,  except- 
ing when  cultivated  in  conjunction  with  other  parts 
of  the  field. 

The  establishment  of  schools  of  the  kind  we  have 
been  proposing  would,  perhaps,  eventually  set  all 
this  right,  in  a  more  complete  manner,  and  more 


SMALL    COST    OF    THE    SYSTEM.  113 

expeditiously,  too,  than  the  Royal  Commission  in 
all  probability  hope  ever  to  see  it  done.  Such 
schools  would  show  what  kind  of  education  was 
wanted.  The  universities  might  aid  the  schools  by 
giving  a  good  education  to  many  who  might  after- 
wards be  glad  to  teach  in  the  schools  ;  and  the  schools 
might  in  turn  aid  the  universities  by  sending  up  to 
them  from  all  parts  of  the  country  those  who  had 
shown  the  greatest  desire  and  capacity  for  learning. 
These  would  be  willing  and  real  students.  It  has 
also  been  shown  how,  by  the  aid  of  these  schools, — 
for  none  of  our  present  schools  would  be  of  any  use 
for  such  a  purpose,  —  the  universities  might  lessen 
the  expense,  and,  at  the  same  time,  improve  the 
character  of  their  clerical  education.  An  university, 
in  order  to  maintain  its  credit,  must  endeavour  to 
supply  the  wants  of  the  day.  People  living  in  the 
middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  very  properly  have 
no  wish  to  send  their  children  to  a  school  which  can 
hardly  be  said  to  teach  any  more  than  what  was 
known  in  the  Middle  Ages.  In  these  days  three  or 
four  years,  and  600£  or  800/.,  may  be  spent  to  better 
purpose. 


The   slight   cost   of   maintaining   this    system    of 
schools — weighing  the  cost  with  the  large  proportion 


114  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

of  the  community  to  whom  it  would  offer  an  educa- 
tion suitable  to  the  wants  of  the  present  day — may 
at  first  sight  appear  to  constitute  an  objection.  It 
may  be  asked  whether  so  much  could  be  done  for  so 
little  ?  This  reduction,  however,  in  the  cost  of  edu- 
cation —  the  reduction  being  twofold,  for  it  is  both  a 
reduction  in  the  expense  of  maintaining  a  school 
capable  of  giving  a  high  education,  and  a  reduction  in 
the  expense  of  a  high  education  to  each  individual ; 
the  first  being  a  result  of  the  state  of  knowledge  and 
of  society,  and  the  latter  of  the  number  of  persons 
whom  it  may  be  desirable  to  educate,  either  partially, 
or  entirely,  in  the  same  manner, — is  one  of  the  advan- 
tages which  the  progress  of  civilisation  has  now 
placed  within  our  reach.  There  is  nothing  lowering 
to  the  dignity  of  the  work  of  education  in  our  finding 
that  it  is  subject  to  the  general  law  which  makes  the 
character  of  the  supply  of  any  article  of  general 
consumption  depend  upon  the  character  of  the  cir- 
cumstances which  attend  the  demand.  The  number 
of  consumers  has  increased  enormously ;  and,  at  the 
same  time,  the  facilities  for  producing  the  article  in 
demand  have  increased  in  quite  as  great  a  proportion, 
or  even  perhaps  in  a  still  greater. 

With  respect  to  the  particular  article  of  education, 
it  is  an  easy  matter  to  trace  the  application  of  this 
general  principle.  There  are  stages  in  the  progress 
of  society  in  which  education  is  not  thought  of  or 
required :  there  is  no  demand  for  any  thing  of  the 


WHY   NO   OBJECTION.  115 

kind.  But  to  come  at  once  to  that  order  of  things, 
out  of  which  the  actual  state  of  society  has  grown  by 
a  regular  sequence  of  events :  in  the  dark  ages,  as 
we  have  already  observed,  there  was  no  demand  for 
education  throughout  the  community,  except  among 
the  clergy.  Though  the  rights  and  the  religion  of 
the  community  rested  ultimately  upon  letters,  yet 
such  was  the  extraordinary  condition  of  society, 
that  only  one  order  of  men — what  we  might  almost 
call  only  one  profession — either  did,  or,  indeed, 
could,  cultivate  letters.  A  necessary  result  of  this, 
as  well  as  a  sufficient  proof  of  the  narrowness  of  the 
limits  within  which  education  was  restricted,  was  the 
fact  that  the  clergy  became  statesmen,  architects, 
lawyers,  physicians,  diplomatists ;  not  so  much  en- 
grossing all  the  opportunities  and  power  which  belong 
to  knowledge,  as  receiving  them  in  complete  default 
of  any  other  claimants. 

The  great  intellectual  era  of  the  Reformation  in- 
augurated very  different  views  and  practices,  founded 
upon  a  just  appreciation  of  the  wants  and  resources 
of  the  day.  At  that  time  it  was  that  the  existing 
system  of  education,  as  far  as  its  main  character- 
istics are  concerned,  was  established.  The  spread 
of  knowledge  and  the  training  of  mind  were  neces- 
sary for  the  support  of  the  Reformation  ;  but,  at  the 
same  time,  knowledge  and  intelligence,  together 
with  habits  of  self-dependence  and  self-restraint, 
were  not  at  all  needed  by  the  great  body  of  the 


116  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

people,  either  for  their  own  well-being,  or  for  the 
sake  of  the  society  in  which  they  lived.  It  must 
also  be  remembered,  that  at  that  time  the  population 
of  Great  Britain  could  not  have  been  more  than  double 
that  of  the  metropolis  alone  at  the  present  day.  It 
was  absolutely  necessary  to  spread,  to  a  certain  ex- 
tent, enlightenment,  and  habits  of  independent 
thought ;  and  yet  such  were  the  circumstances  of 
society  and  of  the  times,  that  very  few  were  found 
capable  of  giving  instruction,  and  very  few  were 
found  so  circumstanced  as  to  be  capable  of  receiving 
it.  It  was  therefore  necessary,  by  an  apparatus  of 
endowed  schools  and  endowed  colleges,  to  force  the 
production  of  what  was  needed.  A  bounty  was  paid 
upon  education.  Men  were  bribed  to  qualify  them- 
selves for  becoming  masters  of  schools  and  colleges ; 
and  others  were  bribed  to  listen  to  their  instructions. 
Formerly  the  clergy  had  provided  for  the  education 
of  their  own  body  ;  the  Reformers  wished  to  educate 
some  of  the  laity  as  well  as  the  clergy ;  but,  to  speak 
generally,  they  saw  that,  as  things  then  were,  this 
could  not  be  done,  unless  they  provided  the  means 
for  its  being  done.  These  means  they  provided  in 
their  endowed  schools. 

Now  the  very  reverse  of  much  of  this  is  the  case 
at  the  present  day.  The  population  has  become  so 
dense  that,  for  the  purposes  of  education,  the  whole 
country  may  be  regarded  as  if  it  were  one  continuous 
town.  Throughout  these  closely  packed  millions  all 


PRESENT   ADVANTAGES.  117 

are  capable  of  receiving  education,  and  all  are  de- 
sirous of  receiving  it :  education  is  now  the  only 
resource  we  have  for  enabling  each  individual  to 
provide  for  himself — now  that  society  obliges  every 
one  to  take  care  of  himself;  and  education  is  the 
chief  means  which  society  has  for  meeting  the  pe- 
culiar evils  by  which  it  is  assailed  in  these  days. 
And  not  only  is  it  now  true  that  all  are  capable  of 
receiving  instruction,  and  that  their  well-being  de- 
pends upon  their  receiving  it,  but  besides  —  so  that 
our  position  is  in  both  respects  the  reverse  of  theirs 
—  we  have  in  these  days  a  sufficiency  of  persons 
quite  capable  of  giving  all  the  desired  instruction. 
All  that  is  requisite  is  a  system  of  schools  which 
shall  bring  together  those  who  wish  to  be  taught,  and 
those  who  are  able  to  teach.  These  are  the  favour- 
able circumstances  which,  never  having  existed  be- 
fore, do  in  these  days  enable  us  to  lessen  the  cost  of, 
and  at  the  same  time  to  improve,  our  education. 

The  great  advantages  which  we  now  possess,  and 
we  are  as  yet  hardly  conscious  of  their  greatness,  or 
even  that  we  do  possess  them,  are,  first,  that  we 
now  have  such  vast  numbers  demanding  education, 
that,  under  a  properly  organised  system,  a  large  pro- 
portion of  our  schools  might  be  made,  even  without 
a  rate-in-aid,  to  support  themselves ;  and  then,  that 
we  have  abundant  materials  for  forming  our  staff 
of  teachers ;  that  is  to  say,  if  we  adopt  such  a  sys- 
tem as  would  render  the  position  of  a  schoolmaster 


118  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

a  respectable  one,  while  it  admitted  of  the  co-opera- 
tion of  those  who  were  capable  of  being,  and  willing 
to  be,  of  use. 

In  the  meantime,  however,  it  seems  to  be  the 
duty  of  all  those  who  are  interested  about  the  exten- 
sion and  improvement  of  education,  and  above  all 
does  it  appear  to  be  the  duty  of  the  clergy,  to  aid  in 
the  establishment  here  and  there,  and  wherever  there 
are  openings,  of  schools  of  the  proposed  kind,  which 
may  serve  as  examples  to  the  surrounding  districts 
of  what  can  be  done,  and  of  what  ought  to  be  done. 
This  great  service  the  Dean  of  Hereford  has  ren- 
dered to  the  cause  of  education,  the  schools  of  King's 
Somborne  having  been  in  this  way  examples,  not 
only  to  their  immediate  neighbourhood,  but  in  no 
inconsiderable  degree  to  the  whole  country ;  and  it 
is  much  to  be  regretted  that  the  attempt  made  in 
the  dioceses  of  Winchester  and  Salisbury  to  form  a 
society,  having  specifically  for  its  object  the  esta- 
blishment of  schools  upon  the  model  of  those  at 
King's  Somborne,  was  not  better  supported.  The 
clergy  and  gentry  of  any  neighbourhood  might  unite 
for  the  purpose  of  giving  to  the  schools  of  some 
large  central  village  this  improved  character.  Every 
one  who,  by  reflection  on  the  course  of  events,  and 
the  present  wants  of  society,  and  by  attending  to  the 
discussion  which  the  question  of  education  is  now 
undergoing,  may  become  desirous  of  doing  some- 
thing, may  at  once  set  to  work  in  his  own  town,  or 
parish,  or  district.  The  best  way  for  him  to  pro- 


PUBLIC    OPINION   MUST    BE    ENLIGHTENED.    119 

ceed  will  be  to  endeavour  to  get  his  neighbours  to 
join  him  in  making  the  attempt.  For  the  purpose 
of  exemplifying  the  proposed  system  —  and  the 
school-system  of  the  future  must  be  a  common  and 
co-operative  one  —  it  would  be  advisable  that  this 
should  not  be  the  work  of  an  individual,  but  a  work 
in  which  many  take  a  personal  and  a  common  in- 
terest. All  who  make  such  attempts  may  hope  to 
secure  eventually  the  sympathy  and  support  of  every 
parent  who  is  anxious  about  the  welfare  of  his  chil- 
dren, of  every  one  who  wishes  well  to  his  neighbours, 
and  of  every  one  who  wishes  to  see  an  improvement 
in  the  moral  and  intellectual,  and,  through  the  moral 
and  intellectual,  in  the  material  condition  of  those 
by  whom  he  is  surrounded. 

Perhaps,  however,  the  reader  is  now  disposed  to 
say,  all  this  is  very  well,  but  how  is  it  to  be  done  ? 
Supposing  that  such  a  system  of  schools  would  meet 
our  wants,  there  yet  remains  the  question  of  how 
are  we  to  get  them  ?  We  have  already  said  some- 
thing about  the  manner  in  which  such  schools  may 
be  supported,  and  about  the  manner  in  which,  and 
this  in  most  cases  would  prove  the  greater  difficulty 
of  the  two,  they  might  be  started.  There  is,  how- 
ever, a  preliminary  difficulty  to  be  overcome  —  the 
difficulty  of  interesting  the  great  body  of  the  people 
in  the  question,  the  difficulty  of  bringing  them  to 
see,  if  not  the  necessity  in  the  present  state  of 
society,  yet,  at  all  events,  the  value  to  themselves  of 


120  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

such  schools  :  the  people  must  be  interested,  because 
it  is  evident  both  that  schools  of  this  kind  can  only 
be  supported  by  local  resources,  and  that  their 
management  also  must  be  local.  What  is  wanted 
for  such  a  system  to  rest  on,  is  not  the  assist- 
ance and  supervision  of  the  government,  though 
of  course  the  assistance  of  the  government  will 
always  be  of  great  value,  and  is  at  present  quite 
indispensable ;  still  less  is  it  the  guidance  and 
support  of  educational  societies,  for  as  soon  as 
parents  shall  have  become  desirous  of  establishing 
schools  for  the  education  of  their  own  children,  it 
will  be  plain  to  every  body's  comprehension  that 
these  parents  will  know  much  better  than  any 
society  will  be  able  to  tell  them,  what  it  is  that 
they  want,  and  will  be  able  to  manage  the  matter 
much  better  themselves  than  any  society  would  be 
able  to  manage  it  for  them  :  our  primary  want  is 
the  enlightenment  of  public  opinion.  We  want  the 
conviction  in  the  minds  of  intelligent  and  right- 
thinking  people  in  any  neighbourhood  that  they  can 
establish  a  school  themselves  for  their  own  and  their 
neighbours'  children,  in  which  their  children  may 
receive  a  cheaper  and  better  education  than  they 
are  receiving  at  present.  Every  day  it  is  becoming 
easier  to  produce  these  convictions,  for  the  simple 
reason  that  they  are  suggested  by  the  wants  and  cir- 
cumstances of  the  times. 

What,  then,  we  ought  to  propose  to  ourselves  as 
our   paramount  objects  are,  first,  to   get   adequate 


OUR   ULTIMATE    AIMS  —  HOW   ATTAINABLE.      121 

means  for  enabling  us  to  secure  the  services  of  good 
masters  and  mistresses  :  ultimately  this  can  only  be 
done  effectually  by  adding,  wherever  it  may  be  re- 
quired, a  school-rate-in-aid  to  the  school-fees,  and  to 
the  amount  of  income  arising  from  endowments  wher- 
ever they  may  happen  to  exist.  And,  in  the  next 
place,  to  get  the  management  of  the  schools  into  the 
hands  of  those  who  are  most  interested  in  their  good 
management  and  success.  Now  those  persons  who 
will  be  most  interested  in  the  good  management  and 
success  of  any  school  will  of  course  be  those  who 
pay  a  rate  for  its  support,  and  who,  for  the  sake  of 
their  own  children,  perhaps  —  at  all  events  for  the 
sake  of  their  neighbours'  children — will  be  desirous 
of  having  a  good  and  efficient  school. 

It  is  plain,  therefore,  that  this  is  a  movement  in 
which  we  must  aim  at  interesting  the  people.  The 
gentry  and  clergy  must  begin.  It  devolves  upon 
them  to  show  what  is  the  kind  of  school  we  want ; 
what  can  be  done  by  a  good  school ;  and  how  a  good 
school  may  be  supported.  In  every  part  of  the 
country,  either  in  small  towns  or  in  large  rural 
parishes,  there  are  schools  already  existing  which 
offer  facilities  for  the  introduction  of  the  necessary 
improvements :  many  of  these  are  endowed  schools. 
Better  management,  perhaps  some  additional  build- 
ings, and  most  probably  a  better  master,  will  be 
required.  The  funds  needed  for  these  alterations 
may,  let  us  hope,  be  raised  ultimately  by  the  rate 

G 


122  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

we  have  been  speaking  of,  or  by  a  Parliamentary 
grant  for  the  express  purpose  of  improving  existing 
schools :  at  present,  however,  they  must  be  raised 
from  some  other  source ;  that  other  source  being, 
for  the  present,  the  munificence  of  the  gentry  and 
clergy,  which  has  never  been  wanting  in  this  country 
for  what  is  confessedly  a  good  object. 

The  establishment,  then,  of  these  schools,  here  and 
there,  will,  by  serving  as  examples  of  what  may  be 
done,  and  of  the  best  manner  of  doing  it,  be  the 
most  effectual  way  of  winning  the  co-operation  of 
the  intelligent  and  well-to-do  middle  classes.  The 
chief  motive  by  which  we  shall  secure  their  assist- 
ance will  be,  that  they  will  not  allow  their  own 
children  to  receive  a  worse  education  than  the  chil- 
dren of  artizans  and  labourers. 

The  labouring  classes  are  already  almost  every- 
where sufficiently  alive  to  the  advantages  of  giving 
their  children  a  good  education,  as  the  only  means 
of  enabling  them  to  rise  in  the  world. 

When  the  very  idea  of  national  education  was 
only  in  its  germ,  it  was  well  that  educational  societies 
sprang  up  capable  of  assisting  its  development,  and 
contributing  much  towards  its  favourable  reception. 
The  idea,  however,  is  now  daily  gaining  more  ex- 
tended acceptance ;  so  much  so,  indeed,  as  to  give 
us  good  reason  for  hoping  that  the  people  will  soon 
begin  to  take  an  interest  in  the  work:  and  when 
this  shall  be  the  case,  it  will  be  evident  that  the  main 


UTILITY   OF    SOCIETIES   ONLY   TEMPORARY.     123 

purpose  for  which  the  societies  were  established  will 
then  have  been  answered.  The  societies  were  not 
established  for  the  purpose  of  controlling  the  educa- 
tion of  the  people,  but  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
tributing towards  the  consummation  of  having  the 
whole  people  educated.  If  any  thing  of  this  kind 
is  ever  to  take  place,  the  scale  of  operations  will 
then  be  far  too  great  for  private  societies :  the  work 
will  then  be  one  which  it  will  be  only  possible  to 
carry  on  by  the  enlightened  liberality,  attention,  and 
supervision  of  the  inhabitants  of  each  village,  town, 
or  district.  Nor  would  they  submit  to  dictation  or 
interference;  for  a  work  of  this  kind,  freedom  of 
action  will  be  an  essential  requisite.  It  will,  let  us 
trust,  be  some  day  the  glory  of  our  educational 
societies  that  their  exertions  contributed  much  to- 
wards leading  the  present  educational  movement  to 
so  desirable  an  end. 

If  this  should  be  the  end  of  the  present  movement 
some  ten  or  fifteen  years  hence,  it  may  then  be  a 
question  whether  the  position  of  the  government 
towards  the  education  of  the  country  will  not  be 
greatly  modified.  How  will  government  be  able  to 
inspect  and  to  have  transactions  of  one  kind  or 
another  with  20,000  schools  in  Great  Britain  ?  If 
the  people,  however,  should  ever  come  to  take  the 
enlightened  interest  in  this  question,  or  rather  in 
this  work,  which  it  is  supposed  that  they  will,  they 
will  then  be  able  to  do  these  things  for  themselves. 

G   2 


124  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

It  is  plain,  at  all  events,  that  if  the  inhabitants  of 
each  district  or  parish  are  to  pay  towards  the  sup- 
port of  the  schools  in  their  respective  districts  or 
parishes,  and  if  their  own  children  are  being  educated 
in  these  schools,  then  these  persons  ought  to  have, 
and  will  have,  the  management  of  these  schools. 
At  present,  the  province  of  government  in  this 
matter  is  to  aid  as  much  as  possible  in  bringing 
about  this,  the  legitimate  consummation  of  the 
educational  movement ;  and  when  it  shall  have  been 
brought  about  to  any  great  extent,  then  perhaps  its 
province  will  better  be  restricted  to  the  exceptional 
cases,  the  cases  of  neighbourhoods,  where  people 
are  prevented  by  some  circumstance  or  other  from 
establishing,  or  are  actually  unable  to  establish  and 
maintain,  the  necessary  schools. 

It  need  hardly  be  noticed  that  the  success  of  an 
attempt  to  establish  an  improved  school  in  any 
neighbourhood  must  at  present,  while  improved  edu- 
cation is  in  its  infancy,  and  improved  schools  are  few 
in  number,  depend  upon  the  qualifications  of  the 
master  in  a  greater  degree  than  may  be  the  case 
perhaps  hereafter,  when  many  prejudices  shall  have 
been  removed,  and  good  schools  become  common, 
and  correct  views  respecting  education  more  gene- 
rally diffused.  A  person  who  is  charged  with  the 
introduction  of  a  new  system  must  needs  possess 
not  merely  the  requisite  knowledge,  but  also  great 
tact  and  judgment.  There  is  every  reason,  however, 


ONE   MAN   MIGHT   NOW   DO   MUCH.  125 

for  supposing  that  these,  and  every  other  qualifica- 
tion which  may  be  required,  might  easily  be  found, 
provided  the  situation  of  master,  as  we  have  often 
said  already,  be  made  a  respectable  and  desirable 
one. 

It  may  be  worth  while  to  remind  the  reader  how 
a  man  whose  services  were  needed  for  any  special 
purpose,  —  that,  for  instance,  of  organising  schools, 
or  of  giving  advice  in  school  matters,  or  of  being 
present  at  public  meetings,  might,  as  it  were,  multiply 
himself  in  these  days.  By  the  aid  of  railways  he 
might  be  to-day  in  Cumberland,  to-morrow  in  Corn- 
wall, and  the  day  following  in  Kent.  One  of  the 
arguments  for  the  introduction  of  railways  into  India 
rests  upon  the  same  idea ;  it  is  said  that  they  will 
enable  one  soldier  to  do  the  work  which,  as  long  as 
the  means  of  communication  are  rude  and  imperfect, 
must  occupy  several.  This  is  one  of  the  advantages 
of  the  present  day  which  would  enable  us  to  turn  to 
the  best  account  the  abilities  of  a  few  able  men.  In 
estimating  what  may  be  done,  credit  should  be 
allowed  for  advantages  of  this  kind.  In  these  days 
of  railway  travelling,  and  of  cheap  and  rapid  postal 
communication,  even  a  single  individual  might,  by 
visiting  from  school  to  school,  and  by  keeping  up  a 
correspondence  with  school  managers  and  school 
teachers,  contribute  much  towards  infusing  a  proper 
spirit  into,  and  maintaining,  a  proper  course  of  in- 
struction in  a  large  number  of  schools. 

G  3 


126  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

There  are  some  incidental  questions  which  the 
perusal  of  the  preceding  pages  may  have  given  rise 
to  in  the  minds  of  those,  whose  attention  has  never 
been  particularly  directed  to  the  differences,  which 
exist  between  the  present  state  of  knowledge  and 
that  of  the  knowledge  of  all  former  periods,  or  to 
the  social  wants  of  the  present  day.  We  will  say  a 
few  words  about  these  difficulties,  or  objections,  not 
because  we  hope  that  by  doing  so  we  shall  be  able 
to  throw  any  additional  light  upon  our  subject,  but 
because  there  is  an  advantage  in  considering  a  sub- 
ject of  this  kind  from  every  point  of  view. 

I.  One  question,  then,  which  we  may  expect  to 
hear  frequently  asked  is,  Would  not  the  children  of 
the  poor  receive,  in  such  schools  as  these,  too  high 
an  education  ?  There  are  many  ways  in  which  this 
objection  may  be  answered.  As  a  general  remark  it 
is  found  to  be  impossible  to  keep  the  children  of 
the  labouring  classes  at  school  beyond  their  eleventh 
or  twelfth  year,  and  in  some  districts  even  beyond 
their  tenth.  Now  there  can  be  little  reason  for 
supposing  that  a  child  whose  education  will  end  at 
this  age  will  receive  too  high  an  education.  The 
practical  difficulty  lies  in  the  directly  contrary  direc- 
tion :  the  thing  to  be  really  apprehended  is,  that,  do 
what  we  may,  we  shall  not  have  time  enough  for 
educating  them  up  to  the  point,  where  education 
may  be  supposed  likely  to  have  a  good  effect  upon 
one's  after  life  and  character.  Up  to  what  point 
has  the  education  of  the  children  of  the  upper  orders 


TOO   HIGH   AN   EDUCATION   IMPOSSIBLE.       127 

been  carried  by  their  tenth  or  eleventh  year  ?  If, 
however,  the  children  of  the  labouring  classes  should 
ever  come  to  stay  longer  at  school,  it  will  be  because 
the  parents  have  become  convinced,  in  consequence  of 
the  improvements  in  our  schools,  that  a  child  gains 
so  much  by  continuing  at  school,  that  it  is  worth 
their  while  to  sacrifice  what  they  might  themselves 
gain  by  a  child's  labour,  in  order  that  the  child  may 
receive  the  additional  benefit  of  attending  school  a 
year  or  two  longer.  And  we  may  be  sure  that  when 
the  poor  —  if  such  should  ever  be  the  case  — .  shall 
have  become  so  capable  of  appreciating  a  real 
education  as  to  be  ready  to  make  these  sacrifices  — 
to  them  enormous  sacrifices  —  for  the  purpose  of 
securing  a  little  more  instruction  for  their  children, 
they  will  not  be  in  an  unfit  state,  as  a  class,  for 
receiving  the  rudiments  of  an  education  somewhat 
higher  than  that  which  aims  professedly  at  enabling 
every  poor  man  to  read  —  nothing  being  said  about 
understanding  —  a  chapter  in  his  Bible. 

If  we  had  a  good  system  of  schools,  it  is  probable 
that  any  poor  child  who  showed  that  he  was  pos- 
sessed of  great  abilities,  or  who  took  pleasure  in  the 
acquisition  of  knowledge,  would  meet  with  kind 
friends  amongst  his  richer  neighbours,  who  would  be 
glad  to  pay  the  small  school-fees  necessary  for  re- 
taining him  at  school  a  little  longer.  Some  of  these 
might  afterwards,  perhaps  regularly,  perhaps  at  spare 
times,  find  means  of  attending  some  of  the  classes  of 

G   4 


128  SCHOOL   OR   THE   FUTURE. 

the  high  school,  or  college,  in  the  neighbouring 
town  ;  and  even  here  and  there  one  or  two  of  these 
might  afterwards,  under  a  more  open  and  less  costly 
system  of  University  education,  —  we  have  pointed 
out  a  way  in  which  these  schools  might  be  made  use 
of  for  the  purpose  of  reducing  the  expense  of  this 
part  of  education  at  once  by  one  third,  —  be  found 
amongst  the  students  of  Oxford  or  Cambridge,  com- 
pleting their  education,  and  qualifying  themselves 
for  taking  charge  of  one  of  these  schools,  or  even  for 
eventually  taking  charge  of  a  parish.  In  this  way 
might  society  avail  itself  of  talents  wherever  they 
had  been  bestowed.  Our  present  system  precludes 
us  from  doing  this.  Perhaps  the  day  will  come 
when  it  will  be  found  that  the  only  effectual  way  of 
allaying  the  natural  and  (in  the  present  state  of 
society)  growing  discontent  of  the  lower  orders,  will  be 
our  having  it  in  our  power  to  demonstrate  to  them 
by  examples  of  the  fact  in  every  town  and  neigh- 
bourhood, that  the  paths  to  success  in  life  have  been 
opened  to  the  lower  orders,  as  far  as  possible  upon 
the  same  conditions  as  to  those  above  them ;  that  is, 
upon  their  showing  that  they  have  the  moral  charac- 
ter and  the  abilities  requisite  for  success.  That  the 
lower  orders  should  be  brought  to  feel  this  practi- 
cally would  be  a  greater  advance  in  their  improve- 
ment than  history  has  yet  had  to  record.  But  the 
machinery  for  effecting  any  thing  of  this  kind  con- 
sists in  a  system  of  improved  schools. 

It  can  hardly  be  necessary  that  any  thing  more 


WOULD    OPEN   A   CAREER    TO   MERIT.          129 

should  be  said  in  reply  to  the  objection  that  the 
children  of  the  poor  will  be  receiving  too  high  an 
education.  It  is,  of  course,  a  truism  that  we  ought 
not  to  waste  any  part  of  the  short  time  at  our  dis- 
posal in  teaching  them  what  it  will  be  of  little  or  no 
advantage  for  them  to  know.  There  can,  however, 
result  nothing  but  good  from  putting  into  their 
minds  some  of  the  ideas  which  must  have  been  in 
the  mind  of  the  Creator  when  He  formed  the 
objects  with  which  he  has  surrounded  us,  and 
bestowed  them  upon  us  for  our  use  ;  nor  some  of 
the  ideas  which  must  have  been  in  the  mind  of 
the  Creator  when  He  ordained  the  general  laws 
to  which  human  societies  were  to  be  subject. 
Knowledge  of  this  kind  is  suitable  to  the  capacity 
of  every  one.  Every  one,  irrespective  of  his  sta- 
tion in  society,  is  capable  of  taking  an  interest  in 
such  knowledge,  and  a  pleasure  in  acquiring  it. 
Every  one  of  us,  in  consequence  of  possessing  it, 
will  perform  his  allotted  work  in  life  better,  and  be 
a  better  and  a  happier  man.  As  far  as  this  kind  of 
knowledge}  and  the  tastes  and  dispositions  which  har- 
monise with  it,  are  concerned,  has  any  human  being 
ever  been,  or  can  such  a  thing  happen  as  that  one 
should  be,  too  highly  educated  ?  Perhaps  it  may  be 
invidious  to  inquire  whether  the  fear,  expressed  in 
general  terms,  without  any  indication  of  particulars, 
that  the  poor  are  receiving  too  high  an  education, 
may  not  be  interpreted  to  mean,  when  any  thing  is 

o  5 


130  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

really  meant,  not  that  the  poor  will  ever  know  too 
much  for  their  own  happiness,  but  that  some 
amongst  them  will  know  more,  and  be  able  to  turn 
what  they  know  to  better  account,  than  the  badly- 
educated  in  the  classes  above  them.  Under  any 
system,  similar  to  that  now  proposed,  this  feeling 
would  cease  to  exist :  no  one  ought  to  be  surprised  at 
finding  that  it  exists  under  our  present  system  of 
education. 

II.  Another  objection,  akin  to  the  preceding  one, 
is,  would  not  the  proposed  system  of  giving  instruc- 
tion to  the  children  of  the  labouring  classes  together 
with  the  children  of  some  of  those  who  employ 
labour,  result  in  placing  the  necessary  intercourse 
between  the  two  classes  upon  a  very  disagreeable 
footing.  To  this  we  may  reply  —  (1.)  That  this 
mixture  will  always  be  optional.  (2.)  That  it  will  not 
be  necessary  for  the  success  or  usefulness  of  the  school 
that  it  should  take  place  ;  and  the  probability  is  that 
it  will  be  some  time  before  it  will  take  place  to  any 
great  extent,  I  say  it  will  not  by  any  means  be  ne- 
cessary, though  of  course  it  would  contribute  towards 
making  the  school  self-supporting,  and  would  tend  to 
improve  it  in  a  variety  of  ways.  (3.)  That  if  our 
schools  shall  be  made  what  they  ought  to  be,  it  must 
take  place  to  a  greater  or  to  a  less  extent,  because 
parents  will  send  their  children  where  they  will 
receive  the  best  education  at  the  least  cost.  This 
seems  to  be  an  inevitable  consequence  of  the  im- 
provement of  our  schools ;  and  therefore,  perhaps, 


MIXTURE   OF    CLASSES  IN   SCHOOLS.         131 

the  wisest  way  of  proceeding  would  be,  not  to  ob- 
ject to  it,  because  it  must  take  place,  and  because  it 
will  follow  from  our  having  good  schools,  but  to 
endeavour  to  turn  it  to  good  account,  as  it  is  plain 
that  we  may  in  several  ways.  The  adoption  of  the 
system  of  school-rates  would,  perhaps,  very  soon  lead 
to  this  mixture  of  classes. 

A  little  reflection,  perhaps,  will  show  that  the 
greater  weight  of  probability  lies  upon  the  side  of 
the  directly  contrary  supposition.  If  the  children  of 
the  labouring  classes  were  to  receive  instruction 
together  with  the  children  of  some  of  the  classes 
above  them,  as  has  been  done  for  many  generations 
in  Scotland,  as  was  done  till  lately  with  the  best 
eifect  in  some  of  the  northern  parts  of  England,  and 
as  is  now  being  done  at  King's  Somborne ;  and  if 
this  instruction  were  given  by  able  and  judicious 
masters,  under  the  management  of  persons  interested 
personally  in  the  success  of  the  school,  these  masters 
not  being  taken,  as  is  now  the  case,  from  the  lower 
orders  of  society,  then  the  probability  is  that  the 
children  of  the  labourer  or  artizan  and  of  his  em- 
ployer would  grow  up  with  feelings  of  mutual  re- 
spect for  each  other,  instilled  and  practised  from 
their  earliest  years.  Each,  as  the  condition  of  having 
his  own  rights  respected,  would  learn  to  respect  the 
rights  of  others.  This,  of  course,  will  depend  upon 
the  character  of  the  school. 

Those  of  the  class  above  the  labourer  who  may, 

G    6 


132  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

we  think,  some  day  make  use  of  these  schools,  do 
not  at  present  decline  sending  their  children  to 
boarding-schools  of  a  very  inferior  kind,  though  they 
know  that  they  will  have  to  live  in  constant  daily 
intercourse  with  many  children  who  have  been  much 
neglected.  Why,  therefore,  should  we  suppose  that 
they  will  refuse  to  send  their  children  to  better 
schools,  where  every  thing  will  be  known,  and  where 
there  will  be  very  little  opportunity  for  evil  commu- 
nications to  corrupt  good  manners. 

I  am  quite  aware  that  the  above  remarks,  perhaps 
the  whole  purport  of  these  pages,  may  sound  strange 
to  those  who  have  been  brought  up  under  our  old 
scheme  of  education ;  the  practical  end  and  aim  of 
which  —  if  it  has  any  end  or  aim  at  all  —  is  not  so 
much  moral  and  intellectual  improvement  as  a  cer- 
tain kind  of  acquaintance  with  Latin  and  Greek ; 
for  we  must  remember  that  in  the  present  state  of 
human  knowledge  and  of  human  society  an  acquaint- 
ance with  the  old  learning  has  not  the  moral  and 
intellectual  value  it  had  two  or  three  centuries  ago. 
Perhaps,  too,  what  I  have  been  saying  will  appear  in 
this  light  even  to  a  great  many  of  my  own  brethren 
in  the  ministry,  although  their  attention  is  being 
constantly  directed  to  moral  and  social  questions, 
and  to  the  mitigation  of  moral  and  social  evils. 
These,  however,  are  not  at  all  reasons  for  despairing, 
because  improved  schools  of  one  kind  or  another 
must  soon  be  established,  and  it  is  equally  certain 


PUBLIC  SCHOOLS  WOULD  BE  STRENGTHENED.  133 

that  the  clergy  will  be  amongst  the  foremost  and 
ablest  of  their  supporters.  The  direction  which  the 
sympathies  and  mental  activity  of  the  present  gene- 
ration have  taken,  in  which  the  clergy  largely  partici- 
pate, the  abolition  of  pluralities,  and  the  enforcement 
of  residence,  can  hardly  lead  to  any  other  result. 

III.  A  third  question  which  may  be  asked  is, 
Will  not  such  a  system  of  schools  interfere  with  and, 
if  it  succeed,  ruin  our  great  public  schools  ?  To  this 
we  may  reply,  that  supposing  for  a  moment  this 
were  to  be  its  effect  upon  our  public  schools,  there 
could  only  be  one  reason  for  its  having  this  effect ; 
that  reason  being,  that  parents  who  were  capable  of 
judging  between  the  two  systems,  and  at  perfect 
liberty  to  decide  according  to  the  evidence,  and  who 
had  the  strongest  motives  for  coming  to  a  right  con- 
clusion, and  no  motives  for  coming  to  a  wrong  one  — 
had  decided  that  the  new  system  of  education  was 
better  than  the  old  one.  In  this  case  no  more  would 
be  done  than  was  done  when  the  mariner  preferred 
the  guidance  of  the  compass  to  that  of  the  stars ;  or 
when  the  soldier  exchanged  his  old  bow  and  arrows 
for  the  musket  and  bayonet ;  or  when  the  steamboat 
and  railway  train  superseded  the  sailing-packet  and 
stage-coach.  We  may,  however,  be  relieved  from 
all  apprehensions  that  any  thing  of  the  kind  will  ever 
take  place :  we  shall  never  see  our  public  schools 
deserted,  and  appealing  for  support  to  our  feelings 
of  respect  for  their  past  history.  Many  of  our  public 


134  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTUKE. 

schools  are  well  endowed,  and  all  of  them  have  well- 
established  names  ;  and  so,  of  course,  it  will  always  be 
worth  somebody's  while  to  keep  them  up  under  a 
system  adapted  to  our  present  wants  and  the  present 
state  of  knowledge,  supposing  public  opinion  to  have 
expressed  itself  decidedly  against  the  old  system. 
At  all  events  we  never  need  fear  but  that  in  so  rich 
a  country  as  this  there  will  always  be  a  very  large 
number  of  parents  who  will  very  naturally  prefer 
sending  their  children  to  our  large  public  schools. 

The  only  effect  which  an  improved  and  extended 
system  of  general  education  can  have  upon  our  public 
schools  will  be  a  very  beneficial  one  —  beneficial  both 
to  themselves  and  to  the  public.  They  will  be 
brought  to  abandon  their  old  methods  of  teaching, 
and  the  old,  narrow,  almost  single-subject  system  of 
instruction :  and  having  done  this,  we  may  risk  the 
prophecy,  that  they  will  find  within  their  walls  a 
greater  number  of  pupils  than  they  have  yet  had. 

Our  public  schools,  then,  aiming  directly  at  meet- 
ing the  wants  and  availing  themselves  honestly  and 
fearlessly  of  the  knowledge  and  of  the  resources 
for  teaching  of  these  times,  and  being  very  much 
strengthened  by  the  extension  and  improvement  of 
popular  schools,  everywhere  spreading  moral  and  in- 
tellectual enlightenment,  might  at  the  same  time  find 
the  Universities  working  in  concert  with  them.  For 
our  Universities  cannot  be  effectually  adapted  to 
these  times  unless  the  schools  —  which  are  to  prepare 


PKOPAGANDISM    IMPOSSIBLE.  135 

men  for  the  Universities,  and  which  thus  form  a  very 
essential  part,  in  fact  the  very  foundation  of  a  system 
of  education  which  includes  an  university  course, 
which  is  merely  its  completion  and  last  development 
—  are  brought  to  make  at  the  same  time  a  corre- 
sponding change  in  their  objects  and  system.  The 
School  and  the  University  work  connectedly — the  one 
supplying  the  first  part,  the  other  the  latter  part,  of 
a  certain  plan  of  education.  It  is  not,  therefore,  of 
much  use  to  talk  about  altering  the  whole  scope  of 
the  education  given  in  the  one,  without  at  the  same 
time  making  a  corresponding  change  in  the  plan  and 
idea  of  the  education  given  in  the  other.  The 
number  of  schoolmasters  on  the  Oxford  Commission 
leads  us  to  hope  that  this  very  essential  point  will 
not  be  lost  sight  of.  The  Universities,  by  the  cha- 
racter of  their  examinations  for  matriculation,  and 
more  particularly  by  the  kind  of  knowledge  to  which 
they  assign  their  honours,  may  exert  a  great  deal  of 
influence  over  our  schools. 

IV.  Another  objection  frequently  alleged  against 
every  scheme  of  popular  education  to  which  the 
term  "  system"  can  be  made  in  any  way  to  apply, 
particularly  if  the  aid  or  inspection  of  the  Govern- 
ment is  to  be  admitted,  is,  that  the  masters  will  soon 
become  little  more  than  political  agitators,  or  propa- 
gandists of  opinions  of  one  kind  or  another.  This 
the  objectors  allege  to  be  the  case  in  Prussia  and 
France,  and  affirm  that  we  should  meet  with  the 


136  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

same  result  in  this  country.  This  objection  is  alto- 
gether wide  of  the  mark,  as  directed  against  any 
system  of  the  kind  proposed  in  these  pages.  What 
we  have  been  suggesting  has  nothing  in  common  with 
the  Government-managed  systems  of  other  countries, 
which  could  in  any  way  lead  to  the  anticipated  evil. 
It  would  be  a  thoroughly  English  system,  every 
school  being  managed  separately,  by  those  who  were 
locally  and  personally  interested  in  its  efficiency  and 
success.  It  would  have  no  political  or  propagandist 
object  of  any  kind,  but  would  aim  singly  at  meeting 
the  educational  wants  of  the  present  day,  as  those 
wants  are  felt  and  understood  by  ourselves ;  and  it 
would  avail  itself  of  the  resources  which  we,  and 
which  no  other  people,  do  at  this  day  possess. 

Our  teachers  would  not  be  a  vast  body  of  men  in 
the  pay  of  the  State,  all  possessed  of  the  same  kind 
of  knowledge  and  qualifications,  and  all  serving  one 
master  (that  master  being  the  Government),  and 
therefore  sympathising  with  each  other,  and  animated 
by  an  objectionable  esprit  de  corps.  They  would,  in 
each  case,  be  engaged  and  paid  by  those  who  had 
established  the  school,  and  who  would,  of  course, 
retain  the  direction  of  it.  If,  therefore,  a  master 
were  to  attempt  to  make  use  of  his  position  for  pur- 
poses beside  his  duty,  or  to  show  any  unfitness  for 
his  office,  he  would,  of  course,  immediately  lose  his 
appointment.  Neither  would  our  masters  be  looking 
to  the  State  for  promotion,  but  to  the  fathers  of 


SOMETHING  MOKE  THAN  A  LITTLE  LEARNING.    137 

families  and  to  the  clergy  of  each  neighbourhood  or 
town.  Many  would  be  themselves  clergymen,  or 
would  be  persons  qualifying  themselves  for  entering 
Holy  Orders.  Many  of  our  female  teachers  might 
be  high-minded  and  well-educated  gentlewomen. 
Nothing  more,  therefore,  need  be  said  about  this  ob- 
jection, which  we  maybe  sure  will  never  be  applicable 
to  any  system  of  education  adopted  in  this  country. 

V.  One  more  adverse  remark  which  may  be  made 
upon  our  proposed  schools,  is  the  repetition  of  the 
old  sneer  about  "  a  little  learning."  In  which,  then, 
of  the  departments  of  knowledge,  in  which  it  is  pro- 
posed that  instruction  should  be  given,  has  it  been 
found  that  a  little  knowledge  is  better  than  entire 
ignorance  ?  It  may  fairly  be  maintained  that  merely 
to  teach  a  man  to  read,  without  giving  him  a  supply 
of  food  for  thought,  that  is,  without  giving  him  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  knowledge ;  and  without  attempting 
to  give  a  right  development  to  his  tastes  and  moral 
feelings  —  is  a  dangerous  thing :  but  then  this  is  an 
objection  not  to  the  schools  we  are  proposing,  but  to 
our  present  parochial  schools.  Or,  again,  the  sneer 
may  be  applied  to  a  little  knowledge  of  Latin  and 
Greek,  which  is  soon  forgotten :  in  respect  of  this, 
"  a  little  learning"  may  certainly  be  said  to  be  an  use- 
less thing.  Our  schools,  however,  would  teach  every- 
thing that  is  now  taught.  Besides  this,  they  would 
give  much  accurate  knowledge,  and  would  lead  on 
the  mind  to  general  views  in  several  departments  of 


138  SCHOOL    OF    THE   FUTURE. 

knowledge,  where  nothing  is  now  taught.  They 
would  implant  the  desire  for  making  further  acquisi- 
tions of  knowledge,  and  lay  foundations  for  further 
acquisitions.  They  would  quicken  the  intelligence, 
and  supply  materials  upon  which  thought  might  be 
exercised.  They  would  possess  means  for  giving  a 
right  direction  to  the  moral  feelings. 

I  will  now  recapitulate  the  chief  advantages  which 
may  be  expected  from  some  such  system  as  that 
which  I  have  been  endeavouring  to  lay  before  the 
reader  in  the  preceding  pages  :  in  doing  this  I  shall 
be  obliged  to  make  some  repetitions. 

1.  Our   system  would   be    really  a  national   one 
(which  can  be  said  of  no  system  now  at  work ;  or,  I 
believe,  as  yet  even  proposed),  for  it  would  be  capable 
of  embracing  the  education  of  all  orders. 

2.  It  views  knowledge  as  a  whole  (which  no  system 
of  education  now  in  operation  does),  the  parts  of 
which  are  inter-connected  and  inter-dependent ;  and 
it  would,  therefore,  gladly  avail  itself  of  opportuni- 
ties for  giving  instruction  in  any  branch  of  know- 
ledge. 

3.  It  is,  therefore,  both  because  it  does  not  omit 
either  any   class  of  society,  or  any   department  of 
knowledge,  something    ultimate.     There  cannot  be 
any  thing  beyond  it  to  come   in  and  disturb   our 
work.     There  is  nothing  further  to  be  wished  for,  or 
imagined. 

4.  In  the  case  of  the  middle  classes  and  of  the 


SUMMARY   OF    ITS   ADVANTAGES.  139 

upper  orders,  should  they  ever  become  desirous  of 
availing  themselves  of  our  schools  and  of  our  system 
of  education,  it  would  reduce  the  expense  of  educa- 
tion to  an  insignificant  fraction  of  its  present  cost. 

5.  It  would  give  to  parents  very  strong  motives 
for  supporting,  and  improving,  and  watching   over 
the  schools  in  their  respective  neighbourhoods ;  while 
it  would  give  them,  from  the  nature  of  the  schools, 
the  means  and  the  opportunities  requisite  for  doing 
this  effectually. 

6.  It  would  enable  us  to   avail  ourselves  of  the' 
knowledge  of  every  one  who  had  any  thing  to  com- 
municate, from  that  of  the  man  who  might  be  occu- 
pying the    first  place    in    the   scientific    or    literary 
world,  to  the  knowledge   of  the  neighbouring  pro- 
fessional man,  or  even  of  the  neighbour  who,  in  his 
humble  way,   may   have   devoted   himself  to    some 
favourite  pursuit.     A  school  of  the  kind  we  propose 
would  be   a  field  in  which  the  good  will,  and  the 
knowledge,    of    a    multitude    of  persons    might   be 
turned  to  very  useful  account,  but  which,  under  the 
present  system,  are  allowed  to  run  to  waste. 

7.  This  variety  of  teachers  when  it  could  be  ob- 
tained —  it  would  be  a  very  important  part  of  the 
office    of  the   master   to    show  the    connexion   and 
bearing  of  every  thing  that  was  taught  in  the  school, 
to  give  unity  to  the  whole  of  the  school  work,  and 
to  make  the  purport  of  every  part  of  it  understood 
—  would  keep  up  the  attention  of  the  children,  and 


140  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

meet  their  differences  of  taste,  temper,  power,  and 
aptitude.  Under  the  present  system  one  mind  has 
assigned  to  it  the  impossible  task  of  transfusing  itself 
into  a  hundred  or  more  dissimilar  minds.  Every 
one  who  was  educated  at  a  large  school  must  have 
observed  how  much  better  one  master's  style  of 
teaching  suited  him  than  that  of  another ;  while 
with  other  boys  of  his  acquaintance  the  very  reverse 
was  felt  to  be  the  case.  Of  course  this  remark  has 
a  still  more  important  application  as  respects  a 
variety  of  subjects  for  instruction,  than  as  respects 
differences  of  style  in  two  persons  teaching  upon  the 
same  subject.  If  then  we  shall  be  able  to  secure 
several  teachers  differing  in  views,  feelings,  attain- 
ments, and  manner,  we  shall  perhaps  find  that  each 
subject  upon  which  instruction  is  given,  as  well  as 
each  idiosyncracy  amongst  the  pupils,  has  a  fairer 
chance.  One  man's  teaching  will  bring  out  points 
which  another's  may  have  passed  over,  or  left  ob- 
scure ;  or  will  even  make  interesting  a  whole  subject, 
upon  which  another  may  have  no  power  of  awaken- 
ing interest.  Or  one  may  present  a  moral  consider- 
ation under  some  fresh  aspect,  such  as  may  awaken 
feelings  which  would  have  remained  dormant  under 
the  teaching  of  others.  Take  a  case  :  if  a  child  were 
to  grow  up  —  supposing  for  the  moment  the  thing 
possible  —  without  ever  having  seen  more  than  one 
person,  or  heard  more  than  one  voice,  how  much 
duller  would  be  such  an  one's  apprehensions,  and  how 


SUMMARY   OF   ITS   ADVANTAGES.  141 

much  less  would  he  know  than  would  have  been  the 
case  had  he  been  allowed  to  frequent  the  company  of, 
and  to  observe  what  was  said  and  done  by,  and  to  ask 
questions  of,  his  parents,  and  his  brothers  and  sisters, 
and  friends,  and  domestics,  and  strangers.  The  same 
remark  is  applicable,  and  it  applies  with  quite  as 
much  force  to  the  difference  in  result  which  must 
exist  between  the  instruction  of  a  single  teacher  and 
the  instruction  which  might  be  received  from  a 
variety  of  teachers.  Of  course  we  assume  that  one 
master  superintends  and  gives  unity  to  the  whole. 

8.  It  will  enable  us  to  keep  the  instruction  of  the 
school  on  a  level  with  the  knowledge  and  require- 
ments of  the  age,  which   of  course  is  not  thought 
about,  or  in  any  way  considered  as  a   desirable  ob- 
ject, so  long  as  the  instruction  of  the  school  is  con- 
fined to  one  subject,  and  that  a  subject  disconnected, 
as  it  is  for  the  most  part  taught,  from  the  knowledge, 
the  ideas,   the  feelings,   and  the  work  of  our  own 
times. 

9.  It  will  easily  and  effectually  elevate  the  teacher 
by  connecting  him  with  the  knowledge  and  the  work 
of  the  age;    and  by  giving  him   an  agreeable   and 
independent,  and  honourable,  and  a  hopeful  position. 

10.  It  will  enable  us    to  avail  ourselves    of   the 
knowledge,  and  talents,  and  influence,  and  devoted- 
ness  of  well-educated  gentlewomen. 

11.  We  shall  be  released  from  the  necessity  which 
belongs  to  our  present  system  of  taking  a  large  pro- 


142  SCHOOL    OF   THE    FUTURE. 

portion  of  our  instructors  from  the  lower  orders. 
Under  the  system  proposed  this,  for  reasons  of  which 
the  reader  will  be  aware,  would  be  less  objection- 
able :  under  the  present  system,  however,  it  is  both 
a  great  and  a  necessary  evil. 

12.  It  will    give   great   facilities   for    improving 
female  education  throughout  all  classes. 

13.  It  will   bring    education    to   bear,    far   more 
directly  than  is  attempted  at  present,  upon  the  social 
and  moral  evils  of  these  times. 

14.  It  will   exclude  many  at  present  self-acting 
influences  of  a  bad  tendency  from,  and  introduce 
many  of  a  good  tendency  into,  our  schools. 

15.  It  will   save   many  well-intentioned  persons 
from    becoming,    what    may   now   be    witnessed   in 
almost   every   neighbourhood,    impediments    to    the 
improvement  and  extension  of  education ;  and  which 
we  shall  continue  to  witness  as  long  as  the  majority 
of  our  parochial  schools  are  eleemosynary  establish- 
ments, supported  and  managed  by  the  richest  part 
of    the    community,    and    used    exclusively   by  the 
poorest.     The  results  of  this  are,  that  no  attempt  is 
made  to  carry  out  the  idea  of  a  good  school  for  these 
times ;  for  this  attempt  would  entail  expenses  beyond 
the  means  which  such  a  system  can  command ;  and 
that  the  scheme  of  instruction  is  limited  to  what  the 
rich  consider  suitable  for  the  poor ;  the  exact  point, 
which  it  is  not  deemed  desirable  to  pass,  being,  in 
very  many  cases,  practically  settled  by  the  ideas  the 


SUMMARY    OF    ITS   ADVANTAGES.  143 

ladies  have  of  the  point,  beyond  which  they  would 
consider  it  inconvenient  that  the  knowledge  possessed 
by  their  maid-servants  should  go.  The  result  is 
similar  when  the  education  of  the  poor,  as  a  distinct 
class,  falls  into  the  hands  of  some  other  section  of 
the  community,  who  must  necessarily,  to  a  certain 
extent,  take  narrow  and  special  views  of  what  ought 
to  be  taught  and  aimed  at  in  their  schools.  The 
remedy  for  every  thing  of  this  kind  evidently  con- 
sists in  making  it  the  interest  of  the  intelligent  part 
of  the  community  in  any  neighbourhood,  that  the. 
schools  in  their  neighbourhood  should  be  good  and 
efficient  schools,  and  then  in  placing  the  manage- 
ment of  these  schools  in  their  hands. 

16.  A  school  system  of  the  kind  proposed  would 
constitute  an  admirable  nursery  for  the  Church:  it 
would  offer  far  more   appropriate   work  for  young 
men  than  the  cure  of  souls,  and  work  which  would 
be  an  excellent  preparative  for  the  sacred  ministry. 

17.  The  foregoing  remark  applies  to  other  pro- 
fessions and  lines  of  life.      It    often  happens   that 
young  persons  —  this  is  particularly  the  case  in  the 
medical  profession — find  that  they  have  a  great  deal 
of  spare  time  :  now  schools  of  this  kind  would  afford 
serious    and   improving    occupation   for   the   leisure 
time  of  persons  so  situated.     The  study  and  atten- 
tion which  would  be  requisite  for  enabling  them  to 
give  a  course  of  lectures,  or  to  teach  a  class,  upon 
the  subjects  with  which  they  were  best  acquainted, 


144  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

might  in  many  cases  have  a  good  effect  upon  the 
character  of  their  after  lives.  Of  course  the  school 
managers  and  master  would  have  to  decide  whether 
those  who  offered  their  services  were  qualified  for 
the  task  they  were  ready  to  undertake. 

18.  Another  advantage  which  would  result  from 
carrying  on  the  education  of  the  country  in  some 
such  manner  as  that  which  we  have  been  proposing, 
would  be  that,  instead  of  having  great  educational 
societies,  as  has  hitherto  been  too  much  the  case, 
pulling  against  each  other,  and  against  the  govern- 
ment, and  aiming  at  objects  not  strictly  educational, 
we  should  have  those  who,  in  each  neighbourhood,  felt 
an  interest  upon  the  subject  of  education,  busying 
themselves  about  their  own  school,   and   attending 
exclusively  to  the  management  and  improvement  of 
that  particular  school. 

19.  It  will  accommodate  itself  to  every  locality ; 
and  we  may  hope  that  eventually,  by  opening  a  con- 
nexion between  the  different  grades  of  schools,  and 
between  these  and  the  universities,  it  will  provide  a 
suitable    education,    not   only    for   the    children    of 
labourers  and  mechanics,  but  also  for  the  children  of 
tradesmen,  farmers,  or  professional  men. 

20.  It  is  perhaps  to  the  adoption  of  this  system 
that  we  must  look  for  the  removal  of  the  great  diffi- 
culty which  has  been  for  so  long  a  time  stopping  the 
way  to  the  improvement  and  extension  of  popular 
education.     We  find  that  in  the  scheme  of  instruc- 


SUMMARY   OF    ITS   ADVANTAGES.  145 

tion  carried  out  in  999  out  of  1000  of  the  schools 
established  and  set  to  work  in  this  country,  religious 
instruction  forms  a  more  or  less  essential  part.  No 
sooner,  however,  is  the  subject  of  religion  touched 
upon,  no  matter  in  what  way,  in  any  proposed 
scheme  for  the  general  education  of  the  people,  than 
the  whole  scheme  is  at  once  declared  inadmissible. 
The  result  is  the  same  whether  the  proposal  be  to 
give  religious  instruction,  or  to  omit  it,  or  to  give  it 
in  any  particular  mode  or  degree :  it  does  not  matter 
what  the  proposal  may  be :  no  sooner  is  a  word  said 
about  this  part  of  the  subject  than  the  whole  scheme 
is  at  once  rejected.  So  that  we  are  in  this  position, 
that  which  a  practice,  all  but  universal,  demonstrates 
to  be  absolutely  necessary,  in  the  present  state  of 
public  opinion,  for  the  efficiency  and  success  of  our 
schools,  experience  demonstrates  to  be  absolutely  fatal 
to  any  proposal  for  a  general  system  of  education. 

Now  our  scheme  does  in  a  very  great  measure 
provide  for  what  has  thus  in  practice  been  found 
necessary,  while  at  the  same  time  it  avoids  what 
experience  has  shown  will  ever  in  this  country  be 
fatal  to  any  educational  measure.  It  says  nothing 
about  religion,  either  that  it  shall  be  taught,  or  that 
it  shall  not  be  taught ;  or,  if  taught,  in  what  way  it 
shall  be  taught ;  it  makes  no  mention  of  religious,  or 
^  of  secular,  schools;  but  leaves  everything  involved 
in  this  part  of  the  question  to  be  settled  in  exactly 

H 


146         SCHOOL  OF  THE  FUTURE. 

the  same  way  in  which  it  is  settled  at  present ;  that 
is  to  say,  by  the  wishes  and  wants  of  those  who 
establish  each  separate  school.  This  will  be  a  self- 
adjusting  way  of  overcoming  the  difficulty.  If 
parents  are  desirous  of  giving  their  children  religious 
instruction,  it  would  savour  very  strongly  of  tyranny 
to  prevent  their  doing  so ;  but  if  it  should  happen, 
which  we  will  suppose  to  be  the  case,  that  the  school 
is  supported  by  these  very  parents  —  partly  by  fees, 
and  partly  by  a  rate  —  it  would  be  an  extreme  act 
of  injustice  arid  oppression  to  interfere  at  all  in  the 
matter.  If  from  any  local  reasons  there  should 
happen  to  be  cases,  where,  for  the  sake  of  securing 
united  action,  a  secular  school  was  preferred,  why 
then  of  course  such  a  parish,  or  neighbourhood, 
ought  to  be  allowed  to  raise  a  rate,  if  such  were 
their  wish,  for  a  secular  school.  The  probability, 
however,  is  that  such  cases  would  be  extremely  rare. 
Experience  is  demonstrating  more  and  more  every 
day  that  the  religious  difficulty,  which,  when  con- 
sidered as  a  theoretical  or  legislative  question,  is 
perhaps  insuperable,  is,  after  all,  not  nearly  so  for- 
midable in  practice.  A  little  common  sense,  and 
good  feeling,  on  the  part  of  the  managers  of  a  school, 
together  with  the  strong  desire  on  the  part  of  the 
majority  of  the  parents  in  every  neighbourhood  to 
secure  a  good  education  for  their  children,  from 
whatever  quarter  it  may  be  offered  —  Protestant 
children  in  some  places  attending  Roman  Catholic 


SUMMARY    OF    ITS    ADVANTAGES.  147 

schools  —  at  once  remove  a  great  part  of  the  diffi- 
culty, at  all  events  from  the  school-room. 

The  system,  then,  in  this  respect,  would  probably 
work  in  something  like  the  following  way. 

In  the  vast  majority  of  cases,  the  schools  being 
supported,  as  at  present,  mainly  by  Church  people, 
would  retain  the  same  kind  of  religious  instruction 
as  at  present.  The  increasing  number,  and  activity, 
and  intelligence  of  the  clergy,  would  very  much 
strengthen  this  tendency. 

In  some  places  Roman  Catholics,  and  in  most  of 
the  towns  dissenters,  would  be  strong  enough  to 
support  schools  of  exactly  the  kind  which  they  re- 
spectively wished  to  have.  Of  course,  therefore, 
they  would  be  allowed  equal  facilities  for  regulating 
the  religious  instruction  given  in  their  schools,  in 
accordance  with  their  own  views ;  and  would  share 
in  a  general  rate,  according  perhaps  to  the  provisions 
of  the  proposed  Manchester  Education  Bill,  in  pro- 
portion to  the  number  of  children  their  schools  might 
be  actually  educating.  The  probability,  however,  is, 
that  under  such  a  system  denominational  schools 
would  decrease  in  number. 

In  the  meanwhile,  however,  the  laity  becoming 
more  and  more  interested  in  school  matters,  and 
taking  an  increasing  part  in  the  management  of 
schools,  would  of  course  —  and  this  would  be  the  case 
more  particularly  in  schools  where  Church  influence 
was  predominant  —  have  a  tendency  to  make  the  re- 

H    2 


148         SCHOOL  OF  THE  FUTURE. 

ligious  teaching  of  as  practical  and,  at  the  same  time, 
of  as  comprehensive  a  character  as  possible. 

I  again  repeat,  that  the  above  remarks  are  not  at 
all  meant  as  an  attempt  at  solving  the  theoretical 
difficulties  of  the  religious  part  of  the  education 
question,  but  merely  as  an  attempt  to  direct  attention 
to  a  practicable  way  of  giving  greater  facilities  for 
meeting  the  difficulty ;  it  is  a  practicable  way,  be- 
cause we  know  that  it  is  the  only  way  in  which  the 
difficulty  is  met  at  present,  and  overcome,  as  far  as 
that  is  done ;  nor  can  we  suppose  that  it  will  ever  be 
overcome  in  any  other  way  in  this  country.  It  will 
not  be  overcome  by  the  establishment  of  Secular 
Government  Schools,  or  of  Religious  Government 
Schools.  This  point  we  must  be  allowed  to  settle  for 
ourselves. 

21.  It  will  enable  us  to  develope,  and  bring  to  the 
surface,  and  avail  ourselves  of,   for  the  purpose  of 
carrying  on   the   intellectual  work  of  the  age  —  the 
talents,  at  present  dormant,  or  perverted  in  many 
cases,  of  the  great  bulk  of  the  people. 

22.  It  will  enlarge  the  range  of  our  sympathies  by 
imparting  to  the   different  orders    of  society,  to  a 
greater  or  less  extent,  the  same  knowledge,  the  same 
ideas,    and   the    same    feelings.      This    will   go   far 
towards  teaching  us  to  regard  with  common  senti- 
ments of  respect  the  feelings  and  rights  of  each  other. 
Our  present  system  of  education  restricts  and  deadens 
our    sympathies,    and    places    impassable    gulfs   in 
matters  of  feeling  between  the  different  orders  of 


SUMMARY   OF   ITS   ADVANTAGES.  149 

society.  It  does  this  by  imparting  to  each  class 
ideas,  feelings,  and  knowledge,  to  a  great  extent  at 
variance  with  the  ideas,  feelings,  and  knowledge  im- 
parted to  the  other  classes.  The  clergy  are  now 
beginning  to  experience  the  bad  effects  of  this. 

23.  It  will  connect  together  all  our  educational 
efforts  and  establishments  in  such  a  manner  as  that 
each  part  of  the  system  shall  countenance  and  aid 
all  the  other  parts* 

24?.  It  will  contribute  much  towards  removing  our 
present  low  and  unworthy  views  respecting  education  ; 
for  many  of  us  seem  to  think  that  education  has  no 
particular  object,  or  that  enough  has  been  done  when 
it  has  enabled  a  young  man  to  acquire  as  much  Greek 
and  Latin  as  will  enable  him  to  obtain  a  degree,  or 
as  much  as  will  be  required  at  his  ordination ;  or,  if 
he  is  ambitious,  as  much  as  will  enable  him  to  obtain 
a  fellowship.  And  we  may  hope  that  it  will  render 
these  ideas  obsolete  by  substituting  for  them  the 
idea  that  the  intellectual  object  of  education  is  to 
strengthen  and  develope  our  mental  faculties,  and  to 
make  us  cognisant,  as  far  as  shall  be  possible,  of  the 
knowledge  which  existed  in  the  mind  of  the  Deity, 
when  he  created  man  and  ordained  the  laws  to  which 
human  societies  were  to  conform,  and  when  he  created 
and  arranged,  and  endowed  with  their  various  pro- 
perties, and  set  in  motion  everything  that  is  in  the 
world  around  us ;  and  that  the  moral  object  of  edu- 
cation is  to  make  us  good,  and  gentle,  and  pains- 

H  3 


150  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

taking,    and    patient,    and    prudent,    and  just,   and 
true. 

25.  It  will  not  confine  its  efforts  so  much  to  the 
training  of  the  memory  —  necessarily  the  chief  aim 
of  our  present  system,  which  makes  either  an  ac- 
quaintance with   two  dead  languages,   or  a  textual 
acquaintance  with    Scripture,  the    main   work    and 
object  of  education  —  but  will  rather  aim  at  exer- 
cising the  power  of  thought,  and  at  drawing  out  the 
feelings    and   affections.      Exercising   the    memory 
alone   cannot  lead  to    any  very  striking  or   useful 
results ;  while  exercising  the  power  of  thought  leads 
in  various  ways,  for  the  intellect  and  the  heart  act 
and  re-act  upon  each  other,  to  the  strengthening  and 
development  of  our  moral  faculties ;  besides,  that  it 
is  to  the  successful  exercise  of  thought  that  civilisa- 
tion is  indebted  for  its  material  progress. 

26.  It  will  put  an  end  to  a  great  deal  of  irrelevant 
discussion,  such  as  we  have  been  engaged  in  of  late 
years,  and  which  in  reality  is  not  on  the  subject  of 
education :  for,  supposing  that  we  succeed  in  getting 
improved  schools  of  this  kind  established,  and  ma- 
naged and  supported  in  the  manner  we  propose,  it  is 
evident  that  the  educational  questions  which  will  then 
excite  the  greatest  interest  will  not  be,  as  at  present, 
often  only  quasi-educational,  being  rather  political  or 
ecclesiastical  than  educational,  but  entirely  of  a  local 
and  practical  character.     People  will  then  set  them- 
selves to  work  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  the  school 


SUMMARY   OF   ITS   ADVANTAGES.  151 

in  which  their  own,  or,  at  all  events,  their  neigh- 
bours', children  are  educated.  It  will  be  a  happy 
consequence  of  this,  that  whatever  a  man  may,  under 
such  a  system,  do  for  the  improvement  of  the  school - 
education  of  his  own  children,  will  contribute  in  an 
equal  degree  to  the  improvement  of  that  of  his  neigh- 
bours' children. 

27.  It  would  give  to  education,  in  the  eyes  of  all 
orders,  the  prominency  which  of  necessity  belongs  to 
it  at  the  present  day.  I  say  of  necessity,  because  no 
other  means  have  been  suggested  for  enabling  us  to 
meet  the  peculiar  evils,  or  rather  the  peculiar  cir- 
cumstances, of  these  times,  for  the  circumstances 
themselves  are  not  evil:  whatever  evils  have  hitherto 
ensued  have  arisen  from  our  not  having  met  our  cir- 
cumstances in  a  proper  manner.  The  leading  pecu- 
liarities of  our  circumstances  are,  that  we  have  an 
enormous  population  of  many  millions  more  de- 
pendent for  their  daily  bread  than  was  ever  before 
the  case  upon  their  skill  and  good  conduct,  in  other 
words,  upon  knowledge  and  moral  character ;  and 
that  the  admission  of  the  million  to  political  power 
is  rapidly  going  on,  and  this  is  a  power  which 
they  must  be  trained  to  use  aright,  which  brings  us 
again  to  moral  and  intellectual  culture. 

And  here  I  would  enter  a  parting  protest  against 
the  idea,  that  enough  in  these  days  is  done  for  the 
moral  and  intellectual  culture  of  the  children  of  the 
H  4 


152  SCHOOL    OF   THE   FUTURE. 

upper  orders  when  they  are  sent  to  classical  schools 
to  take  their  chance  of  acquiring  some  knowledge  of 
Latin  and  Greek;  and  that  enough  is  done  for  the 
children  of  the  lower  orders  when  they  are  taught 
to  read  the  Bible,  to  write,  and  to  cipher.  In  neither 
case  have  the  things  taught  any  necessary  connection 
with  moral  improvement.  A  man  may  be  able  to  con- 
strue a  page  of  Latin  or  Greek,  or  he  may  be  able  to 
read  the  Bible  and  to  write  well,  and  be  a  good  calcu- 
lator —  and  yet  be  a  very  ignorant  and  a  very  vicious 
man.  With  respect  to  the  lower  orders,  there  are 
thousands  who  say,  let  us  teach  them  reading,  writing, 
and  arithmetic :  this  will  be  enough  for  persons  in  their 
situation  in  life  :  many  even  consider  this  very  liberal. 
The  truth,  however,  is,  that  to  confer  these  powers 
upon  the  lower  orders  without,  at  the  same  time, 
giving  them  such  ideas  and  such  knowledge  as  shall 
interest,  enlighten,  and  elevate  their  minds ;  and 
without,  at  the  same  time,  making  some  reasonable 
attempts  to  predispose  their  moral  feelings  aright,  is, 
in  a  great  many  instances,  to  do  harm.  It  does  not 
enable  them  to  direct  and  govern  themselves,  but 
rather  makes  them  arrogant  and  discontented:  it  has 
made  many  a  socialist  and  anarchist,  and  many  an  un- 
happy man.  Of  course  no  one  supposes  that  any 
system  of  education  would  be  exempt  from  a  multi- 
tude of  failures ;  but  perhaps  most  persons  are  now 
coming  over  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  now  possible 
to  establish  a  system  which  would  very  much  lessen 


SOCIAL    PHENOMENA   OF    THE    PRESENT   DAY.    153 

the  proportion  of  failures  which  attend  the  present 
system  amongst  both  the  upper  and  the  lower  classes. 

The  views,  then,  on  the  subject  of  education  which 
have  been  laid  before  the  reader  in  the  foregoing 
pages,  and  the  kind  of  school-system  which  has  been 
proposed  for  his  consideration,  have,  throughout,  a 
constant  reference  to  the  circumstances  of  the  times 
in  which  we  are  living.  Education  is  not  an  abstract, 
but  a  practical  and  a  relative  question ;  and  there 
never  was  a  time  when  it  was  so  important  that  this 
should  be  borne  in  mind  as  at  the  present  moment, 
because  we  form  a  community  in  which  vast  numbers 
are  crowded  together  in  small  spaces,  in  a  manner 
quite  beyond  all  former  precedent,  and  of  these  vast 
numbers  every  individual  has  been  called  upon  by 
society  to  take  care  of  himself,  and  has  had  a  certain 
amount  of  social  and  political  power  deposited  in  his 
hands  ;  it  is  evident  that  the  fabric  of  our  civilisation 
is  resting,  more  than  was  ever  before  the  case,  on  foun- 
dations of  a  moral  and  of  an  intellectual  character. 

The  reader  will  recollect  that  I  set  out  by  stating 
what  were  the  conditions  which  any  system  of  edu- 
cation constructed  for  these  times  must  endeavour  to 
fulfil.  Now,  what  I  have  been  submitting  to  his 
consideration  are  merely  proposals  for  putting  into  a 
distinct  and  operative  form  the  ideas  upon  the  subject 
of  education  which  the  existence  and  pressure  of 
these  conditions  are  suggesting  to  the  minds  of 
H  5 


154  SCHOOL    OF    THE    FUTURE. 

many,  and  which  have  already  begun  to  have  some 
effect  upon  public  opinion.  Doubtless  such  a  system 
could  not  have  been  worked  at  any  other  period 
of  the  world's  history ;  it  could  not  even  have  been 
imagined,  because  neither  the  state  of  knowledge, 
nor  the  state  of  society,  at  any  former  period  sup- 
plied the  conditions  necessary  for  acting  successfully 
upon  such  a  system,  or  the  facts  necessary  for  sug- 
gesting the  idea  of  it. 

That  nothing  of  the  kind  has  ever  been  attempted 
before  forms  no  objection  to  the  proposal  —  in  its 
simplest  expression  —  that  all  should  receive  as  much 
moral  and  intellectual  culture  as  can,  in  the  present 
age,  be  bestowed  upon  them.  If  what  we  propose 
were  not  to  involve  very  considerable  modifications 
of  our  former  views  and  practices,  it  could  not  pos- 
sibly be  the  thing  we  are  now  in  want  of.  The 
briefest  consideration  of  the  new  agencies  at  work 
amongst  us,  and  of  the  various  changes  which  have  of 
late  found  their  way  into  the  material  and  structure 
of  society,  will  lead  us  to  this  conclusion.  Take  first 
the  most  obvious  facts  which  stand  out  upon  the 
very  surface  of  what  is  passing  around  us,  and  we 
shall  in  all  directions  find  the  old  state  of  things 
undergoing  very  extensive  modifications,  the  ten- 
dency and  effect  of  which,  in  the  great  preponderance 
of  instances,  is  evidently  to  elevate  the  lower  orders. 
The  manner  in  which  of  late  years  the  steam  engine 
has  been  made  to  assist  and  to  supersede  human 
labour  has  had  the  effect  both  of  increasing  the 


SOCIAL    PHENOMENA   OF    THE    PRESENT    DAY.    155 

intelligence  in  various  ways  of  large  masses  of  the 
working  classes,  and  of  cheapening  to  all  alike  many 
of  the  necessaries  and  comforts  of  life.  The  factory 
system  has  of  late  conferred  a  great  amount  of  power 
upon  the  working  classes  by  collecting  them  together 
in  vast  masses.  The  railway  enables  them  to  travel 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  upper  classes.  The  penny 
postage  also  has  given  them  equal  facilities  for  cor- 
responding with  each  other.  Causes  of  the  above 
kind,  together  with  the  very  general  diffusion  of 
knowledge,  have  awakened  thought  in  the  minds  of 
many  of  the  factory  people,  and  of  the  artizans. 
The  wonderful  extension,  too,  of  the  newspaper 
press,  (which  must  henceforth  go  on  increasing,)  con- 
tributes very  much  to  stimulate  thought  amongst 
these  classes.  The  leaders  of  these  classes  may,  by 
the  aid  of  the  railway,  cheap  postage,  the  electric 
telegraph,  the  platform,  the  lecture-room,  and  their 
own  press,  influence  them  almost  simultaneously  over 
the  whole  country.  The  well-to-do  mechanic  of  the 
present  day  is  able  to  travel  more,  and,  perhaps, 
does  actually  travel  more,  reads  more,  writes  (such  a 
case  is  possible)  and  receives  more  letters,  has  his 
moral  and  intellectual  faculties  more  exercised,  has 
greater  means  and  opportunities  for  gaining  an  in- 
fluence over  his  own  class,  attends  more  public 
meetings  and  lectures,  than  the  ordinary  gentleman, 
certainly  than  the  country  gentleman,  of  150  years 
ago.  Success  in  life  among  the  million  as  well  as 

H   6 


156         SCHOOL  OF  THE  FUTURE. 

among  the  upper  classes,  daily  comes  to  depend  more 
and  more  upon  the  personal  qualifications,  the  intel- 
ligence, and  the  moral  character  of  the  individual 
himself.  This  approximation  towards  making  the 
conditions  of  success  the  same  for  all  has  the  effect 
of  making  the  different  classes  themselves  in  many 
respects  approximate  towards  each  other.  The 
increased  activity  of  the  clergy  —  a  body  of  17,000 
men  taken  from  the  upper  classes  —  has  brought 
them  into  very  close  contact  with  the  middle  and 
lower  classes  ;  this  has  animated  their  ministrations 
with  a  spirit  —  and  the  effect  of  their  schools  contri- 
butes to  the  same  result  —  which  encourages  and 
strengthens  amongst  those  classes  feelings,  which, 
perhaps,  other  causes  belonging  to  the  times  have 
originated,  of  an  independent  and  democratic  cha- 
racter. We  now  have  £,000,000  souls  collected  to- 
gether in  the  metropolis,  2,000,000  collected  together 
in  Lancashire,  and  30,000,000  brought,  by  the  ap- 
pliances of  modern  science,  into  contact  with  each 
other,  and,  as  it  were,  collected  into  a  single  city  ; 
and  these  30,000,000  brought  into  close  contact  with 
the  inhabitants  of  the  other  countries  of  the  civilised 
world.  The  direction  of  public  affairs,  the  main- 
tenance and  advancement  of  civilisation,  and  so  even 
the  destinies  of  our  race,  are  rapidly  descending  to 
the  hands  of  the  mere  numerical  majority,  vast  num- 
bers of  whom  are  at  present  more  or  less  ignorant 
and  vicious,  and  whom  it  never  will  be  possible  to 


HOW  TO  BE  MET,  AND  TURNED  TO  ACCOUNT.     157 

confront  with  any  superior  power,  and  who  never 
will  be  controlled  by  any  thing  excepting  moral, 
intellectual,  and  religious  enlightenment. 

Now  these  facts  certainly  indicate  that  our  social 
state  is  undergoing  very  great  modifications,  modifi- 
cations indeed  as  extensive  and  important  as  any 
which  society  has  yet  passed  through ;  and  for  this 
reason  they  constitute  a  necessity  for  our  admitting 
very  considerable  modifications  into  the  views  and 
practices  which  have  hitherto  obtained  on  the  subject 
of  education  :  we  must  now  give  every  member  of 
the  community  the  best  education  in  our  power,  as 
the  fittest  and  the  only  means  of  preparing  the 
people  for  the  new  state  of  things.  This  advance 
is  the  true  complement  to  all  the  other  advances  of 
these  times.  It  forms  the  antidote  to  what  without 
it  will  be  evil  in  all  the  rest.  It  will,  or,  if  we  prefer 
to  be  cautious,  it  may,  enable  us  (and  there  is  no- 
thing else  from  which  anything  of  the  kind  has  been 
hoped)  to  work  all  the  other  changes  and  innovations 
of  our  times  for  our  advantage,  and  for  the  advantage 
of  civilisation  ;  and  as  these  changes  and  innovations 
are  advancing  very  rapidly,  it  is  high  time  for  us  to  set 
about  providing  the  means  for  turning  them  to  good 
account.  As,  however,  society  is  always  capable  of 
supplying  the  wants  which  arise  out  of  its  own  pro- 
gress and  development,  we  may  hope  the  best  with 
respect  to  the  supply  of  this  the  great,  the  most  press- 
ing, and  the  most  general  want  of  our  own  times,  and 


158  SCHOOL    OF   THE    FUTURE. 

of  our  form  of  civilisation.  There  are  many  hopeful 
symptoms  in  the  times  which  encourage  us  to  trust 
that  these  anticipations  will  speedily  be  realised  in 
no  inconsiderable  degree  ;  indeed  the  work  itself  has 
already  been  commenced  amongst  us  in  attempts, 
here  and  there,  at  forming  schools  suitable  to,  and 
worthy  of,  our  times,  and  we  have  the  best  assurance 
for  the  extension  of  the  work  in  the  wishes  and  con- 
victions of  a  large  and  influential  part  of  the  com- 
munity. Nor  can  we  believe  that  a  beneficent  design 
underlies  the  course  of  society,  as  well  as  the  course 
of  nature,  without,  at  the  same  time,  believing  that 
the  time  is  at  hand  when  much  will  be  attempted  for 
the  purpose  of  rescuing  vast  masses  of  our  population 
from  their  present  state  of  ignorance,  vice,  and 
misery. 

When  looked  at  from  the  religious  point  of  view 
the  effect  of  such  an  improvement  and  extension  of 
education  appears  like  a  fresh  extension,  almost  like 
a  new  application,  of  the  elevating,  and  humanizing, 
and  benevolent  principles  of  the  Gospel.  Hitherto 
society  has  not  been  in  such  a  state  as  to  give  us 
grounds  for  hoping  that  those  principles  could  be 
applied  to,  and  made  to  leaven,  all  parts  of  the  com- 
munity :  a  variety  of  adverse  circumstances  forbade 
our  entertaining  such  hopes.  There  were  the  actual 
defects  of  knowledge,  the  impossibility  of  diffusing, 
and  so  of  making  use  of,  what  was  known,  and  along- 
side of  these  impediments  there  existed  very  defective 


CONCLUSION.  159 

social  arrangements.  Our  lot  it  is  to  live  in  days 
when  men  think  that  they  have  caught  a  glimpse  of 
a  better  future.  Much  is  now  being  removed  which 
heretofore  impeded  the  development  and  the  exer- 
cise of  pure  and  benevolent  feeling.  New  influences 
are  being  brought  to  bear  upon  the  minds  and  hearts 
of  all  orders.  We  are  ceasing  to  look  upon  our 
brother  with  an  evil  eye ;  and,  instead,  are  beginning 
to  entertain  a  desire  to  relieve  and  elevate  his  estate. 
The  high  and  the  low  are  beginning  to  understand, 
almost  in  a  new  sense,  the  original  announcement  of 
our  religion  —  of  glory  to  God,  peace  upon  earth, 
and  good  will  towards  man  ;  at  all  events,  we  are 
beginning  to  forget  many  of  the  reservations  which 
have  hitherto  rendered  these  sentiments  of  such 
little  effect.  As  the  range  of  knowledge  increases, 
and  as  dissociating  circumstances  are  removed,  we 
begin  to  feel  that  there  is  an  elevation  of  spirit,  and 
a  happiness,  in  regarding  our  fellowmen  as  "  our 
brethren,"  and  "in  honouring  all  men ;"  expressions 
which  are  now  ceasing  to  be  so  much  religious 
phraseology,  by  which,  at  no  very  distant  date, 
not  much  was  meant,  and  which  awakened  no 
corresponding  sentiments.  The  thoughts  of  the 
better  minds  amongst  us,  and  the  instincts  of  those 
who  desire  something  better  than  what  is  imme- 
diately before  them,  do  not  *  now  dwell  so  much 
upon  the  ideas  of  "  coming  out,"  and  of  being 
"a  peculiar  people" — necessarily  prominent  ideas 


160  SCHOOL   OF   THE   FUTURE. 

when  there  was  no  opening  for  the  attempt  to 
leaven  every  part  of  society  with  Christian  feeling  — 
as  upon  the  idea  of  attempting  to  bring  all  within 
the  pale  by  informing  the  intelligence  and  cultivating 
the  moral  feelings  of  all ;  the  condition  of  society, 
and  its  various  resources,  the  good  will  of  the  upper 
classes,  attended  by  great  moral  and  intellectual  ad- 
vances amongst  the  lower  orders,  and  the  state  of 
knowledge  having  begun  to  render  this  possible  now 
for  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  society.  We  are 
now  beginning  to  see  that  the  highest  and  best  influ- 
ences which  hitherto  have  been  made  use  of  only  in 
the  education  of  the  few,  and  even  in  their  case  only 
partially  and  under  circumstances  so  disadvantageous 
that  almost  the  whole  of  their  power  was  lost,  may 
now  be  brought  to  bear  under  far  more  favourable 
circumstances,  honestly,  and  in  such  a  manner  as 
that  great  effects  may  be  expected,  upon  the  edu- 
cation of  all.  The  attempt  may  now  be  made  to 
christianize  the  spirit  of  all  orders  by  an  unreserved 
use  of  all  knowledge,  and  by  an  unreserved  appeal 
to  the  highest  and  best  feelings  of  our  nature.  This 
will  effect  more  than  could  have  been  effected  by 
placing  several  additional  clergymen  in  every  parish 
of  the  land  at  any  former  period,  when  knowledge 
had  riot  made  its  present  advances,  nor,  consequently, 
attained  its  present  power,  and  when  the  circum- 
stances and  sentiments  of  society  were  different. 

VEKITAS   FILIA    TEMPOKIS. 


APPENDIX. 


I. 


ON  THE  LATE  EXHIBITION,  REGARDED  AS  AN  EXPONENT 
OF  THE  PRESENT  STATE,  AND  OF  THE  TENDENCIES,  OF 
SOCIETY  ;  AND  AS  AFFORDING  GROUNDS  FOR  A  COM- 
PARISON OF  THE  PRESENT  WITH  THE  PAST. 

OUR  Great  Exhibition  of  last  summer  has  very  oppor- 
tunely supplied  a  strong  confirmation  of  the  general 
correctness  of  the  views  taken  in  the  preceding  pages. 
The  character  of  the  Exhibition  itself,  its  success,  and 
all  its  attendant  circumstances,  have  not  merely  indicated 
that  there  exist  very  great  differences  between  the  present 
and  the  past,  but  have  also  directed  our  attention  to  the 
causes  which  have  produced  these  differences,  and  gene- 
rally to  the  whole  stream  of  tendency  in  social  matters  ; 
and  this  has  been  done  to  such  good  purpose  as  even  very 
much  to  advance  public  opinion,  as  well  respecting  the 
possibility  and  necessity  of  educating  the  whole  people, 
as  respecting  the  kind  of  education  which  we  ought  to 
provide  for  the  people.  It  will  not,  therefore,  be  out  of 
place,  and  perhaps  it  may  be  worth  while,  to  devote  some 
pages,  as  an  appendix  to  the  foregoing  work,  to  the 
object  of  pointing  out  in  what  way  the  Exhibition  may 
be  regarded  as  an  exponent  of  the  present  state,  and  of 
the  present  wants,  of  society ;  and  as  an  indication  of  the 
direction  which  things  are  taking ;  and  also  as  a  measure 
of  the  advances  which  society  has  now  made. 

The  most  prominent,  and  perhaps  the  most  significant, 
of  all  the  facts  connected  with  the  Exhibition  was  that 


162  APPENDIX. 

of  the  number  of  persons  who  visited  it.  That  six 
millions  of  visitors  should,  within  the  short  space  of  six 
months,  have  been  attracted  to  the  same  spot,  a  large 
proportion  of  these  millions  having  been  contributed 
from  the  lower  classes  of  society,  and  that  in  this  mighty 
gathering  every  nation  of  the  civilised  world  should 
have  been  represented,  is  of  course  a  fact  which  every 
body  is  quite  aware  stands  alone  in  the  annals  of  the 
human  race. 

Now  it  may  be  worth  while  to  glance  for  a  few 
moments  at  some  of  the  causes  which,  by  their  concur- 
rence, have  rendered  this  possible,  because  they  are 
either  new,  or  are  acting  to  an  extent,  and  exercising 
degrees  of  influence,  which  are  new ;  and  are  producing 
no  small  portion  of  the  social  fermentation  and  changes 
of  the  present  day,  the  pressure  of  which  we  all  feel, 
some  of  us  regarding  them  with  hope  and  exultation, 
others  with  fear  and  abhorrence,  and  perhaps  the  majority 
with  feelings  variously  compounded  of  these  two  extremes. 
The  success  of  the  Exhibition,  and  many  of  the  striking 
circumstances  which  attended  it,  and  grew  out  of  it, 
brought  these  causes  very  prominently  forward,  and 
present  as  sure  indications  as  we  have  yet  had  of  their 
character  and  power. 

The  millions  of  visitors  which  the  Exhibition  attracted, 
suggests  our  beginning  with  the  enormous  increase  of 
our  population  during  the  last  fifty  years.  Since  those 
amongst  us  were  born,  who  have  only  just  reached  the 
age  at  which  the  powers  of  thinking  and  judging  are 
supposed  to  receive  their  mature  development,  the  popu- 
lation of  this  island  has  doubled  itself,  while  that  of  the 
metropolis  has  been  almost  trebled.  The  presence  of  so 
many  conditions  were  necessary  for  such  an  augmentation 
in  an  old  country,  and  so  many  important  social  results 
must  flow  from  it,  that  this  at  once  becomes  one  of  the 


APPENDIX.  163 

most  interesting  of  the  facts  of  our  times.  The  mere 
increase  of  numbers  to  such  an  amount  might  have  been 
regarded  in  this  light,  but  its  importance  as  an  element 
of  change,  or  disturbing  cause,  is  very  much  heightened 
by  the  fact  that  almost  the  whole  of  this  vast  increase 
has  been  confined  to  the  trading,  manufacturing,  and 
commercial  part  of  the  population,  —  to  that  part  of  the 
population,  in  short,  which  dwells  in  towns,  as  distin- 
guished from  that  which  dwells  in  the  country,  and  is 
connected  with  the  land. 

Now  it  is  almost  a  truism  to  point  out  this  marvellous 
increase  of  the  population  as  one  of  the  causes  which 
have  enabled  us  to  supply  such  a  stream  of  visitors  to 
the  Crystal  Palace.  Only  let  the  reader  imagine  such  an 
Exhibition  to  have  been  attempted  in  the  time  of  Queen 
Elizabeth,  or  of  Charles  II.  In  either  case,  most  pro- 
bably, some  picturesque  account  would  have  been  left  us 
of  the  manner  in  which  the  court  opened,  and  visited, 
the  sight ;  though  of  course  it  would  have  been  impos- 
sible for  them  to  have  approached  the  interest  or  splen- 
dour of  the  spectacle  which  our  generation  witnessed  on 
the  now  ever  memorable  first  of  May,  1851.  We  should 
have  been  told  that  Elizabeth,  with  her  great  ministers 
and  courtiers,  swept  along  the  nave  with  imposing  state ; 
or  that  Charles  was  affable  and  inquisitive ;  but  we  should 
not  have  heard  any  thing  about  a  concourse  of  between 
sixty  and  seventy  thousand  persons  having  been  re- 
peatedly attracted  to  the  building  in  a  single  day :  for  a  few 
days  there  might  have  been  assemblages  of  a  few  thou- 
sands ;  but  there  could  not  have  been  any  thing  more : 
the  population,  indeed,  of  England  and  Wales,  in  the  time 
of  Charles  II.,  is  not  supposed  to  have  amounted  to  more 
than  double  that  of  London  alone  at  the  present  day. 
The  visitors  of  the  Crystal  Palace  have  outnumbered  the 
whole  adult  population  of  Great  Britain  at  that  time. 


164  APPENDIX. 

But  to  advance  another  step.  However  numerous  our 
population,  the  Exhibition  would  still  have  failed,  if  there 
had  been  amongst  us  an  inability  to  appreciate  it :  in 
this  case  it  would  have  been  in  advance  of  the  age ;  little 
interest  would  have  been  felt  in  it ;  and  the  wish  to  see  it 
would  not  have  existed  in  the  breasts  of  millions.  If, 
also,  our  means  of  communication  had  been  of  such  a 
character  as  to  have  precluded  those  who  lived  at  even 
a  comparatively  short  distance  from  the  metropolis  from 
visiting  it,  except  at  a  considerable  expense  of  both 
money  and  time,  the  same  result  would  have  attended  it. 
These  remarks  indicate  two  further  conditions  to  the 
success  of  such  an  undertaking,  both  of  which,  too,  just 
as  is  the  case  with  the  marvellous  increase  and  amount 
of  our  population,  while  they  belong  to  our  own  times,  — 
one  being  new  in  degree,  the  other,  of  course,  entirely  — 
occupy  very  prominent  places  among  the  causes  which 
are  now  telling  in  every  part  of  society,  and  must  give 
their  character  and  direction  to  many  a  series  of  events 
yet  in  the  womb  of  time. 

I  will  take  first  the  increased  intelligence  of  the  people, 
because  the  whole  project  of  the  Exhibition  rested  upon 
this  supposition.  Now  there  can  be  no  doubt,  though 
the  fact  may  not  be  flattering  to  certain  prejudices  not 
everywhere  obsolete,  but  that  there  has  been  of  late  years 
a  great  increase  of  intelligence  throughout  all  orders. 
This  increase  of  intelligence,  although  it  falls  lamentably 
short  of  what  is  now  possible,  and  of  what  will  soon  be 
absolutely  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  us  to 
direct  aright  the  elements  of  change  incidental  to  these 
times,  and  to  maintain  our  position  in  the  competition  of 
the  world,  will  appear,  when  we  compare  the  present 
with  the  past  of  only  a  few  years  ago,  very  considerable, 
particularly  among  the  lower  strata  of  the  middle  classes, 
and  among  that  large  part  of  the  community  which  re- 


APPENDIX.  165 

ceives  its  support  from  weekly  wages.  We  frequently 
hear  of  great  facts ;  but  there  can  hardly  be  one  greater, 
or  more  gratifying,  than  that  60,000  persons,  chiefly  from 
these  classes,  should  have  been  willing  to  pay,  day  after 
day,  for  their  admission  to  the  Crystal  Palace. 

Of  course  this  increase  of  intelligence  is  ultimately 
referable  to  a  cause  which  nothing  can  arrest,  and  which 
is  year  after  year  acting  with  greater  power  in  this 
direction,  —  I  mean,  the  mere  course  of  events.  It  is  an 
observation  lying  quite  upon  the  surface,  that  the  way  in 
which  trade  and  business  are  carried  on  at  the  present  day 
is  very  different  from  the  way  in  which  they  were  carried 
on  only  a  few  years  ago ;  and  that  a  corresponding  differ- 
ence exists  in  the  tradesman's  mode  of  life,  and  in  the 
influences  to  which  his  mind  is  subjected.  Formerly  he 
hardly  possessed  a  book,  and  seldom  left  his  home :  his 
neighbours  resembled  him  in  these  respects :  the  conse- 
quence was,  that  his  ideas  were  confined  to  his  shop.  The 
tradesmen  of  the  present  day  are  members  of  clubs  and 
mechanics  institutes ;  they  attend  lectures ;  they  talk 
about  science  and  the  fine  arts ;  they  have  their  regular 
excursions,  and  may  even  be  met  at  Paris,  and  in 
Switzerland;  they  look  out  upon  the  world,  and  know 
something  about  what  is  going  on  in  it.  Among  the 
working  classes  also  there  is  a  growing  capacity  to  feel 
interest  in  other  matters  besides  those  in  which  they  are 
immediately  concerned.  Those  who  have  much  inter- 
course with  the  lower  orders  will,  if  they  attend  to  this 
circumstance,  be  often  surprised  at  finding  how  rapidly 
an  interest  on  any  great  event,  or  important  subject, 
spreads  over  the  whole  country,  and  penetrates  even  to 
the  humblest  class  of  labourers.  This  is  not  to  be  attri- 
buted merely  to  the  press  and  the  railway,  but  to  the  whole 
aggregate  of  our  self-acting  educational  influences,  which, 
as  they  arise  out  of  the  circumstances  of  the  times,  can- 


166  APPENDIX. 

not  be  repressed,  can  indeed  hardly  be  controlled,  and 
which  are  developing  a  very  great  amount  of  thought  and 
intelligence  in  all  classes  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of 
the  social  scale. 

And  now  I  come  to  the  other  point :  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  inhabitants  of  the  metropolis,  and  of  a  few  of 
the  wealthier  classes,  the  wish  to  see  the  Exhibition 
would  not  (the  old  saying  notwithstanding)  have  created 
a  way.  It  used  to  be  a  common  remark,  that  man  was 
the  most  difficult  commodity  to  move  :  the  problem,  how- 
ever, which  we  had  to  solve,  was  that  of  bringing  up 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  men,  in  truth  millions,  from 
great  distances,  and  carrying  them  back  again,  many  of 
them  on  the  same  day ;  and  this  for  a  charge  of  not  more 
than  a  few  shillings  a  head.  No  ingenuity,  and  no  com- 
mand of  funds,  could  have  enabled  us  to  solve  this  pro- 
blem twenty  years  ago ;  now,  however,  it  is  as  simple  and 
easy  a  matter,  and  one  as  much  of  course,  as  any  thing 
in  the  world.  Before  the  shilling  admission  commenced 
the  manager  of  the  traffic  of  the  London  and  North  Wes- 
tern Railway  informed  the  Commissioners  that  that  line 
alone  would  be  able  to  bring  up  50,000  visitors  daily. 
It  had,  however,  already  performed  the  almost  still  greater 
marvel  of  bringing  up  to  London  the  Crystal  Palace  itself. 
Under  the  old  stage  coach  system  these  50,000  visitors 
could  not  have  been  brought  up  to  London,  and  taken  home 
again,  supposing  that  part  of  them  came  from  Warwick- 
shire, and  part  from  Lancashire,  in  less  than  3000  coaches, 
which  would  have  required  between  300,000  and  400,000 
horses.  Now  setting  aside  the  question  of  time  and  cost, 
the  thing  would  have  been  impossible.  In  these  days, 
however,  a  single  railway  company  has  in  its  own  re- 
sources the  means  of  repeating  this  marvel  daily ;  while 
at  the  very  same  time  all  the  other  lines  terminating  in 
the  metropolis  may  be  employed  in  a  similar  manner. 


APPENDIX.  167 

The  political,  economical,  and  social  value  of  these 
facilities  for  communication  and  transport,  great  as  are 
the  achievements  which  they  have  already  enabled  us  to 
accomplish,  cannot  yet  be  fully  appreciated.  In  these 
days,  however,  we  cannot  suppose  that  centuries,  as  has 
been  the  case  with  the  discovery  of  printing,  will  be 
allowed  to  elapse,  while  society  shall  be  employed  in 
gradually  ascertaining  the  extent,  and  finding  out  how  to 
make  the  most  of,  the  new  power.  The  changes  which 
railways  have  produced  in  the  habits  of  all  classes  are 
already  very  great,  and  the  Exhibition  has  given  an  im- 
petus to  these  changes.  The  representatives  of  even  the 
class  of  agricultural  labourers  in  the  south  and  west  of 
England,  who  for  the  purpose  of  visiting  the  Crystal 
Palace  availed  themselves  of  the  railway  during  the  sum- 
mer for  the  first  time,  will  for  the  future  be  found  more 
disposed  to  resort  to  the  rail,  as  a  means  of  seeking 
a  better  field  for  their  labour,  and  so  of  escaping  the 
miseries  of  their  present  lot.  The  glimpses  of  the  new  and 
mighty  world  beyond  their  own  villages,  which  those  who 
have  had  an  excursion  to  London  during  the  Exhibition 
will  have  caught,  will  be  seeds  sown  in  their  minds  which 
must  germinate,  and  bear  fruit  too :  with  a  great  many 
this  their  first  trip  will  most  assuredly  not  be  their  last. 
In  this  way  the  Exhibition  will  amply  repay  the  debt  it 
owes  to  our  new  methods  of  communication  for  having 
made  it  both  possible  and  successful ;  for  it  will  render 
the  practice  of  using  railways  for  the  purposes  of  work, 
pleasure,  or  business,  much  more  frequent  among  the 
great  body  of  the  people.  The  56,000,000  second  and 
third  class  passengers  of  two  years  ago  will,  from  this 
particular  cause,  receive  very  large  accessions  over  and 
above  what  would  have  accrued  from  the  ordinary  in- 
crease of  railway  traffic. 

It  is  a  common  remark,  that  the  comparative  degrees  of 
advancement  reached  by  different  countries,  or  by  the 


168  APPENDIX. 

same  country  at  successive  periods,  may  be  measured  by 
the  points  of  excellence  which  they  severally,  or  respec- 
tively, reached  in  their  means  of  communication.  It  is 
evident,  that  the  development  of  the  ancient  Greek  civili- 
sation was  very  much  accelerated  by  the  fact,  that  the 
sea  every  where  offered  to  the  whole  Greek  race  a  ready 
means  of  inter-communication  ;  for  there  was  no  Greek 
city,  from  Sinope  to  Massilia,  but  was  either  actually 
seated  on,  or  at  no  great  distance  from,  the  coast.  The 
Roman  Empire,  also,  as  it  was  composed  of  the  coun- 
tries lying  round  the  Mediterranean,  to  a  very  great  ex- 
tent enjoyed  the  same  advantage  ;  but  as  these  countries 
reached  back  to  great  distances  from  the  sea,  and  could 
only  be  maintained  in  subjection  by  military  occupation, 
roads  became  necessary,  and  the  excellency  of  these  roads 
has  always  been  regarded  as  indicating  the  high  civilisa- 
tion to  which  that  empire  had  attained  :  in  this  case, 
however,  there  are  considerations  —  such,  for  instance,  as 
that  of  the  main  purpose  for  which  these  roads  were 
made  —  which  in  some  degree  detract  from  the  credit 
they  would  otherwise  reflect  upon  Roman  civilisation. 
A  comparative  view  of  the  activity  of  mind,  and  indeed 
of  many  of  the  most  important  conditions  of  society,  as 
they  exist  at  the  present  day  in  Russia  and  the  United 
States  of  America,  may  be  very  fairly  illustrated  by  the 
character  of  the  means  of  communication  which  they  have 
respectively  established,  and  the  use  they  make  of  those 
with  which  nature  has  provided  them. 

Great,  however,  as  have  been  the  ingenuity  and  labour 
exercised  by  man  in  supplying  this  particular  want,  our 
minds  will  be  disposed  to  devout  and  reverent  feelings  by 
the  consideration,  that  in  all  we  have  done  even  here,  we 
have  only  been  working  out,  in  the  manner  permitted  us, 
our  allotted  part  in  an  evidently  pre-conceived  whole ;  for 
we  find  that  the  instincts  of  even  the  lower  animals  are 
directed  to  the  formation  of  what  are  actually  roads,  along 


APPENDIX.  169 

which  they  may  travel,  with  comparative  safety  and  ease, 
from  one  feeding  ground  to  another,  or  to  the  nearest 
spring.  There  are  paths,  probably  more  ancient  than  any 
formed  by  the  hand  of  man  in  any  part  of  the  world,  so 
deeply  indented  on  the  sides  of  some  of  the  mountains  of 
Southern  Africa,  as  to  be  visible  from  considerable  dis- 
tances, and  which  have  been  excavated  by  the  feet  of  the 
herds  of  wild  elephants,  which  century  after  century  have 
passed  along  them,  each  generation  treading  in  the  steps 
of  its  predecessors;  and  perhaps,  when  the  elephant  shall 
have  become  extinct  upon  this  part  of  the  continent,  com- 
munities of  civilised  men  will  make  use  of  the  path  formed 
by  the  brute,  in  obedience  to  his  instinct,  at  a  time  anterior 
to  that  at  which  the  savage  first  wandered  in  the  neigh- 
bouring wood.  If  we  pass  to  the  other  extremity  of  the 
scale  of  magnitude  in  animated  nature,  we  shall  also  find 
the  little  emmet  that  we  tread  upon  forming  for  itself, 
often  across  our  own  highway,  a  carefully  smoothed  track, 
from  which  it  does  not  deviate  in  leaving  or  returning  to 
its  home;  and  whicli  enables  it  to  travel  with  greater 
rapidity,  and  to  carry  its  provisions  and  building  mate- 
rials with  greater  ease.  It  is  interesting,  and  most  pro- 
fitable, particularly  on  occasions  like  the  present,  when 
we  may  be  too  much  disposed  to  glorify  the  work  of  our 
own  heads  and  hands,  forgetful  of  that  higher  Power 
which  pre-arranged  the  whole,  to  trace  in  this  manner 
the  analogies  of  nature,  and  to  see  that  some  of  the 
loftiest  achievements  of  the  science  and  mechanical  powers 
of  man  are  only  the  means,  which  have  been  granted  to 
us  for  supplying  a  want,  felt  equally  by  the  brute  and 
the  insect,  and  which  they  have  been  enabled  to  provide 
for  by  the  unerring,  and  for  their  purposes  not  the  less 
adequate,  operations  of  instinct.  Reflections  of  this 
kind,  by  pointing  out  to  us  what  is  really  the  position 
assigned  to  Man  in  the  scale  of  being,  indispose  us 

I 


170  APPENDIX. 

equally  either  to  take  a  low  view  of  our  own  nature,  or  to 
permit  ourselves  at  any  time  to  be  carried  away  by  a  feel- 
in^  of  irreverent  arrogance  :  they  contain  the  antidote 

O  " 

which  will  enable  us  to  exercise  without  stint,  and  with- 
out fear,  but  rather  with  thankfulness,  every  power  with 
which  we  may  find  ourselves  endowed,  or  which  we  may 
find  placed  within  our  reach.  This  is  solid  ground  upon 
which  our  reason  and  heart  alike  can  rest  with  pious 
satisfaction. 

But  a  view  of  the  causes  which  contributed  to  the  suc- 
cess of  this  magnificent  Exhibition  would  be  most  incom- 
plete, were  we  to  omit  all  reference  to  that  which  lies  at 
the  bottom  of  the  whole — the  civil  virtues,  the  love  of 
order  and  respect  for  law,  in  a  word,  the  moral  character, 
of  our  countrymen.  In  the  original  conception  of  such 
an  undertaking  these  points  must  have  been  taken  for 
granted :  those  who  first  formed  the  project,  and  worked 
it  out,  never  found  themselves  checked  for  a  moment  in 
giving  its  fullest  development  to  their  grand  design,  by  a 
want  of  faith  in  these  qualities  of  the  English  character: 
they  were  not  afraid  of  assembling  in  London  any  number 
of  Englishmen  for  such  a  purpose ;  nor  were  they  afraid 
that  these  assemblages  of  our  own  countrymen  would  be 
influenced,  or  contaminated,  by  the  addition  of  any  dis- 
turbing, or  suspicious,  element  from  abroad.  They  were 
ready  to  receive  all  who  might  come,  and  were  not  appre- 
hensive of  any  among  ourselves.  We  take  everything  of 
this  kind  so  entirely  as  a  matter  of  course,  that  we  do  not 
appreciate,  as  fully  as  we  ought,  these  national  qualities. 
It  cannot,  however,  be  doubted,  but  that  this  spontaneous 
respect  for  law  and  order,  without  the  slightest  outward 
parade  of  the  feeling  itself,  and  to  such  a  degree  that  all 
classes  amongst  us  appear  to  act  upon  the  principle  with- 
out any  thought  or  reflection,  struck  our  continental 
visitors  of  last  summer  as  much  as  any  thing  that  they 
saw  in  England.  They  were  fully  aware  that  in  no  other 


APPENDIX.  171 

European  capital  could  any  gatherings  of  the  kind  have 
been  allowed  to  take  place.  Elsewhere  men's  minds 
are  so  unsettled,  and  such  deep  irreconcilable  hostilities 
now  divide  society,  that  mischief  would  inevitably  result 
from  such  assemblages,  continued  throughout  a  space  of 
six  months.  The  mere  bringing  people  together  in  the 
present  state  of  the  world  could  hardly  be  risked  with 
impunity.  Or  supposing  that  such  daily  assemblages  had 
been  allowed  in  any  great  city  of  the  continent,  it  could 
only  have  been  after  the  safe  keeping  of  the  building,  of 
the  main  thoroughfares,  and  even  of  the  town  itself,  had 
been  entrusted  to  a  large  military  force,  ready  to  act  at  a 
moment's  notice.  To  us,  however,  even  while  we  were 
in  the  centre  of  the  stir,  with  60,000  persons  coming  and 
going  daily,  and  on  some  of  the  last  days  with  nearly 
100,000,  such  ideas  appeared  almost  laughable.  Not  a 
Word  of  discontent  was  heard  ;  not  a  single  disorderly 
meeting  was  held  ;  not  a  factious  motion  was  made  in 
parliament :  there  were  even  fewer  police  cases  than  on 
ordinary  years.  It  would  be  an  insult  even  to  the  most 
fanatical  vestryman  to  suppose  that  he  would  have  rejoiced 
to  have  seen  disturbances  arising  out  of,  and  interrupt- 
ing, the  Exhibition,  in  the  hope  that  under  their  cover 
he  might  have  advanced  his  political  panaceas  ;  or  that 
he  was  so  ignorant  of  the  temper  of  Englishmen,  as  to 
have  imagined,  in  his  most  ecstatic  moments,  that  those 
who  might  have  resorted  to  such  a  plan  of  operations  would 
have  gained  anything  but  discomfiture  and  contempt. 
The  above  remarks  would  not  have  been  worth  making, 
were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  the  absence  of  these  qualities 
and  virtues  in  the  inhabitants  of  the  capitals  of  the  con- 
tinent, would  have  made  it  impossible  to  hold  an  Exhibi- 
tion of  the  Industry  of  all  Nations,  on  such  a  scale,  and 
in  so  open  and  unrestricted  a  manner,  any  where  but  in 
London.  For  this  element  of  success  we  have  to  thank 

i  2 


172  APPENDIX. 

all  orders  of  our  countrymen  alike.  These  are  facts  which 
are  alone  sufficient  to  inspire  confidence,  that  the  powers 
which  education  will  confer  upon  the  million  will  never 
in  this  country  be  exercised  for  any  other  than  their 
legitimate  purposes. 

It  is  important  to  observe  how  little  the  daily  passage 
of  so  many  thousands  through  our  metropolis  was  felt  in 
any  way  :  this  gives  some  insight  into  our  resources  of 
various  kinds.  It  has  just  been  observed,  that  though  so 
many  were  assembling  daily  from  all  parts  of  the  country, 
and  we  may  almost  say  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  there 
was  not  the  slightest  occasion  for  the  government  to  take 
any  cognizance  of  what  was  going  on  ;  nor,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  appointment  of  a  few  hundred  additional 
policemen,  were  our  means  for  the  preservation  of  order 
at  all  increased ;  none,  however,  of  our  most  ordinary 
arrangements  were  interfered  with,  or  altered.  There 
were  no  obstructions  to  the  traffic  of  Piccadilly  ;  and  the 
equestrians  in  Rotten  Row  were  as  numerous,  and  as 
undisturbed,  as  in  former  years.  We  have  found  also 
that  our  arrangements  for  providing  daily  food  for  the 
2,500,000  regular  inhabitants  of  the  metropolis  are  so 
extensive  and  so  perfect,  that  we  are  able  to  entertain 
with  ease  any  additional  number  ever  likely  to  visit  us 
even  in  these  days  of  railways  and  steam-boats.  The 
prices  of  provisions  consequently  did  not  rise;  and  a  joint 
of  meat,  and  a  loaf  of  bread,  did  not  cost  more  than  they 
would  have  cost  had  not  a  single  foreigner  visited  Lon- 
don last  year.  And,  just  to  say  a  word  upon  another 
point,  where  not  a  little  uneasiness  was  previously  felt :  it 
has  now  been  satisfactorily  proved  that  the  current  of 
English  thought  and  life  is  so  strong,  since  the  stream 
has  been  deepened,  that  foreign  manners  and  ideas  have 
not  any  power  to  make  impressions  upon  us.  It  is  amus- 
ing to  recollect  the  apprehensions  which  were  felt  and 
expressed  last  winter  by  a  not  uninfluential  section  of 


APPENDIX.  173 

society  :  great  changes  were  to  be  effected  in  the  feelings 
and  habits  of  Englishmen  ;  our  government  was  to  be 
revolutionized  ;  Her  most  gracious  Majesty  was  to  be- 
come a  fugitive  from  the  wrath  of  her  misguided  sub- 
jects ;  the  observance  of  the  Sabbath  was  to  be  relin- 
quished; Englishmen  were  to  become  ashamed  of  their 
domestic  virtues  ;  Jesuits  in  disguise  were  to  persuade  us 
to  revert  to  the  payment  of  Peter's  pence.  It  is  true 
that  during  the  summer  an  invasion  of  London  was  going 
on  from  the  continents  on  either  side  of  us,  our  invaders 
arriving  in  detachments  which  perhaps  in  the  aggregate 
amounted  to  a  greater  number  than  that  of  the  grand  army  ; 
and  it  may  also  be  true  that  many  of  them  came  armed 
with  very  horrible  ideas  and  opinions,  and  very  shocking 
customs,  but,  though  we  made  no  preparation  for  their 
reception,  we  felt  no  inconvenience  at  their  presence,  and 
expect  no  bad  effects  from  their  example  ;  nor,  indeed, 
any  thing  worse  than  mutual  satisfaction,  and  a  likelihood 
of  our  being  henceforth  better  able  to  understand,  and 
appreciate,  each  other. 


There  is  no  other  occasion  upon  record,  which  ever 
gave  an  opportunity  for  taking  a  connected  view  of  the 
whole  human  family.  The  Exhibition  of  the  Industry  of 
all  Nations  enabled  us  to  contemplate  each  nation  in  its 
peculiarities,  as  standing  in  a  certain  sense  apart,  in  a 
relation  of  its  own  towards  the  everywhere  varying  forces 
and  productions  of  nature  ;  and  in  the  next  place  to  con- 
template the  relation  in  which  each  stands  towards  the 
others  as  a  producer,  for  the  general  good,  of  some  of  the 
necessaries  and  embellishments  of  life:  we  were  reminded 
both  of  the  influences  which  to  a  certain  degree  separate, 
and  give  a  distinctive  character  to,  each  nation  and  division 
of  the  earth  ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  of  the  wants  common 
to  all  civilised  nations,  which  it  has  been  ordained  shall 

I  3 


1 74  APPENDIX. 

only  be  supplied  from  certain  fixed  localities,  and  this  for 
the  opposite  purpose  of  bringing  us  together.  Never  be- 
fore was  there  collected  into  one  view  such  clear  evidence, 
such  a  panoramic  demonstration  of  the  fact,  that  the 
Creator  has  surrounded  each  division  of  the  human  family 
with  a  peculiar  combination  of  physical  and  material  cir- 
cumstances; and  that  out  of  these  varied  combinations  of 
circumstances  the  peculiar  wants,  as  well  as  the  peculiar 
resources,  of  each  nation  arise  ;  and  even  (to  mount  to  a 
higher  point)  that  it  is  with  a  constant  relation  to  these 
circumstances  that  the  intelligence  and  the  sentiments  of 
each  are  exercised  and  developed.  To  the  readers  of  these 
pages,  ideas  of  this  kind  are  more  or  less  familiar ;  but  to 
the  vast  majority  of  those  who  passed,  beneath  the  roof  of 
the  Crystal  Palace,  from  one  country  and  region  of  the 
earth  to  another,  as  represented  by  their  respective  pro- 
ductions, such  ideas  were  to  a  very  great  extent  new.  In 
one  place  they  saw  the  black  tent  of  the  desert,  wrhere  men 
neither  cultivate  the  soil  nor  have  fixed  abodes ;  in  an- 
other specimens  of  the  rich  and  varied  harvests  of  fertile 
regions  and  genial  climates ;  and  in  a  third,  fur-bearing 
skins  from  countries  buried  the  greater  part  of  the  year 
beneath  the  snow  ;  they  looked  upon  the  trappings  of  the 
elephant  and  of  the  camel,  as  well  as  of  the  horse.  The 
contrasts  which  exist  in  objects  of  this  kind  could  not 
have  failed  to  imply  to  the  mind  of  even  the  uneducated 
the  most  diverse  aspects  of  nature,  and  the  most  opposite 
conditions  of  human  life.  But  to  the  intelligent  eye,  and 
well  informed  mind,  palpable  contrasts  of  this  kind  were 
riot  more  suggestive  than  the  shades  of  difference  which 
mark  the  arts  of  neighbouring  civilised  nations,  and 
which,  though,  perhaps,  to  rougher  observers  almost  in- 
appreciable, do  yet  evidently  belong  inherently  to  pecu- 
liar aptitudes  and  tastes,  or  to  the  structure  and  sympa- 
thies of  society,  according  as  it  consults  the  wants  of 
the  many  or  the  interests  only  of  the  few. 


APPENDIX.  175 

Starting  from  such  a  point  as  tins,  our  thoughts  may 
take  a  wide  range  through  some  of  the  most  interesting 
fields  of  speculation  connected  with  the  history,  or  with 
the  destiny,  of  our  race.  Here  among  such  indications  of 
the  life  and  of  the  character  of  modern  civilised  com- 
munities, the  spectator  may  have  been  led  on  to  think 
how  many  tribes  and  languages  must  have  died  out, 
without  leaving  a  record  of  their  existence,  or  even  a 
name,  in  the  page  of  history.  How  often  in  the  ruder 
ages  of  the  world,  we  may  suppose,  before  the  progress 
of  social  development  had  attached  each  individual  to  a 
certain  spot  of  earth  by  the  arts  which  he  exercised, 
and  the  property  which  he  possessed,  so  that  henceforth 
it  became  impossible  for  sudden  invasions  to  destroy 
or  obliterate  nations,  that  whole  tribes,  perhaps  whole 
languages,  were  suddenly  swept  away  by  invaders  to 
whom  it  mattered  little  in  what  forests  they  hunted,  and 
by  what  river's  side  they  pitched  their  tents.  In  the  his- 
toric period,  too,  how  many  nations  have  passed  from  the 
scene.  Every  language  spoken  on  the  face  of  the  earth 
at  the  time  of  Homer  is  either  now  dead,  or  so  changed, 
that  those  who  now  speak  it  would  be  unintelligible  to 
those  who  spoke  it  in  his  time  ;  his  own  tongue,  and  that 
owing  in  some  degree  to  his  own  immortal  poems,  offer- 
ing the  nearest  approach  to  an  exception  :  for  among 
savage  tribes  language  varies  more  or  less  with  each 
generation  ;  it  is  civilisation,  culture,  and  above  all  litera- 
ture, which  give  it  permanency.  Even,  too,  in  our  own 
day  this  destruction  of  races  is  going  on  :  the  red  Indian 
and  the  Australian  native,  races  occupying  (what  we  may 
call)  two  continents,  and  possessing  very  marked  pecu- 
liarities of  organisation,  are  rapidly  becoming  extinct. 
They  are  disappearing  before  the  advance  of  civilised 
man  as  completely  as  the  animals  they  hunted,  and  with- 
out leaving,  either  upon  the  surface  of  the  large  portion 

i  1 


176  APPENDIX. 

of  the  earth  which  was  originally  assigned  them,  or  upon 
the  minds,  and  subsequent  history,  of  those  who  are  super- 
seding them,  any  more  distinct  traces  of  their  existence, 
with  the  exception  here  and  there  of  the  name  of  a 
mountain,  lake,  or  river.  Surrounded  by  the  Industry  of 
all  Nations,  we  could  not  but  revert  to  these  two  branches 
of  the  human  family,  dispossessed  by  ourselves  of  their 
spacious  continents,  before  society  had  advanced  with 
either  of  them  to  such  a  point  as  would  enable  them  to  ad- 
here to  the  soil,  and  before  even  they  could  have  produced 
any  thing  worthy  of  the  attention  of  their  successors. 
Here  are  the  inhabitants  of  whole  continents  passing  away 
without  ever  having  risen  to  the  knowledge,  the  senti- 
ments, and  the  modes  of  life,  by  which  alone  we  deem 
man  to  be  ennobled,  and  without  which  we  regard  him  as 
excluded  from  the  privileges  of  his  nature.  Did  these 
races  fulfil  any  purpose  which  would  not  have  been  an- 
swered as  well  by  the  existence  on  the  same  scenes  of 
some  species  of  savage  brute  ?  Or  what  is  the  difference 
between  the  whooping  savage  and  the  beast  of  prey  ? 
Whatever  solution  we  may  be  disposed  to  give  to  ques- 
tions of  this  kind,  upon  one  point,  at  least,  closely  con- 
nected with  them  the  Exhibition  gave  us  certain  evidence, 
and  that  is  upon  the  extent  to  which,  and  the  rapidity 
with  which,  civilisation  is  now  expanding  its  borders  at 
the  expense  of  the  area  hitherto  occupied  by  barbarism  ; 
and  perhaps,  we  may  add,  that  even  these  savage  races 
will  not  have  existed  upon  those  continents  in  vain,  if 
they  shall  have  left  upon  the  minds  of  the  civilised  com- 
munities which  are  superseding  them  the  impression, 
that  what  enabled  themselves  to  take  the  place  of  those 
who  formerly  possessed  the  soil  was,  in  its  simplest  ex- 
pression, their  moral  and  intellectual  superiority ;  and 
that  as  it  was  by  these  means  alone  that  they  rose  above 
the  savage,  so  it  is  only  by  elevating  and  purifying  the 


APPENDIX.  177 

feelings,  increasing  knowledge,  and  strengthening  the 
power  of  thought,  that  they  can  hope  to  make  future 
advances  :  as  the  absence  of  this  culture  would  approxi- 
mate them  to  the  state  of  the  savage  who  made  way 
for  them,  so  are  efforts  to  advance  it  the  only  means 
permitted  them  for  rising  beyond  their  actual  position. 
They  ought  to  bear  in  mind  that  advances  of  this  kind 
give  an  insight,  even  approaching  nearer  to  completeness,, 
into  the  workings  and  purposes  both  of  society  and  of 
nature,  and  are  ever  bringing  the  thoughts  and  heart  of 
man  into  closer  harmony  with  the  designs,  and  into  a 
state  of  more  complete  reliance  upon  th^  goodness  and 
wisdom,  of  Him  who  orders  all  things. 

The  character  of  such  an  Exhibition  of  the  Industry 
of  all  Nations  must  have  disposed  many  a  thoughtful 
spectator  to  follow  discursively,  according  to  the  sugges- 
tions of  surrounding  objects,  very  various  trains  of 
thought  and  feeling,  arising  out  of  a  view  of  the  condition, 
the  fortunes,  and  the  history  of  the  different  branches  of 
the  human  family.  To  the  minds  of  many  who  contem- 
plated the  Exhibition  in  this  spirit,  the  large  space  al- 
lotted to  the  United  States,  and  to  our  Australian  colonies, 
must  have  recalled  the  present  condition  of  the  North 
American  Indian,  and  of  the  Australian  native :  eo  ipso 
praefulgebant,  quod  non  visebantur.  And  out  of  the 
number  of  such  visitors  there  were,  doubtless,  some  who 
passed  on  to  the  speculation  of  what  might  be  the  posi- 
tion which  these  two  rising  and  aspiring  continents  would 
occupy  in  some  distant  future  Exhibition. 

But  not  only  did  this  Exhibition  of  the  industrial 
universe  lead  us  to  regard  the  different  branches  of  the 
\iuman  family  as  varying,  within  certain  prescribed  limits, 
in  their  sentiments,  tastes,  and  intelligence,  in  conformity 
with  the  variations  of  surrounding  nature ;  but  it  also  led 
us  to  regarJ  them  as  bound  together  by  common  wants, 

i  5 


178  APPENDIX. 

which  they  are  able  reciprocally  to  supply.  It  had  a 
unity  of  its  own,  as  great  as  Humboldt's  cosmos  j  and 
doubtless  suggested  to  many  that  our  wants,  with  the 
facilities  and  means  for  supplying  them,  and  so  the  inter- 
dependence of  nations,  increase  in  exact  proportion  to 
the  advances  the  world  makes  in  civilisation.  The  most 
barbarous  nation  upon  earth  is  the  most  independent  of 
its  neighbours,  and  of  all  the  world,  and  the  most  civilised 
is  the  most  dependent :  the  latter  will  find  in  every  part 
of  the  world  something  or  other  that  is  of  great  use  to  it ; 
something  without  the  aid  of  which  it  will  be  unable  to 
carry  on  some  process  of  manufacture,  or* some  useful  or 
ornamental  art ;  without  which,  in  short,  it  must  forego 
some  comfort  or  luxury.  A  walk  down  the  nave  of  the 
Crystal  Palace  enabled  thousands  to  collect  ample  mate- 
rials for  this  conclusion :  the  slightest  attempt  to  trace 
the  history  of  the  innumerable  objects  which  formed  that 
wonderful  display,  must  have  shown  that  the  productions 
of  every  region  upon  earth  had,  in  the  hands  of  our  own, 
and  of  foreign  manufacturers  and  artists,  been  made  to 
contribute  to  it.  This,  however,  is  a  fact,  for  evidence 
of  the  truth  of  which,  though  here  demonstrated  on  so 
large  a  scale,  and  in  so  complete  a  manner,  one  need 
hardly  have  been  sent  so  far.  The  Royal  Exchange, 
even  in  the  time  of  the  Spectator,  raised  the  same  reflec- 
tions in  the  mind  of  Addison  :  and  any  one  of  us  may 
now  be  carrying  about  with  him,  upon  his  own  person, 
just  as  conclusive  evidence  of  this,  as  far  as  one,  at  least, 
of  our  chief  wants  is  concerned.  As  the  eyes  of  the 
reader  glance  over  these  words  he  may  be  wearing  a  coat 
made  of  Saxon  wool  ;  the  soles  of  his  boots  may  have 
been  made  from  a  Buenos  Ayrean,  or  Australian,  hide  ; 
the  upper  leather  may  have  been  tanned  in  France,  or 
Switzerland,  and  the  whole  put  together  with  thread 
made  from  Belgian  flax  ;  the  material  from  which  his 


APPENDIX.  179 

linen  was  made  may  have  grown  on  German  soil ;  for 
that  from  which  his  stockings  were  made  he  was  indebted 
to  Egypt  or  America,  or  India;  his  handkerchief  may 
have  come  from  China,  his  gloves  from  France.  All  this 
is  quite  upon  the  surface  ;  if,  however,  we  were  to  trace 
out  every  thing  which  was  requisite  for  each  of  the  dif- 
ferent processes  which  each  of  these  different  articles  had 
to  pass  through  before  they  were  fitted  for  his  use,  and 
where  every  thing  came  from  which  was  required  for 
building  and  navigating  the  vessels  which  brought  them 
to  our  shore,  the  inquiry  would  show,  that  the  ivhole 
earth,  and  not  that  spot  of  earth  which  it  does  itself 
occupy,  is  the  field  from  which  if  is  intended  that  a 
civilised  community  should  supply  its  wants.  In  sug- 
gesting such  ideas  as  these  to  the  minds  of  no  small  pro- 
portion of  its  visitors,  the  educational  advantages  of  the 
Exhibition  have  been  very  great. 

This  general  and  extensive  interchange  of  the  gifts  of 
nature,  the  fruits  of  toil,  and  the  works  of  taste  and  art, 
is  a  feature  of  modern  civilisation.  It  is  true  that  much 
of  what  was  best  in  its  kind  flowed  from  the  provinces 
around  the  Mediterranean,  and  even  from  greater  dis- 
tances, to  imperial  Rome,  being  paid  for  chiefly  by  the 
tribute  and  plunder  of  those  very  provinces.  But  this 
traffic  was  very  much  less  extensive  than  might  have 
been  supposed ;  and,  also,  much  less  diversified :  of  the 
very  articles  which  constitute  the  most  important  items 
in  modern  commerce,  many  did  not  enter  at  all,  and 
others  only  in  a  very  slight  degree,  into  theirs  ;  besides, 
there  was  so  much  similarity  in  the  productions  of  the 
countries  which  surrounded  the  Mediterranean,  that  an 
extensive  commerce  among  themselves,  except  under  par- 
ticular circumstances  in  the  article  of  corn,  was  out  of 
the  question.  In  the  best  days  of  the  republic  the  com 
merce  of  Rome  was,  of  course,  much  smaller,  and  the. 

i  c 


180  APPENDIX. 

variety  of  articles  imported  much  less.  At  Athens, 
though  commerce  and  manufactures  were  among  the  sources 
of  her  prosperity,  this  was  equally  the  case,  on  account  of 
the  paucity  of  an  Athenian's  wants,  and  the  remarkable 
simplicity  of  his  private  life.  Considerations  of  this  kind 
mark  the  extent  of  ground  over  which  humanising  and 
civilising  influences  have  spread,  and  the  strength  they 
have  gained,  in  modern  times.  No  country  has  done  more 
to  diffuse  these  influences,  or  has  felt  them  more  strongly 
herself,  than  our  own  :  our  extensive  commerce  has 
brought  us  acquainted  not  more  with  the  produce  than  with 
the  inhabitants  of  every  part  of  the  earth  ;  even  our  own 
empire,  which  seems  to  have  inherited  the  remark,  first 
applied  to  that  of  Charles  V.,  that  the  sun  never  sets 
upon  it,  has  made  us  familiar  with  no  small  portion  of 
the  productions  and  of  the  inhabitants  of  each  of  the  four 
continents,  besides  that  it  includes  in  itself  the  whole  of 
Australia.  This  has  opened  our  minds  for  the  admission 
of  many  ideas,  which  tell  in  a  very  appreciable  degree 
upon  the  sentiments  of  individuals,  especially  of  the  lead- 
ing minds  amongst  us,  and  so  upon  our  general  views. 
We  are  more  familiar  than  any  other  people  with  the 
endless  variety  of  nature,  and  with  the  various  conditions 
in  which  man  exists  in  different  parts  of  the  earth.  Our 
extended  intercourse  has  some  effect  in  predisposing  what 
may  be  called  the  mind  of  the  country  to  take  enlarged 
and  philanthropic  views  upon  many  questions  which 
come  before  it.  It  is  also  one  of  the  causes  why  an 
Exhibition  of  so  open  and  liberal  a  character,  and  which 
aimed  at  representing  all  the  productions  of  Nature, 
Industry,  and  Art,  was  so  well  received  amongst  us. 

But  here  a  word  or  two  upon  a  subject  of  which  we 
heard  a  great  deal  during  the  last  twelvemonth — that  arts 
and  commerce  are  the  great  pacificators.  No  one  doubts 
this  ;  and  it  was  precisely  for  this  very  reason  that  so 


APPENDIX.  181 

many  thoughtful  persons  were  ready,  on  every  occasion, 
to  give  all  honour  to  the  Exhibition  of  the  Industry  of 
all  Nations,  supposing  that  it  would  contribute  to  increase 
the  weight  in  human  affairs  which  these  influences  have 
already  acquired.  We  must,  however,  moderate  our  ex- 
pectations, by  recollecting  that  no  other  nation  can  be  so 
alive  to  these  influences  as  ourselves,  because  amongst 
ourselves  all  classes  are  more  or  less  affected,  and  to  a 
far  greater  degree  than  is  the  case  with  any  other  people, 
by  the  vicissitudes  of  commerce.  Those  who  are  expect- 
ing, in  the  present  state  of  the  world/  that  the  operation 
of  these  causes  may  make  war  impossible,  are  expecting 
far  more  than  the  circumstances  of  other  nations  at  all 
justify.  If  all  nations  were  engaged  as  largely  in  com- 
merce as  we  are,  and  if  it  entered  as  intimately  into  their 
national  life  as  it  does  into  ours,  then  the  balance  of  pro- 
bability would  be  very  decidedly  against  the  recurrence 
of  war ;  though  even  then  he  would  be  rash  who  might 
undertake  to  say,  that  men  would  no  longer  allow  their 
passions  sometimes  to  get  the  mastery  over  their  interests 
and  their  reason.  As,  however,  during  the  last  four 
centuries  commerce  has  increased  all  over  the  world  so 
amazingly,  and  as  of  late  it  has  been  increasing  far  more 
rapidly  than  ever  heretofore,  we  have  good  grounds  for 
indulging  hopes  concerning  the  more  peaceable  character 
of  the  future :  in  the  mean  time,  all  honour  is  due  to  the 
Industrial  Exhibition,  which,  by  showing  to  each  nation 
how  dependent  it  is  upon  the  rest  of  the  world,  and  how 
much  more  than  it  now  possesses  it  may  obtain  from 
others  through  the  labours  of  peaceful  industry,  must  con- 
tribute in  some  degree  towards  the  desired  consummation. 

The  intelligent  artizan  who  visited  the  Exhibition  (and 
it  was  a  pleasing  sight  to  meet  there  so  many  thousands 
of  this  class)  must  have  had  it  obtruded  upon  his  atten- 


182  APPENDIX. 

tion,  that  labour  is  everywhere  both  the  lot  of  man  and 
the  price  of  success.  The  Exhibition  was  in  reality 
mainly  an  Exhibition  of  the  results  of  the  labour  of  dif- 
ferent nations.  The  artizan,  indeed,  had  an  advantage 
over  the  refined  and  wealthy  visitor,  in  being  able  to  ap- 
preciate more  accurately  the  amount  of  skill,  headwork, 
and  finger  work,  which  was  required  for  the  production  of 
the  different  objects  set  out  before  him.  He  knew  how 
many  years  a  man  must  have  handled  his  tools,  and  with 
how  much  attention,  before  he  could  have  acquired  the 
power  of  using  them  with  so  much  effect;  and  understood 
how  much  previous  thought  was  required,  before  the  power 
of  creating  such  beautiful  designs  could  have  been  attained. 
In  this  respect  the  Exhibition  was  more  instructive  and 
profitable  to  this  class  than  to  any  other ;  and  we  doubt 
not  but  that  many  a  horny-handed,  but  stout-hearted,  and 
intelligent  artizan  made  these  reflections,  and  is  now  the 
better  man  for  having  made  them.  This  is  a  work-a-day 
world ;  and  he  who  has  no  work  to  do  in  it  is  not  a  man 
who  is  to  be  envied.  Everything  of  value  is  the  fruit  of 
work :  only  let  not  those  whose  work  is  chiefly  that  of 
the  hands  underrate  the  greater  wear  and  tear  which 
many  of  those  have  to  go  through  whose  work  lies  in 
the  brain.  "VYe  must  not,  however,  be  surprised  at  some- 
times hearing  from  these  classes  expressions  indicative 
of  but  little  respect  for  those  who,  because  fortune  has 
released  them  from  the  necessity  of  labouring  either  with 
hand  or  head,  allow  all  the  higher  faculties  of  their  nature 
to  run  to  waste,  at  the  very  time  when  the  rewards  which 
attend  the  cultivation  of  these  faculties  are  greater,  and 
the  fields  for  their  exercise  more  extensive,  than  at  any 
previous  period  of  man's  history. 

The  building  itself  not  only  contributed  very  largely 
to  the  interest  of  the  Exhibition,  but  did  also  better  ex- 


APPENDIX.  183 

emplify  some  of  the  most  prominent  characteristics  of 
the  age  than  any  of  the  works  of  art  which  were  exhibited 
beneath  its  wonderful  roof.  M.  Dupin,  in  an  after-dinner 
speech  delivered  at  the  entertainment  given  at  Richmond 
to  the  foreign  Commissioners,  observed  that  the  problem 
to  be  solved  by  the  architect  was  the  following  ;  how 
was  an  edifice,  larger  than  Windsor,  the  Escurial,  or  the 
Tuileries,  to  be  built  in  eight  months,  and  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  be  ready  for  use  as  soon  as  built  ?  These 
apparently  impossible  conditions  were  complied  with, 
winter,  too,  being  the  time  of  the  year  during  which  the 
work  was  done.  So  that  the  building  was  delivered  over 
to  the  Commissioners,  ready  for  immediate  use,  upon  the 
day  required.  If  we  were  to  tell  this  to  some  stranger, 
ignorant  of  what  were  the  materials  used,  and  the  me- 
thods of  construction  adopted,  in  building  the  Crystal 
Palace,  he  would  be  ready  to  exclaim  (and  he  might 
afterwards  find  that  such,  indeed,  had  been  the  case) 
that  the  architect  must  have  been  able  to  have  summoned 
to  his  assistance  some  power  greater  than  that  which  has 
been  granted  to  the  arms  of  mortal  men.  In  truth,  the 
Crystal  Palace,  so  extraordinary  in  its  extent,  constructed 
with  such  marvellous  rapidity,  and  so  impressive  in  its 
grand  simplicity,  is  only  the  last,  though  perhaps  the  most 
striking,  instance  of  the  works  which  man  can  accomplish, 
now  that  he  has  found  a  submissive  ally  in  the  never- 
wearied  and  all-powerful  spirit  of  steam,  which  has 
undertaken  to  relieve  man  himself,  and  his  old  allies,  the 
horse,  the  stream,  and  the  wind,  from  bearing  the  burden 
of  all  the  hard  work,  and  providing  the  enormous  amount 
of  "  power,"  without  which  the  various  requirements  of 
our  advanced  civilisation  could  not  be  complied  with. 

An  abundant  supply  of  iron  (and  the  steam-engine  has 
enabled  us  to  command  a  practically  unlimited  supply,  of 
which  fact  the  construction  of  the  Crystal  Palace  affords 


184  APPENDIX. 

very  conclusive  evidence)  has  now  become  the  first  neces- 
sity of  our  material  progress.  In  an  age  when  this  is 
understood  by  every  one  who  sees  that  all  our  processes 
of  manufacture  are  now  effected  by  the  aid  of  machinery 
formed  of  iron,  even  to  the  rounding  of  a  lucifer-match, 
or  the  folding  of  an  envelope ;  and  who  is  aware  that  we 
now  travel  upon  iron  roads,  and  construct  our  largest 
buildings,  ships,  and  bridges  of  iron,  it  is  interesting  to 
look  back  on  the  most  ancient  monuments  which  this 
island  possesses,  so  ancient  indeed  that  their  history  is 
unknown,  and  that  we  can  only  conjecture  what  were  the 
purposes  for  which  they  were  raised.  In  them  we  see 
still  in  existence  structures  of  a  most  remote  antiquity, 
more  perdurable  perhaps  than  any,  with  the  exception  of 
the  railway  embankment,  which  modern  civilisation  has 
placed  upon  the  surface  of  the  earth ;  and  we  find  that 
their  very  durability  has  been  the  direct  result  of  the 
fact  that  those  who  constructed  them  had  not  enough  iron, 
or  skill,  to  make  the  few  tools  which  would  have  enabled 
them  to  dress  the  stones  they  used,  and  to  work  in  ma- 
sonry. It  is  interesting  at  a  time  when  we  are  making 
more  than  2,500,000  tons  of  iron  a  year  to  be  able  to 
point  to  still  existing  monuments  in  proof  of  the  fact  that 
there  was  a  time  when  the  use  of  iron  was  unknown 
amongst  us.  We  may,  too,  suppose  that,  as  it  is  by  no 
means  certain  that  the  use  of  cement  was  unknown  to  the 
builders  of  what  are  called  Cyclopean  walls,  that  the 
dearness  and  scarcity  of  tools  had  some  share  in  giving 
to  that  style  also  of  architecture  its  peculiar  character. 
These  walls  and  structures  were,  at  all  events,  raised 
during  the  age  of  bronze :  pins  of  bronze  have  been  ex- 
tracted from  the  treasury  of  Atreus  at  Mycenas ;  the  sword 
of  Achilles  was  of  bronze ;  and  all  the  tools  of  this  age, 
specimens  of  which  are  still  found  from  time  to  time  in 
almost  every  part  of  Europe,  were  of  the  same  material. 


APPENDIX.  185 

A  comparison  of  the  Crystal  Palace  with  some  of  the 
great  buildings  of  former  times  would  illustrate,  in  a  very 
interesting  manner,  both  the  progress  of  many  of  the  use- 
ful arts,  and  the  moral  and  intellectual  condition  of  society, 
at  some  of  the  great  epochs  of  history.  Herodotus  tells 
us  that  100,000  men  were  employed  for  twenty  years 
in  the  construction  of  the  Grand  Pyramid :  a  modern 
engineer  would  be  able  to  tell  us  with  how  many  bushels 
of  coal  he  could,  in  so  level  a  country  as  Egypt,  restore 
this  enormous  pile  of  stone  to  the  quarries,  from  which 
the  greater  part  of  it  was  brought  at  the  cost  of  so  much 
time  and  labour.  But  on  contemplating  this  stupendous 
monument  of  what  sheer  labour  can  effect,  that  which  is 
most  striking  to  the  thoughtful  mind,  is  not  the  progress 
which  science  and  the  mechanical  arts  have  made,  since 
the  time  when  the  Pharaohs  were  exacting  in  the  valley 
of  the  Nile  from  the  thews  and  sinews  of  their  subjects' 
work,  from  which  man  has  now  relieved  himself,  and 
laid  upon  iron  and  steam ;  but  rather  what  may  be  called 
the  moral  and  intellectual  state  of  a  civilisation  which 
could  undertake  such  works.  It  does  not  give  us  a  very 
exalted  idea  of  the  wisdom  of  the  Pharaohs,  of  the  priest- 
hood, or  of  the  people,  to  find  so  many  persons  torn  from 
their  homes  for  so  many  years,  and  employed  in  what 
aimed  professedly  at  gratifying  merely  the  vanity  (for,  as 
the  benefit  was  to  be  confined  to  the  royal  architect,  we 
will  not  call  it  the  religious  feeling)  of  one  man.  The 
Grand  Pyramid  is,  in  fact,  a  monument  to  all  ages  of  a 
most  entire  disregard  of  human  suffering,  a  most  com- 
plete ignorance  of  what  ought  to  be  the  object  of  human 
labour,  and  almost  as  complete  an  absence  of  artistic  feel- 
ing, coexisting  together  with  a  knowledge  of  many  of  the 
useful  arts,  much  constructive  skill,  and  so  advanced  a 
state  of  agriculture  and  of  general  industry,  that  the 
people  were  able  to  support  for  twenty  years  the  100,000 


186  APPENDIX. 

hands  which  had  been  withdrawn  from  the  cultivation  of 
the  soil,  and  their  ordinary  employments.  Viewed  as  a 
monument  of  the  state  of  thought  and  feeling,  and  of  the 
condition  of  humanity,  at  the  time  when  it  was  erected, 
such  are  the  inferences  we  must  draw  from  its  character 
and  history.  How  contemptible  the  moral  and  intellectual 
condition  of  the  man  who  could  use  up  his  helpless  sub- 
jects in  this  way  !  How  lamentable  a  circumstance  for 
his  subjects  to  have  been  so  employed  !  How  pitiable  a 
perversion  of  power  and  of  labour  ! 

We  may  also,  with  equal  credit  to  our  modern  civilisa- 
tion, compare  the  Crystal  Palace  with  the  greatest  build- 
ing of  Imperial  Rome.  If  we  keep  before  us  the  character 
of  the  purposes  for  which  the  Flavian  amphitheatre  was 
designed,  then  the  sums  that  were  spent  upon  it,  and  the 
magnitude  of  the  structure,  do  in  fact  measure  the 
misery  and  degradation  of  the  age  which  witnessed  its 
erection.  Its  benches  were  thronged  with  the  men  and 
the  women  of  Rome,  eager  to  see  their  fellow-men  mang- 
ling each  other,  or  torn  to  pieces  by  savage  animals.  The 
women  of  Rome  could  gloat  over  the  last  agonies  of  the 
dying  gladiator.  The  vestal  virgins  had  seats  of  honour 
assigned  to  them,  as  ministers  of  religion,  that  they  might 
see  to  the  greatest  advantage  these  sights  of  a  Roman 
holiday.  If  the  reader  will  spend  a  few  moments  in  pic- 
turing to  himself  what  must  have  been  the  tone  of  society, 
and  the  character  of  public  and  private  life,  wrhich  could 
harmonise  with  a  taste  for  such  inhuman  and  degrading 
spectacles,  he  will  cease  to  feel  any  surprise  at  reading  of 
the  wanton  destruction  of  populous  cities,  the  desolation 
of  kingdoms,  the  spoliation  of  provinces,  the  wholesale 
ejection  of  the  proprietors  of  land,  the  long  lists  of  pro- 
scriptions, the  existence  of  Neros,  Caligulas,  and  Domi- 
tians,  and  the  astounding  general  corruption  and  rotten- 
ness of  the  empire,  followed  by  its  miserable  collapse,  the 


APPENDIX.  187 

legitimate  and  inevitable  consummation  of  these  base  and 
cruel  antecedents.  Now,  if  we  turn  to  our  Crystal 
Palace,  we  find  that  it  was  built  by  the  voluntary  contri- 
butions of  the  people,  not  out  of  sums  extorted  from 
subject  provinces  by  a  military  autocrat  at  the  head  of  an 
army  of  400,000  men  ;  that  the  purposes  for  which  it  was 
built  were,  to  refine  the  taste,  to  do  honour  to  industry, 
to  increase  the  comforts  and  embellishments  of  life,  and 
to  spread  throughout  society  a  knowledge  of  the  profu- 
sion, the  variety,  the  beauty,  and  the  beneficence  of 
Nature  —  to  promote,  in  a  word,  the  glory  of  God,  peace 
upon  earth,  and  good  will  among  men. 

There  will  always  be  plenty  of  half-informed  persons 
disposed  to  undervalue  the  times  in  which  they  live.  We 
often  hear  such  persons  calling  the  present  age,  depre- 
ciatingly, an  age  of  iron,  of  steam,  of  cheap  printing, 
of  Birmingham  ware,  of  shams  ;  they  say  that  we  have 
no  great  men,  no  great  ideas,  that  nothing  great  is  in 
course  of  development,  and  much  more  in  the  same  strain  ; 
a  great  deal,  however,  of  which  is  very  much  to  our 
credit  when  rightly  understood.  Now  there  surely  can 
be  no  very  great  difficulty  in  showing  that  these  low 
views  of  modern  society  are  wholly  untrue.  Never  be- 
fore was  society  actuated  by  higher  motives  :  we  see  this 
in  our  literature,  which  gives  utterance  to  our  feelings, 
and  in  our  legislation,  which  is  the  highest  embodiment 
of  the  aspirations  and  spirit  of  society.  Never  before 
was  there  so  much  earnestness,  or  so  many  working  for 
the  general  good  and  advancement ;  never  before  was  the 
human  intellect  so  actively  employed,  or  so  profitably ; 
never  before  did  right  feeling,  and  sound  moral  sense, 
penetrate  so  deeply  into  the  great  masses,  which  are  the 
broad  foundations  which  support  cultivated  society.  To 
be  most  thoroughly  persuaded  of  all  this  does  not  at  all 
imply  a  blindness  to  the  evils  of  the  present  day  :  far 


188  APPENDIX. 

from  it :  those  who  are  best  able  to  appreciate  our  pecu- 
liar advantages  and  merits  will  perhaps  be  the  first  to 
detect  and  deplore  the  evils  which  unfortunately  attend 
them.  Those  who  feel  disposed  to  depreciate  the  present, 
ought  first  to  be  sure  that  they  have  honestly  endea- 
voured to  comprehend  both  what  is  now  going  on  in  the 
world,  and  what  was  the  internal  condition  of  society  at 
the  different  epochs  of  the  historic  period  ;  and  then  they 
ought  to  lay  their  finger  upon  some  particular  period, 
and  say,  the  men  of  that  day  were  superior  to  the  men  of 
this  day,  in  respect  of  the  feelings,  pursuits,  and  attain- 
ments—  the  particulars  just  mentioned  as  characterising 
the  present  day  point  to  the  chief  of  these  —  which 
elevate  Man,  and  give  to  life  here  below  such  enjoyments 
as  are  worthy  of  a  being  upon  whom  has  been  bestowed  a 
nature  to  feel  pain  at  what  is  evil,  and  pleasure  at  what 
is  good ;  and  a  large  discourse  of  reason  to  comprehend 
the  properties,  the  relations,  and  the  beauty,  of  the  ob- 
jects with  which  Supreme  wisdom  and  goodness  have 
surrounded  him. 

One  of  the  high  advantages  of  this  Exhibition  was  the 
fact,  that  it  brought  before  us  many  distinct  and  palpable 
indications  of  the  character  of  our  civilisation  ;  it  showed 
us,  in  a  manner  in  which  nothing  else  could  have  shown 
it,  what  is  the  spirit  of  our  civilisation  ;  what  it  can 
achieve ;  and  at  what  it  is  aiming  ;  in  a  word,  taken  with 
all  its  attendant  circumstances,  it  supplied  the  crucial 
proof  that  there  have  been  changes  for  the  better,  and 
that  the  world  has  been  advancing.  Beneath  the  mar- 
vellous roof  of  the  Crystal  Palace  —  for  the  roof  is  almost 
the  only  part  of  the  building  which  from  within  meets 
the  eye  of  the  visitor  —  and  amid  the  specimens  both  of 
whatever  nature  has  given  to  man  in  the  different  regions 
of  the  earth  for  use  or  ornament,  and  of  the  art  and  taste 
with  which  man  has  fashioned  them  to  his  purpose,  he 


APPENDIX.  189 

whose  memory  was  stored  with  recollections  of  the  past 
achievements  and  fortunes  of  his  race,  and  whose  heart 
was  at  the  same  time  in  sympathy  with  the  efforts  and 
aims  of  the  men  of  his  own  day,  naturally  compared,  in 
some  such  manner  perhaps  as  has  just  now  been  done,  the 
structure  in  which  he  stood  with  the  great  buildings  of 
other  times  and  forms  of  civilisation,  and  the  busy  imagin- 
ation pictured  to  itself  the  scenes  which  history  connects 
with  each.  From  considerations  of  this  kind,  especially 
of  the  uses  to  which  they  were  respectively  put,  an  esti- 
mate may  be  formed  in  each  instance  of  the  contemporary 
state  of  society.  Our  thoughts  first  rested  on  the  oldest 
monuments  of  civilisation;  but  they  only  served  to  re- 
mind us  of  the  miseries  of  helpless  millions,  and  of  the 
hardhearted  and  objectless  perversion  of  power  which 
most  characterise  the  Oriental  form  of  civilisation,  where 
thought  is  useless  and  forbidden,  and  improvement  there- 
fore impossible.  The  Flavian  amphitheatre  next  rose 
before  us  ;  but  that  was  in  some  respects  suggestive  of 
still  sadder  thoughts :  it  reminded  us  how  it  happened 
that  the  greatest  opportunity  the  world  had  ever  had 
came  to  nothing.  As  we  approach  nearer  to  our  own 
times,  the  old  Cathedrals  of  Western  Europe,  the  great 
monuments  of  mediaeval  art  and  feeling,  present  an  occasion 
for  one  further  comparison.  We  shall  here  be  treading 
on  almost  sacred  ground  :  the  nave,  however,  the  transept, 
and  the  aisles  of  the  Crystal  Palace  itself  must  already 
have  frequently  brought  the  two  into  a  kind  of  juxta- 
position in  the  minds  of  many ;  and  the  reader  perhaps 
will  not  be  unwilling  to  follow  for  a  time  the  train  of 
thought  which  such  a  comparison  awakens. 

We  have,  then,  in  these  structures,  also,  very  wonder- 
ful monuments  of  man's  constructive  skill ;  in  some 
respects,  indeed,  they  exceeded  all  which  had  been  previ- 
ously achieved.  The  summit  of  many  a  provincial  Ca- 


190  APPENDIX. 

thedral  rose  almost  as  high  above  the  surface  of  the 
earth  as  the  summit  of  the  Grand  Pyramid.  Their  cen- 
tral avenues  were  of  a  length  and  loftiness  unimagined  by 
the  architects  of  the  temples  of  Athens  and  Rome.  Their 
windows  were  formed  of  what  would  have  appeared 
to  the  inhabitants  of  ancient  Babylon  or  Ecbatana  pic- 
tures of  rubies  and  emeralds.  Their  tracery  and  carving 
were  more  elaborate  and  profuse  than  what  decorated  the 
Golden  House  of  Nero,  or  the  Palace  of  Diocletian  ;  the 
gold  and  jewels  in  their  shrines  and  sacristies  often  ex- 
ceeded the  treasures  of  princes.  All  this  justly  excites 
our  admiration  ;  but,  when  regarded,  from  our  higher 
points  of  view,  as  a  test  of  the  contemporary  state  of  the 
human  mind,  the  general  conclusion  is  in  some  respects 
disparaging.  The  ignorant  serf,  and  his  almost  equally 
ignorant  lord,  who,  as  some  procession  passed  by,  and 
the  music  rose  to  the  lofty  roof,  and  was  lost  along 
the  distant  aisles,  felt  their  hearts  bowed  before  the 
influences  of  the  place  and  of  the  occasion,  could  not 
have  known  much  (and  history  tells  us  that  they  did 
not)  of  that  abiding  influence  over  the  heart  and  life, 
which  belongs  only  to  distinct  knowledge  and  reason- 
able convictions.  The  Persian  on  his  mountain-top  wor- 
shipped in  a  nobler  temple  and  after  a  more  spiritual 
fashion.  I  am  not  in  the  least  attempting  to  depreciate 
the  character,  the  efforts,  or  the  achievements  of  the 
mediaeval  church  :  every  body  is  now  aware  that  we  are 
under  the  greatest  obligations  to  it :  not  only  was  it  the 
keeper  and  transmitter  of  the  Faith  ;  the  guardian  of  the 
rights  of  the  weak  ;  and,  to  a  greater  degree  than  the 
purer  churches  which  sprang  from  it  have  been,  or 
are  ever  likely  to  be,  the  salt  and  the  leaven  of  society; 
but  it  was  also  the  great  patron  and  preserver  of  art  and 
literature.  That,  however,  which  concerns  our  present 
purpose  is  the  fact,  that,  itself  unarmed,  it  had  a  hard 
battle  to  fight  against  armed  men,  who,  for  the  most  part, 


APPENDIX.  191 

were  men  of  violence,  and  so  strong  as  often  to  be  able 
to  set  the  laws  as    administered  in   those  times  at  de- 
fiance, and  to  whose  reason  any  appeal  would  have  been 
vain.     The  Church  could  meet  this  only  by  the  terrors  of 
the  unseen  world,  and   by  the  awe-inspiring  and  over- 
powering magnificence  of  its  ceremonial  worship.    For  this 
the  cathedral  was  most  important ;  without  this  embodi- 
ment of  the  reality  and  power  of  the  Church,  and  without 
the  aid  of  the  feelings,  which  the  character  of  the  services 
carried  on  within  its  walls  was  calculated  to  inspire,  even 
the  bishop  would  have  been  powerless  in  the  presence  of 
the  neighbouring  baron.     The  cathedral  was  a  tower  of 
moral  strength  to  the  Church  in  the  conflicts  of  that  rude 
age.     The  splendour  of  its  ceremonial,  and  the  imposing 
magnitude  and  real  beauty  of  the  sacred  edifices  in  which 
these  ceremonies  were  celebrated,  both  awed  the  mind  of 
the  worshipper,  and  invested  the  priesthood  with  dignity 
in  the  eyes  and  hearts  of  an  ignorant  generation,  which 
was  easily  impressed,  and  which  judged  only  by  what  was 
on  the  surface.     To  duly  estimate  the  force  of  these  re- 
marks, we  have  only  to  consider  what  the  influence  of 
the  mediaeval  church  would  have  been,  had  it  been  de- 
prived in  the  earlier  part  of  this  period  by  the  brand  of 
some   Eomanist   Knox,  or   by  the   prevalence   of  some 
spiritualizing  dogma,  of  its  cathedrals    and  abbeys,  and 
churches,  and  reduced  to  the  unadorned  worship  of  the 
conventicle.     'We  ought  to  be  deeply  grateful  that  the 
Anglican  Reformation  spared  these  magnificent   monu- 
ments of  the  taste  and  feeling  of  former  times,  in  which  so 
much  of  the  internal  history  of  those  times  may  be  read  ; 
though  it  may  well  be  doubted  whether,  had  they  been 
unfortunately  destroyed,  there  would  now  be  any  dread 
of  a  reaction  towards  medievalism :  the  greatness,  how- 
ever, of  our  advantage  in  possessing  them  far  more  than 
compensates  for  the  evil  resulting  from  it,  — which  evil, 


192  APPENDIX. 

too,  we  must  remember,  is  very  far  from  being  of  an  un- 
mixed character.  The  old  cathedral,  then,  must  ever  be 
regarded  as  a  very  wonderful  monument  of  the  piety  and 
munificence,  a  high  embodiment  of  the  feeling,  an  extra- 
ordinary development  of  the  art,  of  the  times  which  wit- 
nessed its  erection  and  adornment.  It  answered  well,  by 
peaceful  and  artistic  means,  the  purposes  for  which  it  was 
designed  :  but  the  use  of  such  means  for  such  purposes 
does,  upon  the  whole,  indicate  an  early,  rather  than  an 
advanced,  stage  of  society ;  perhaps  we  might  say  that  it 
indicates  that  a  successful  attempt  was  being  made  to  in- 
fluence the  rudeness  and  violence  of  prevailing  barbarism 
by  appeals  to  the  eye  and  the  imagination  through  means 
(in  some  instances  improved  upon)  which  had  been  rescued 
from  the  wreck  of  a  former  civilisation.  As,  then,  we 
looked  along  the  nave,  or  wandered  among  the  courts  and 
aisles,  of  the  Crystal  Palace,  a  conviction  was  presented 
to  the  mind,  being  the  conclusion  of  more  than  one  line 
of  thought,  that  the  wisdom,  and  goodness,  and  power,  and 
other  attributes  of  the  Creator  are  now  better  understood 
and  more  felt,  than  at  the  time  when  a  gorgeous  and 
imposing  ceremonial  was  observed  in  the  neighbouring 
abbey ;  and  that  the  ideas  and  feelings  suggested  by  the 
character,  the  sights,  the  attendant  and  resulting  circum- 
stances of  our  great  Industrial  Exhibition,  are  better 
calculated  to  dispose  the  hearts  of  the  men  of  this  day  to 
piety  and  charity,  than  a  return  to  the  means  resorted  to 
for  compassing  these  ends  by  an  age  most  unlike  our  own, 
means  of  which  that  fine  old  minster  will  serve  most 
favourably  and  impressively  to  remind  us. 

Another  fact  connected  with  the  Exhibition,  and  which 
deserves  notice,  is  the  manner  in  which  it  has  brought 
forward  and  given,  in  general  estimation,  an  useful  and 
honourable  position  to  the  scientific,  the  practical,  the 


APPENDIX.  193 

artistic,  and  the  working  intellect  of  the  country.  The 
circumstances  of  the  times  were  preparing  such  a  position 
for  men  of  this  description  ;  and  the  event  of  last  summer 
seems  at  once  to  have  placed  them  in  it.  And  here,  per- 
haps, it  may  be  interesting,  as  illustrative  of  some  of  the 
differences  between  the  present  and  the  past,  to  compare 
(but  it  can  only  be  done  in  the  briefest  way)  what  are 
our  feelings  towards  those  who,  in  these  various  ways, 
are  labouring  for  society,  with  what  were  men's  feelings 
in  this  respect  at  some  of  the  great  epochs  of  history. 
The  old  Graeco-Roman  civilisation  received  its  full  de- 
velopment under  the  Caesars  and  succeeding  emperors : 
now  it  would  be  hard  to  say  what  description  of  men 
were  held  in  general  estimation  during  this  important 
period  in  the  history  of  Europe.  Literature  was  patron- 
ised in  the  time  of  Augustus ;  but  from  his  time  there  is 
no  first-rate  name  in  Poetry  or  Philosophy,  nor,  with  the 
exception  of  Tacitus,  in  the  department  of  History,  till  the 
revival  of  learning  twelve  centuries  later.  Many  of  the 
emperors  were  successful  soldiers,  but  military  men  were 
not  held  in  honour,  for  those  who  wore  the  purple,  by  a 
tenure  more  than  semi-military,  would  naturally  enough 
have  been  jealous  of  great  generals ;  and  besides,  as  the 
limits  of  the  empire  comprised  the  whole  civilised  world, 
there  was  not  that  opening  for  the  acquisition  of  military 
fame  which  had  existed  under  the  republic,  when  almost 
yearly  fresh  armies,  and  fresh  generals,  were  sent  out 
against  some  redoubtable  foe,  and  great  conquests  were 
effected.  The  fact  is,  that  under  the  empire  —  excepting 
only  the  long  misunderstood  Christians,  who,  however, 
were  themselves  eventually  unable  to  escape  the  pre- 
dominant influences  of  this,  as  it  then  seemed,  aimless 
and  hopeless  period, — there  was  no  class  of  men  who 
were  generally  worthy  of  respect,  and  no  class  whose 
good  opinion  would  have  been  of  much  value.  And 


194  APPENDIX. 

how  could  it  have  been  otherwise  at  a  time,  when  the 
inhabitants  of  the  capital  of  the  world  consisted  of  the 
court  of  an  autocrat,  a  strong  military  force,  a  few  mil- 
lionaires, a  vast  body  of  citizens  not  far  removed  from 
pauperism,  slaves,  and  foreign  adventurers  ?  When  a 
commonwealth  so  degraded  had  been  displaced  and  over- 
turned, and  society  had  reconstructed  itself  upon  new 
principles,  the  form  which  for  a  moment  it  appeared  to 
have  permanently  assumed  was  that  of  Feudalism. 
Though  this  was  a  rude,  while  the  preceding  had  been  a 
polished,  epoch,  yet  it  possessed  many  symptoms  of  far 
greater  promise ;  and  foremost  among  these  may  be  placed 
the  fact,  that  man  was  now  able  to  hold  his  fellow  man  in 
honour:  the  loyal  knight  was  honoured;  woman,  with 
almost  the  feeling  of  high  respect^which  Tacitus  describes 
as  existing  in  the  woods  of  Germany,  was  honoured  ;  the 
churchman,  as  the  champion  of  order,  and  protector  of 
the  weak,  was  honoured ;  and  humanity  itself,  the  mere 
man,  in  obedience  no  less  to  the  spirit  and  doctrines,  than 
to  the  letter,  of  the  new  religion,  was  honoured.  But 
Feudalism  also  passed  away ;  and  the  order  of  society 
which  succeeded  it  has,  for  the  four  last  centuries,  been 
constantly  receiving  further  development,  and  even  now 
we  can  only  speculate  upon  what  will  be  the  form  into 
which  it  will  ultimately  settle.  In  the  mean  time,  how- 
ever, it  may  throw  some  light  upon  the  stream  of  ten- 
dency, if  we  consider  who  are  the  men  now  held  in 
highest  regard  and  honour.  They  are  all  those,  if  we  state 
the  idea  in  its  most  general  form,  who  have  in  any  way 
benefited  society.  And  we  have  come  to  attach  to  these 
terms  ideas  somewhat  different  from  those  which  would 
have  been  connected  with  them  during  the  previous  epoch. 
As  far  as  regards  the  precept  of  honouring  all  men,  the 
principles  of  the  Church  in  this,  as  in  many  other  respects, 
were,  during  the  feudal  period,  very  much  in  advance  of 
what  it  was  possible  to  realise  in  such  a  state  of  society. 


APPENDIX.  195 

Since  that  time,  however,  so  many  social  inequalities  have 
been  removed,  and  so  many  strong  lines  of  demarcation 
obliterated,  that  it  has  become  easy  to  give  to  this  precept 
a  more  extended,  truthful,  arid  practical  effect  :  what  has 
been  lost  in  picturesqueness  has  been  gained  in  these 
essential  particulars.  The  law  of  honour  has  enlarged 
its  meaning.  Our  ideas,  too,  upon  the  subject  of  the 
obligations  which  society  incurs,  have  been  vastly  im- 
proved :  since  the  emancipation  of  labour,  there  has  been 
growing  up  a  feeling,  which  could  not  have  existed  as 
long  as  labour  was  servile,  that  he  who  labours  in  his 
vocation  and  calling,  be  they  as  humble  as  they  may,  to 
discharge  faithfully  his  duty  to  society,  in  return  deserves 
well  of  society :  to  the  best  of  his  ability  he  has  been  its 
benefactor,  and  as  such  is  entitled  to  be  regarded.  Now 
this  Great  Exhibition  has  given  prominency  to  this  feel- 
ing :  its  professed  object  was  to  do  honour  not  only,  to 
the  achievements  of  high  art,  but  to  every  form  of  in- 
dustry. It  has  been  the  first  recognition  before  the  world 
of  the  higher  claims  of  labour,  the  claims  which  it  has 
upon  our  respect,  our  gratitude,  and  our  sympathy;  it 
has  been  the  first  express  practical  acknowledgment  which 
society  has  made,  that  the  labourer,  whether  he  be  one 
the  labour  of  whose  hands  waits  upon  the  labour  of  his 
intellect,  or  whether  his  labour  be  merely  so  much  mus- 
cular exertion,  and  mechanical  drudgery,  is  worthy  of 
something  more  than  his  hire. 

Casting  our  eyes,  then,  first  upon  that  division  of  man- 
kind, whose  lot  it  is — in  some  few  instances  whose  choice 
it  is — to  toil  for  the  common  advancement,  we  may  sup- 
pose that  the  wearisomeness  of  their  daily  toil  will  be  in 
some  degree  lightened,  and  a  new  stimulus  given  to  their 
exertions,  by  the  consciousness  that  the  importance  of  the 
results  of  their  labours  will  now  be  better  understood. 
And  the  advantages  of  this  view  of  our  Great  Exhibition 

K    2 


196  APPENDIX. 

will  not  be  confined  to  these  classes,  but  will  also  extend 
to  that  smaller  division  of  mankind  which  graces  the 
opposite  extremity  of  the  social  scale.  Owing  mainly  to 
the  industry  and  virtues  of  the  people  of  this  country, 
which  have  enabled  us  to  turn  to  the  best  account  our 
natural  advantages,  this  favoured  division  of  mankind  is 
far  more  numerous  in  this  island  than  in  any  other  part 
of  the  world.  Fortune  has  so  entirely  exempted  them 
from  the  burden  of  more  serious  toil  than  what  is  neces- 
sary for  enjoying  the  hive  in  which  they  live,  that  our 
first  comparison  is  likely  to  be  that  of  the  drones  and  the 
working  bees.  We  might  almost  be  disposed  to  imagine 
that  they  must  look  down  upon  society  from  their  Bel- 
gravian  eminence  with  something  like  the  feelings  of  the 
gods  of  Epicurus.  There  are,  however,  few  symptoms 
in  our  modern  civilisation  more  hopeful  than  the  manner 
in  which  our  wealthy  classes  have  resisted  the  enervating 
and  debasing  effects  of  wealth.  Though  they  have  so 
much  more  extensive  a  command  of  the  means  and  ap- 
pliances for  luxurious  living  than  the  wealthy  classes  of 
ancient  Rome,  yet  we  never  hear  a  word  of  the  complaint 
which  used  to  be  in  the  mouth  of  every  thoughtful 
Roman,  that  the  national  character  was  succumbing  to 
luxury.  On  the  contrary  ;  the  energy  and  patriotism  of 
our  wealthiest  classes  have  kept  pace  with  the  general 
prosperity  of  the  nation,  from  whose  industry  their  riches 
have  been  derived.  To  the  aspirations  of  those  among 
these  classes  who  are  now  young,  and  who  will  some  day 
occupy  positions  of  great  influence,  the  sights  and  cir- 
cumstances of  this  Exhibition  may  have  given  an  elevating 
direction.  They  found  there  how  much,  and  in  a  manner 
of  which  they  can  have  had  no  previous  idea,  Man  has 
been  allowed  to  accomplish  out  of  an  endless  variety  of 
materials,  scattered  over  the  different  regions  of  the  globe, 
corresponding  to  an  equal  variety  of  human  wants.  In 


APPENDIX,  197 

this  view  of  the  laws  and  productions  of  nature,  and  of  the 
purposes  to  which  they  have  been  turned,  they  saw  think- 
ing and  labouring  Man  every  where  working  together 
with  the  Author  of  all  things,  in  carrying  out  the  pre- 
ordained designs  and  ends  of  human  society.  This  may 
have  suggested  to  them  the  idea  of  a  scheme,  in  ivhich 
there  is  no  place  or  honour  for  those  who  do  nothing. 

These  remarks  on  what  may  be  called  the  lessons  which 
the  Exhibition  was  capable  of  teaching  to  all  classes, 
naturally  lead  to  some  mention  of  one  of  the  most  in- 
teresting and  striking  sights  witnessed  in  the  Crystal 
Palace.  In  the  department  assigned  to  machinery  in 
motion,  there  might  frequently  have  been  seen  men  of 
the  greatest  distinction  standing  by  some  curious  or  im- 
portant machine,  watching  its  movements,  and  asking 
questions  of  the  operatives  employed  in  working  it.  The 
great  man  perhaps  had  hitherto  directed  his  thoughts 
almost  entirely  either  to  the  events  and  routine  of  the 
society  in  which  he  moved,  or  had  devoted  his  attention 
to  affairs  of  church  or  state,  or  it  might  have  been  a  case 
in  which  the  law  had  with  still  greater  jealousy  claimed 
the  whole  of  his  previous  life,  and  so  he  had  hitherto  had 
but  little  opportunity  for  making  himself  acquainted  with 
the  ingenuity  and  enormous  power  of  the  machinery,  to 
which  he  had  been  indebted  for  almost  every  manufac- 
tured article  that  he  used.  And  here  was  the  Manchester 
operative  giving  all  the  necessary  explanations  with  as 
much  calmness  and  clearness  as  an  Owen  or  a  Faraday 
delivering  a  lecture  at  the  Royal  Institution.  This  was 
a  suggestive  sight  to  those  who  were  thinking  on  the 
uses  of  the  Exhibition,  and  an  interesting  one  as  a  study 
of  national  character.  Quietness  of  manner,  absence  of 
all  thought  of  display,  the  wish  to  get,  or  to  give,  a  clear 
idea  of  the  object  of  the  machine,  were  as  marked  in  the 
humble  Lancashire  operative,  as  in  the  man  of  distinction 

K    3 


198  APPENDIX. 

occupying  a  high  position  in  the  world.  The  calm  self- 
possession,  and  real  dignity  of  demeanour,  with  which 
all  classes  of  Englishmen,  whatever  may  be  their  rank  or 
occupation,  go  about  their  work,  is  neither  the  least 
pleasing,  nor  least  striking,  of  our  characteristics ;  it  is 
one,  too,  which  bodes  well  for  the  future. 

On  looking  around  us  for  indications  of  the  character 
of  the  change  which  is  coming  over  the  spirit  of  society, 
there  can  hardly  be  found  any  more  significant,  as  well 
as  more  pleasing,  than  the  intelligent  interest  (there  are 
no  fitter  words)  which  the  most  exalted  personages  in  the 
realm  showed  in  this  Great  Exhibition,  and  the  gratifica- 
tion all  orders  of  observers  felt  at  witnessing  it.  When 
Mr.  Cobden  said  in  the  previous  winter  that  few  persons 
could  be  aware  of  the  amount  of  labour  and  anxiety  Prince 
Albert  would  have  to  undergo,  on  account  of  the  part  he 
was  taking  in  the  arrangements  and  provisions  necessary 
for  the  success  of  such  an  undertaking,  he  only  said  what 
the  public  have  since  become  well  aware  of.  At  the  time 
when  most  persons  viewed  the  project  with  timidity,  or 
coldness,  or  even  with  hostility,  the  Prince  had  the  sagacity 
to  see  that  the  resources  of  our  civilisation  were  equal  to 
the  idea ;  and  foreseeing  how  great  would  be  its  advan- 
tages, if  worthily  carried  out,  he  undertook  a  very  anxious 
and  laborious  part  in  the  work  of  bringing  it  to  maturity ; 
and,  like  Clive  at  Madras,  or  Sir  Stamford  Raffles  at  Java, 
inspired  every  one  with  the  spirit  with  which  he  himself 
entered  upon  the  undertaking.  We  have,  however,  in- 
curred a  second,  and  still  greater,  obligation :  the  Queen 
and  the  Prince,  by  their  early  and  regular  visits,  and  by 
the  systematic  and  thorough  manner  in  which  they  inves- 
tigated every  department,  pointed  out  the  way  in  which 
it  was  to  be  turned  to  the  most  profitable  account.  There 
can  have  been  few  persons  who  spent  so  many  hours  in 
the  Exhibition,  and  saw  so  much  of  it.  The  nation, 


APPENDIX.  199 

indeed,  may  well  be  proud  at  being  able  to  compare  its 
present  court  so  advantageously  with  those  of  other 
periods  of  our  history.  Royalty  never  before  had  such 
an  opportunity  of  showing  that  it  sympathised  with  the 
efforts  of  the  working  classes,  and  appreciated  their  work  ; 
and  never  was  a  great  opportunity  better  used. 

Of  late  we  have  seen  the  great,  and  the  wealthy,  show- 
ing a  growing  interest  in,  and  exerting  themselves  to 
promote  the  welfare  and  advancement  of,  the  humbler 
classes ;  and  in  the  schools,  societies,  and  institutions  of 
the  present  day,  we  have  substantial,  and  to  a  certain  ex- 
tent satisfactory,  proofs  of  the  activity  of  these  feelings : 
while  the  manner  in  which  the  humbler  classes  appre- 
ciated, and  conducted  themselves  in,  the  Exhibition,  is 
an  indication  that  no  small  advance  has  been  made  by 
themselves.  Scarcely  any  of  us  are  too  young  to  re- 
member the  apprehensions  which  were  felt  only  a  few 
years  ago,  that,  if  the  mob,  as  the  people  were  then 
called,  were  to  be  admitted  to  gardens,  galleries,  museums, 
or  to  any  place  where  specimens  of  art  were  exhibited, 
and  where  orderly  behaviour  on  the  part  of  the  visitors 
was  requisite,  they  must  do  mischief,  as  much  from  igno- 
rance as  design;  and  by  their  unmannerly  demeanour 
effectually  exclude  all  other  classes.  These  same  humbler 
classes,  however,  have  been  gradually  admitted  to  mu- 
seums, galleries,  and  gardens ;  several  museums,  and 
institutions  for  the  encouragement  of  literary  and  scien- 
tific tastes,  have  been  established  for  their  especial  use ;  a 
taste  for  music  has  been  created  among  them,  and  we 
even  hear  of  places  in  which  shilling  concerts  are  sup- 
ported by  them.  This  has  all  risen  up  during  the  last 
few  years ;  and  now  we  have  just  been  meeting  them 
among  the  avenues  and  courts  of  the  Crystal  Palace,  not 
on  the  footing  upon  which  we  meet  them  at  the  fetes 

K    4 


200  APPENDIX. 

given  by  the  great  on  the  occasion  of  a  marriage,  or  of 
the  eldest  son's  having  reached  his  majority,  when  they 
are  under  the  restraint  which  arises  from  a  sense  of  obli- 
gation, and  from  their  being  in  the  presence  of  those  who 
give  them  employment,  and  upon  whom  they  are  de- 
pendent ;  but  on  the  same  footing  as  ourselves,  having 
come,  many  of  them,  from  a  distant  part  of  the  country, 
to  see  the  same  sight  which  had  attracted  us,  conducting 
themselves  with  perfect  decorum,  and  paying  like  our- 
selves for  their  pleasure  and  instruction.  All  honour, 
then,  to  the  Great  Exhibition,  for  having  thus  demon- 
strated the  existence  of  a  common  ground  —  the  useful, 
the  beautiful,  and  the  wonderful  in  nature  and  in  art,  — 
where  all  might  meet  with  common  feelings,  not  only  the 
Englishman  and  the  foreigner,  but  also  the  high  and  the 
low,  the  Prince  and  the  peasant.  Here  are  means,  to 
which  no  exceptions  can  be  taken,  for  applying  that 
"  touch  of  nature,  which  makes  all  men  kin." 

Particulars  of  this  kind  are  the  more  important,  on  ac- 
count of  the  glimpses  they  give  of  the  tendencies,  and, 
without  either  indulging  in  the  prophetic  vein,  or  at  all 
being  in  the  secret  of  the  Coming  Man,  we  may  almost 
say,  of  the  future  of  society.  All  great  events  which 
grow  out  of  the  circumstances  of  their  times,  and  so  of 
course  are  in  harmony  with  their  spirit,  cast  very  distinct 
shadows  before  them.  Suppose  an  Exhibition  of  the 
Industry  of  all  Nations  had  been  attempted  only  twenty- 
five  years  ago :  every  one  can  picture  to  himself,  how 
widely  different  from  what  we  have  just  been  witnessing 
in  Hyde  Park  would  have  been  not  merely  the  building 
itself,  the  things  exhibited,  and  the  number  of  visitors, 
but  also  how  widely  would  have  differed  the  feelings  and 
views  of  the  visitors,  the  manner  in  which  the  public 
would  have  regarded  the  proposal,  and  all  the  attendant 
circumstances.  We  may  call  this  difference  by  whatever 


APPENDIX.  201 

name  we  please,  still  the  fact  itself  remains  unquestion- 
able,— never  was  there  such  an  amount  of  change  in  any 
country,  or  in  any  age,  within  the  same  space  of  time.  It 
is  plain  also  that  some  of  the  causes  which  have  been  most 
influential  in  bringing  this  about,  have  of  late  years  been 
acting  with  a  continually  increasing  momentum.  Now 
beneath  the  roof  of  the  Crystal  Palace  many  a  sight  was 
witnessed  which  served  to  throw  light  upon  the  nature 
of  these  changes  and  of  their  causes.  Reflections  of  this 
kind  must  have  crossed  the  mind  of  every  thoughtful 
visitor,  suggested  by  the  building  itself,  by  the  numbers 
and  character  of  the  multitude  around  him,  and  by  the 
uses  and  history  of  many  of  the  objects  so  marvellously 
brought  together.  And  can  we  suppose  that  any  one 
person  out  of  the  thousands,  in  whose  minds  thoughts  of 
this  kind  spontaneously  arose,  thinks  that  all  the  mighty 
causes  which  have  produced  these  changes,  —  and  of  their 
power  the  Exhibition  itself  and  its  success  were  by  no 
means  fallacious  indications,  —  will,  under  any  circum- 
stances which  can  be  imagined,  suddenly  cease  to  act; 
and  that  we  shall  have  no  more  change  ?  On  the  con- 
trary, indeed,  most  of  us  think  that  we  shall  probably 
have  too  much  change ;  and  consequently  regard  the 
future  with  various  degrees  of  apprehension. 

This  is  a  fit  occasion  for  speaking  of  these  feelings.  It 
is  true,  that  it  is  contrary  both  to  our  own  experience, 
and  to  that  larger  experience  which  history  supplies,  to 
suppose  that  any  change  will  ever  be  unattended  with 
inconveniences,  or  that  any  thing  in  human  affairs  will 
ever  be  unmixedly  good ;  but  it  is  equally  contrary  to 
the  experience  of  history  to  believe  that  any  great  change 
in  society  is  a  change  from  good  to  evil.  The  decay  of 
the  Roman  empire,  manifestly  after  it  had  fulfilled  its  pur- 
pose, does  not  at  all  affect  this  position.  Society  is  in  a 
more  healthy  state  now  than  during  the  middle  of  the 

L   5 


202  APPENDIX. 

last  century ;  at  that  time  it  possessed  the  same  kind  of 
superiority  over  the  corresponding  point  of  the  preceding 
century  ;  and,  if  we  were  to  go  backwards  in  this  manner 
to  the  very  foundations  of  our  monarchy,  we  should  find 
that  every  century  was  an  improvement  on  that  which 
preceded  it.  As  we  travel  backwards  amongst  the  monu- 
ments and  records  of  the  past,  unravelling  the  internal 
history  of  events  as  well  as  scanning  their  outward  aspect, 
we  find  men's  charity  as  well  as  their  views  less  enlarged, 
and  the  general  aims  of  society  lower. 

I  would  suggest,  as  a  ready  and  safe  criterion  for  set- 
tling a  comparative  estimate  of  the  character  of  different 
aeras,  a  consideration  of  the  objects,  about  which  the  hu- 
man intellect  was  engaged,  and  the  aims  it  proposed  to 
itself  at  these  several  seras.  In  the  East  we  see  from  the 
remotest  times  its  most  strenuous  efforts  directed  to  the 
maintenance  of  certain  fixed  systems  of  law  and  polity. 
In  the  Homeric  Hellas  there  was  no  tendency  in  any  direc- 
tion ;  no  aim  or  effort  of  any  kind  :  all  was  rest  and  enjoy- 
ment :  it  does  not  appear  that  men  were  aware  that  hu- 
man society  admitted  of  change :  though  there  was  much 
personal  activity,  and  much  vigorous  enterprise,  there 
was  nothing  resembling  social  movement :  no  mind  was 
turned  to  the  future.  In  the  Grseco-Roman  period,  down 
to  the  establishment  of  the  empire,  men's  feelings,  and 
thoughts,  and  whole  life,  derived  their  predominant  colour- 
ing from  the  political  circumstances  and  necessities  of 
the  times ;  the  civilisation  of  Europe  might  almost  be  de- 
scribed as  comprised,  during  the  best  days  of  this  period, 
in  a  large  number  of  independent  cities  and  small  states 
on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean :  this  led  to  a  state  of 
things  of  which  modern  societies  have  had  no  experience, 
and  which  even  the  Italian  republics  of  the  middle  ages 
reproduced  but  very  imperfectly:  every  freeman  was 
busied  throughout  his  life  in  providing  for  the  defence  of 


APPENDIX.  203 

his  city  against  foreign  aggression,  in  maintaining  or  assail- 
ing its  polity,  and  in  administering  its  affairs :  this  pro- 
duced an  extraordinary  amount  of  mental  activity,  which 
forms  the  strong  point  of  contrast  between  this  sera  and 
that  which  followed  it.  Under  the  Roman  empire  all  the 
motives,  which,  during  the  former  period,  had  developed 
so  much  energy  and  enterprise  in  every  petty  state  and 
city,  were  at  once  swept  away :  mind  became  stagnant : 
periods  of  centuries  passed  without  a  great  thinker,  or  a 
great  man  in  any  department  of  moral  or  intellectual 
greatness  appearing  from  Britain  to  the  Euphrates,  or 
from  the  Alps  to  the  Atlas :  the  benumbing  union,  how- 
ever, which  had  succeeded  the  diversified,  restless,  and 
fruitful  antagonism  of  the  preceding  sera,  was,  on  a  wide 
view  of  the  course  of  events,  a  great  advance ;  because  it 
prepared  men's  minds  over  a  large  surface  of  the  earth 
for  the  reception  of  new  ideas,  and  society  for  the  deve- 
lopment of  new  relations :  in  both  instances  that  which 
was  new,  being  far  higher  than  that  which  was  superseded. 
Still,  even  Christianity,  in  which  these  new  ideas  and 
relations  were  embodied,  became  infected  with  the  con- 
tagion of  the  times  in  a  manner  from  which  it  has  not 
yet  recovered :  it  assumed  the  aspect,  and  became  animated 
with  the  spirit,  almost  as  much  of  a  controversy  as  of  a 
religion ;  and  borrowing  from  the  idea  and  the  spirit  of 
the  imperial  government,  both  gave  to  its  organisation 
an  hierarchical  character,  and,  as  a  consequence  of  this, 
in  direct  contravention,  at  all  events,  of  the  teaching  of 
its  Divine  founder  and  of  the  Apostles,  substituted  for 
the  liberty  of  the  Gospel  a  system  of  minute  technical 
definitions,  and  precise  legal  rules. 

With  respect  to  the  mediaeval,  or  feudal,  aera,  no  one, 
unless  he  confines  his  attention  to  a  few  points  on  the 
mere  surface,  will  think  that  the  state  of  society  at  that 
period  resembled  the  state  of  society  which  Homer  de- 

K    6 


204  APPENDIX. 

scribes.  The  traditions  of  the  empire,  out  of  the  ruins  of 
which  the  new  fabric  had  in  a  great  measure  been  con- 
structed ;  and  the  active  principle  of  aggression  contained 
in  the  church,  which  was  ever  innovating  on  the  tem- 
poral power,  and  ever  busy  in  presenting  to  men's  minds 
ideas  in  advance  of  the  age,  produced  a  wide  difference  in 
the  feelings,  aims,  and  spirit  of  society.  We  have  now 
arrived  at  our  own  times  ;  and  a  moment's  reflection  will 
show  that  the  leading  ideas  of  the  present  day  are  connected 
with  the  social  elevation,  and  the  moral  and  intellectual 
improvement,  of  the  humbler  classes, — that  is,  of  the  great 
mass  of  mankind  :  this  is  our  great  idea :  our  instinctive 
aim  :  it  is  also  peculiarly  ours,  because  when  these  classes 
were  chiefly  slaves  or  serfs,  the  idea  could  not  have 
existed ;  nor  even  at  a  recent  period  was  it  possible  that 
any  weight  could  have  been  attached  to  it,  while  these 
classes  were  as  yet  nowhere  congregated  into  vast  bodies, 
nor  as  yet  surrounded  by  such  circumstances  as  needs 
must  develope  among  them  a  certain  kind  of  intelligence, 
and  a  certain  amount  of  mental  activity. 

This  cursory  view  of  Man's  history  is  not  at  all  out  of 
place,  because,  without  some  comparative  estimate  of  this 
kind,  it  would  be  impossible  for  us  properly  to  under- 
stand, or  appreciate,  the  aims  and  spirit  of  our  own  times. 
The  invaluable  conclusion  to  which  it  leads  us  is,  that 
the  sequence  of  the  great  events  of  history  is  a  regular 
development ;  we  find  that  we,  of  this  age,  have  firmer 
ground  to  stand  upon,  and  higher  objects  in  view,  than 
the  actors  and  speculators  of  preceding  aeras ;  we  begin, 
and  be  it  said  with  the  deepest  reverence,  to  catch  some 
glimpses,  in  the  operations  and  tendencies  of  human 
societies,  of  the  purposes  of  the  Great  Designer,  upon 
which  our  hearts  and  minds  can  rest  with  peaceful  and 
hopeful  satisfaction.  In  former  periods  it  must  have 
been  very  difficult  to  have  felt  in  this  manner.  At  the 
time  when  throughout  the  civilized  world  the  many  were 


APPENDIX.  205 

the  goods  and  chattels  of  the  few,  and  when  man  treated 
his  fellow-maa  as  the  savage  beast  treats  his  prey;  or 
during  the  ever-increasing  corruptions  of  the  Roman 
empire ;  or  the  oppressions  and  injustice  of  Feudalism  ; 
where  in  any  thing  connected  with  society,  excepting  only 
the  Church,  could  the  heart  or  mind  have  rested  with 
any  thing  approaching  to  satisfaction  ?  But  now  we  find 
that  all  these  preceding  states  were  only  preparatives, 
each  being  an  advance  on  that  which  went  before  ;  and 
that  after  all  the  aims  and  spirit  of  human  society  are 
just,  benevolent,  and  elevated;  we  now  see  that  society 
has  gained  sufficient  wisdom,  charity,  and  strength,  vigor- 
ously to  stir  itself  for  the  purpose  of  mitigating  misery, 
and  of  removing  as  far  as  possible  the  causes  which 
produce  misery  and  vice;  that  society  is  beginning,  if 
not  to  love  and  honour,  at  all  events  to  regard  and  wish 
well  to  all  its  members,  and  to  feel  the  wide  application 
of  the  sacred  precept,  that  we  should  do  to  others  as  we 
would  that  they  should  do  to  us.  These  are  facts  and 
reflections  which  ought  to  lead  us  to  look  upon  the 
changes  of  the  present  day  with  a  hopeful  rather  than 
with  an  apprehensive  spirit. 

I  will  only  advert  to  one  more  consideration  upon  this 
part  of  our  subject :  if  the  instruments  we  were  using  to 
work  out  the  part  assigned  us  in  the  great  drama  of 
social  development,  implied  in  their  use,  violence,  blood- 
shed, or  misery ;  or  a  vast  amount  of  social  corrup- 
tion ;  or  the  moral  and  intellectual  degradation  of  a  large 
portion  of  the  community,  then  might  we  with  reason 
be  apprehensive,  and  even  actively  hostile.  A  walk 
through  the  Exhibition,  however,  gave  an  epitome  of 
the  proof,  which  is  spread  throughout  society  itself,  that 
the  direct  reverse  of  all  this  is  the  case :  in  that  walk 
evidence  enough  was  seen  for  the  conclusion  that  the 
great  instrument  by  which  modern  society  is  working 
out  its  purpose  is  in  one  word — Knowledge.  The  very 


206  APPENDIX. 

building  itself  suggested  one  instance,' that  of  the  number- 
less important  inventions  of  the  present  day,  which  have 
enabled  us  to  produce,  with  such  astonishing  rapidity  and 
economy,  and  almost  without  limit,  so  many  of  the  neces- 
sary and  useful  appliances  required  for  carrying  on  the 
work  of  our  advanced  civilisation.  It  is  by  these  aids 
that  we  have  even  been  enabled  to  open  to  the  Lan- 
cashire operative  and  his  million  brethren,  who  in  other 
times  would  have  been  slaves,  or  serfs,  or  mere  hopeless 
drudges,  the  fields  of  literature  and  of  science,  and  to 
supply  them  with  many  advantages  unknown  to  the 
wealthy  of  former  times  :  it  was  machinery,  too,  which 
placed  it  within  their  means  to  visit,  and  brought  them 
up  to,  the  Crystal  Palace,  itself  the  creation  of  machinery. 
Now  these  are  advantages  which  have  very  few  con- 
comitant inconveniences ;  they  are  not  purchased  by  the 
plunder  or  oppression  of  the  world,  or  of  any  part  of 
the  community  :  on  the  contrary,  they  are  advantages  in 
which  all  classes  participate,  perhaps  equally,  and  by 
which  every  branch  of  the  human  family  must  ultimately 
be  benefited.  And,  while  that  which  produces  them  is 
knowledge,  which  strengthens  and  exercises  the  human  in- 
tellect, we  cannot  suppose  that  there  is  any  thing  in  them 
to  corrupt  the  heart :  labour  is  the  price  paid  for  them ; 
moral  and  intellectual  culture  are  necessary  for  their  en- 
joyment. 

There  is  another  topic  which  connects  itself  with  the 
preceding  view  of  modern  society,  the  omission  of  which 
would  render  that  view  very  incomplete  ;  it  is,  too, 
a  topic  upon  which  the  Exhibition  has  bearings,  when 
considered  as  an  exponent  of  modern  aesthetical  feeling. 
Nothing  is  more  common  than  to  hear  the  present  age 
condemned  as  dull  and  unpoetical :  this  accusation  is 
paraded  with  a  confidence  which  can  only  arise  from  a 
feeling,  that  what  has  been  advanced  is  irrefutable,  and, 
indeed,  that  very  few  will  have  the  temerity  to  question 


APPENDIX.  207 

it.  Now  perhaps  reasons  may  be  shown  for  withholding 
our  assent  from  this  opinion.  Without  any  intention  of 
entering  upon  a  dissertation,  it  may  be  said  that  there 
are  two  great  sources  of  poetic  inspiration :  one  being 
the  faculty  of  feeling  and  appreciating  the  beauty  of 
Nature,  of  all  that  is  about  and  external  to  man  ;  in  a 
word,  of  all  that  is  seen  ;  the  other  being  the  faculty  which 
enables  us  to  appreciate  all  that  passes  in  the  internal 
world  of  man's  heart,  his  hopes,  his  fears,  his  emotions  in 
their  thousand  forms  and  shades  ;  in  a  word,  all  that  is 
felt.  Now  it  might  be  asked,  which  of  these  two  sources 
of  poetic  inspiration  other  ages  possessed  in  a  greater 
degree  than  our  own  ?  Few  will  question  but  that  the 
beauty  and  power  of  nature  is  more  felt — to  such  a  degree, 
indeed,  is  this  the  case,  as  to  supersede  the  necessity  for 
any  formal  comparison— at  the  present  day  than  at  any 
former  time.  If  we  compare  ourselves  in  this  respect 
with  the  ancients,  we  shall  find  that  there  are  very  few 
indications  in  the  whole  range  of  classic  literature  (in  a 
more  marked  manner  is  this  the  case  with  that  of  Rome), 
which  could  be  adduced  as  proofs,  that  the  feelings  with 
which  we  regard  the  beauty  and  power  of  nature,  par- 
ticularly what  we  call  the  picturesque,  were  participated 
in  by  the  ancients :  we  find  in  their  writings  none  of 
that  fondness  for  observing,  and  dwelling  upon,  all  the 
details  of  natural  scenery,  we  may  almost  say,  upon  every 
object  in  nature,  from  the  boundless  immensity  of  the 
ocean,  or  the  majesty  of  the  cloud-capped  mountain, 
to  the  disporting  of  an  insect,  or  the  pencilling  of  a 
flower — which  so  strongly  characterizes  modern  taste  : 
now  this  may  be  accounted  for  partly  by  the  fact  that 
the  old  civilisation  was  cradled,  and  grew  to  maturity,  in 
cities ;  and  partly  by  the  reflection  that  before  the  mind 
and  heart  of  man  can  take  pleasure  in  the  contemplation 
of  external  nature,  he  must  possess  a  certain  amount  of 


208  APPENDIX. 

knowledge  in  order  that  he  may,  as  it  were,  be  able  to 
read,  and  understand,  the  page  that  is  spread  before  him ; 
he  must  also  possess  the  disposition  to  love  all  nature,  on 
the  ground  of  his  knowing  it  to  be  the  work  of  an  All- 
wise  and  All-good  Creator.  With  respect  to  the  other 
source  of  poetic  inspiration,  the  power  which  enables  us 
to  appreciate  that  which  passes  in  the  internal  world  of 
man's  heart,  there  is  of  course  a  nearer  approach  to 
equality,  though  even  here  we  ought  rather  to  allow  a 
difference  than  an  inferiority :  perhaps,  without  going 
into  any  detail,  we  may  at  once  say  that  other  ages  were 
more  familiar  with  the  stronger  emotions,  what  we  may 
call  more  appropriately  the  passions,  while  we  have  the 
advantage  as  respects  what  is  gentle,  and  hopeful,  and 
pleasing,  and  touching. 

I  have  only  just  indicated  in  what  way  we  might  deal 
with  this  question :  perhaps,  however,  enough  has  been 
said  to  show  that  ours  is  not  to  be  condemned  without  a 
hearing  as  an  unpoetical  age,  or  as  an  age  notoriously 
devoid  of  the  elements  of  poetical  feeling.  Our  aspira- 
tions after  higher  forms  of  good ;  the  interest  we  take  in 
every  thing  appertaining  to  humanity ;  the  treasures  and 
spoils  of  time  which  we  possess  so  abundantly ;  the  con- 
flict between  things  new  and  old  going  on  around  us  ; 
the  varied  and  inexhaustible  imagery  with  which  our 
acquaintance  with  all  climes,  and  all  the  kingdoms,  and 
departments  of  nature  has  supplied  us,  contribute  in 
various  ways  and  degrees  to  the  creation  of  poetical 
feeling  amongst  us ;  and  are,  too,  of  such  a  character  as 
to  cause  its  more  general  diffusion.  I  have  spoken  of 
poetical  feeling,  rather  than  of  the  formal  expression  of 
this  feeling ;  because  the  former  is  more  dependent  upon 
times  and  circumstances,  and  because  there  are  reasons 
for  its  existing  very  abundantly  in  modern  society ; 
while  the  latter  of  course  requires  a  poet,  that  is  the 


APPENDIX.  209 

combination  of  so  many  rare  qualities,  that  it  would  be 
very  rash  to  condemn  an  age  as  unpoetical,  because  it  is 
not  graced  with  the  name  of  a  great  poet ;  though  even 
if  taken  upon  this  ground,  we  may  perhaps  have  had  as 
many  names  during  the  last  half  century,  that  will  live, 
as  can  be  shown  for  any  other  equal  period  of  past  time. 
It  is  very  probable  that  this  country  may  never  see  a 
second  Shakspeare,  but  it  would  by  no  means  follow, 
this  having  been  conceded,  that  there  had  not  been  since, 
and  would  never  be  again  in  this  country,  so  much 
poetical  feeling  as  existed  in  the  reign  of  Elizabeth. 
Perhaps  also  it  might  be  shown  that  an  age,  in  which 
poetical  feeling  had  become  very  largely  diffused,  and  in 
some  respects  more  refined  and  fastidious,  and  was  allow- 
ing itself  a  far  wider  range  among  the  objects  of  nature, 
and  the  incidents,  and  relations  of  human  life,  would  be 
disposed  to  regard  not  rhyme  only,  but  also  numbers, 
and  the  old  poetical  phraseology,  in  the  light  of  mere- 
tricious trammels,  and  almost  to  desert  the  time-honoured 
forms  of  poetry  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  greater 
variety,  truthfulness,  and  freedom  of  expression ;  for  in- 
stance, would  look  upon  Ivanhoe  as  not  less  essentially  a 
poem  than  Marmion. 

The  above  remarks  seemed  necessary  for  the  purpose 
of  enabling  us  to  arrive  at  something  like  a  just  estimate 
of  the  value  and  importance  of  the  Exhibition  of  the 
Arts  and  Industry  of  all  Nations,  as  far  as  it  aimed  at 
reflecting  the  powers,  feelings,  aspirations,  and  tenden- 
cies of  our  own  age.  In  nothing  that  I  have  said  have  I 
any  wish  to  depreciate  the  past,  or  to  exalt  the  present 
at  the  expense  of  the  past.  We  ought  rather  to  view  the 
past  and  the  present  as  the  inseparably  connected  parts 
of  one  grand  whole.  Those  who  have  gone  before  us 
laid  the  foundations  upon  which  we  are  building  :  they 
bore  the  heat  and  burden  of  the  day,  without  enjoying 


210  APPENDIX. 

the  fruit  of  their  toil :  we  have  to  a  great  extent  entered 
upon  their  labours.  New  powers  have  been  placed  in 
our  hands,  because  we  were  fit  for  them ;  but  we  never 
could  have  been  fitted  for  them,  except  by  a  long  course 
of  preparatory  events.  The  man,  therefore,  who  regards 
other  ages  with  contempt  is,  by  this  very  feeling,  inca- 
pacitated from  forming  a  right  estimate  of  the  character 
of  the  events  of  even  his  own  day :  he  shows  that  he  is 
unacquainted  with  the  path  along  which  society  has  ad- 
vanced to  its  present  position,  and  the  supports  it  needed 
on  the  way  :  he  ought  not,  therefore,  to  be  listened  to 
when  he  undertakes  to  interpret  the  present,  or  to  advise 
respecting  the  future. 

If  we  look  through  the  pages  of  history  for  some  event 
or  Institution,  with  which  our  Great  Exhibition  of  the 
Industry  of  all  Nations  may  be  compared,  we  shall  find 
nothing  at  all  resembling  it,  with  the  partial  exception 
of  the  festival  held  by  the  Greek  race,  upon  the  banks  of 
the  little  stream  of  the  Alpheus.  Rome,  though  the  mis- 
tress of  the  world,  and  though  she  deemed  it  her  peculiar 
glory  to  have  everywhere  received  the  vanquished  foe  as 
the  adopted  citizen,  was  incapable  of  conceiving  the  idea 
of  an  Institution  which  might,  only  on  a  large  scale,  have 
reflected  the  spirit  and  object  of  the  Olympic  reunions. 
Her  ambition,  as  understood  and  interpreted  by  herself, 
was  merely  to  secure  the  substantial  advantages  of  com- 
plete dominion ;  its  aims  were  confined  to  the  temporali- 
ties of  empire,  and,  in  this  respect  being  very  unlike  the 
aims  of  Greek  or  Saracenic  ambition,  had  no  ideal  side. 
She  had  no  respect  for  intellectual  refinement;  and  no 
ideas  which  she  was  desirous  of  disseminating,  except 
that  of  submission  to  her  power.  An  appreciation  of  art, 
and  a  love  of  literature,  never  characterised  the  national 
mind,  or  had  any  effect  upon  the  manners  of  the  people ; 


APPENDIX.  211 

these  tastes,  indeed,  were  rather  regarded  with  a  harsh  and 
contemptuous  feeling,  and  from  a  military  point  of  view, 
as  active  causes  of  moral  deterioration.  We  must,  how- 
ever, constantly  bear  in  mind  the  great  historic  truth  that 
in  the  long,  and  still  evidently  very  incomplete,  work  of 
the  development  of  human  society,  Rome  had  allotted  to 
her  an  especial  task  ;  and  that  that  task  was  very  different 
from  what  the  preceding  age  had  been  called  upon  to  ac- 
complish, or  from  what  has  been  laid  upon  us.  I  have 
already  had  occasion  to  observe  that  all  the  good  of  the 
foregoing  period  had  resulted  from  the  existence  of  a 
state  of  the  most  intense  antagonism :  every  city  had 
stood  alone :  such  a  stimulus  was  requisite  for  causing 
the  germination  of  the  first  seeds  of  improvement.  But 
this  step  having  been  gained,  it  devolved  upon  Rome  to 
fuse  these  isolated  and  discordant  elements  into  one  mass, 
so  that  men  might  everywhere  feel  their  common  nature, 
and  become  capable  of  being  influenced  by  the  same  ideas  : 
under  the  circumstances  of  those  times  the  iron  hand 
without  the  velvet  glove  was  necessary  for  this  work. 
And  these  ends  were  so  thoroughly  answered  by  the 
manner  in  which  the  Roman  empire  was  established  and 
maintained,  that  the  old  feeling,  that  every  city  was 
under  the  protection  of  a  different  deity,  and  that  its 
handful  of  inhabitants  were  further  separated  from  the 
rest  of  mankind  by  some  more  or  less  important  distinc- 
tion of  race,  were  all  but  obliterated,  and  the  ground  pre- 
pared for  the  reception  of  the  two  connected  ideas,  of 
one  Supreme  Being  over  all  nature,  caring  for  all  men 
equally,  and  of  the  universal  brotherhood  of  mankind. 
Having,  then,  accomplished  the  work  for  which  civilisa- 
tion had  become  ripe,  and  the  necessity  for  its  being  done 
was  the  very  cause  which  enabled  Rome  to  do  it,  her  em- 
pire decayed,  leaving  in  its  ruins  many  of  the  elements 
which  were  to  feed  the  growth  of  more  spiritual  and  more 


212  APPENDIX. 

highly  developed  forms  of  society.  Feudalism  also  has 
passed  away,  which  was  not  so  much  a  bridge  by  which 
the  civilisation  of  Rome  was  brought  over  to  us,  as  an  at- 
tempt, after  a  vast  and  disastrous  inundation,  again  to 
cultivate  the  soil  much  enriched  both  by  its  long  pre- 
vious culture,  and  by  new  elements  of  fertility  which  the 
inundation  had  deposited  upon  it ;  to  re-establish  land- 
marks ;  and  reconstruct  shelter  with  the  confused  ma- 
terials and  imperfect  appliances  that  were  at  hand,  and 
under  many  disadvantages. 

And  now  it  is  interesting  and  instructive  to  find  our 
European  civilisation,  —  the  stages  of  the  Roman  empire 
and  of  the  middle  ages  having  been  passed  through, 
which  were  necessarily  stages  of  hard  and  enforced  sub- 
jection, —  still  true  to  its  earliest  instincts,  of  the  exist- 
ence of  which  it  had  all  along  been  conscious,  and  of 
which  it  had  never  ceased  to  give  indications ;  and  re- 
verting to  the  free  exercise  of  intellectual  and  artistic 
power,  as  the  highest  and  surest  means  for  elevating 
and  uniting  civilised  communities :  by  the  exercise  of 
these  powers  man  embodies  in  poetry,  in  literature,  in 
music,  in  painting,  in  sculpture,  in  the  decorative  arts, 
but  above  all  in  his  manners  and  modes  of  life,  the  feel- 
ings with  which  he  interprets  his  own  nature,  and  the 
circumstances  of  human  life,  and  the  feelings  with  which 
he  regards  the  objects  of  the  external,  and  of  the  unseen 
world.  Nothing  can  be  more  interesting,  or  more  in- 
structive, than  thus  to  find  ourselves,  more  than  2000 
years  having  passed  by,  during  which  man  was  rather 
laying  the  foundations  of  future  good  at  much  cost,  than 
enjoying  the  fruits  of  his  labour,  and  which  is  still  too 
much  the  picture  of  society,  going  back  again  to  the 
ideas,  and  almost  to  the  practices,  of  ancient  Hellas,  and 
reproducing  as  a  means  of  union  and  improvement,  but 
on  a  scale  commensurate  with  the  power,  and  the  attain- 


APPENDIX.  213 

ments,  and  after  the  particular  fashions  which  harmonize 
with  the  spirit,  of  our  modern  civilisation,  the  assemblages 
of  those  early  days. 

Here,  however,  as  upon  every  other  point  of  history 
with  which  our  subject  has  brought  us  in  contact,  we 
find  how  great  is  the  difference  between  the  present  or- 
ganisation and  spirit  of  society,  and  its  organisation  and 
spirit  at  other  great  epochs.  We,  like  the  ancient  Greek, 
hope  that  meetings  of  this  kind  may  lead  to  an  increas6 
and  a  wider  dissemination  of  knowledge,  to  a  more  fruit- 
ful cultivation  of  taste,  and  to  a  more  healthful  growth 
of  common  feeling;  we  suppose  that  our  visitors  from 
Glasgow,  Oxford,  or  Manchester,  and  even  (for,  unlike 
the  Greek,  we  do  not  exclude  all  but  our  own  race)  from 
Italy,  Germany,  France,  or  America,  will  be  able  to 
form  such  an  estimate  of  the  general  character  and  ten- 
dencies of  modern  civilisation  from  what  they  saw  not 
only  in  the  Crystal  Palace,  and  in  all  its  attendant  cir- 
cumstances, but  also  in  the  thronging  and  busy  life  of 
our  metropolis,  in  many  respects  the  centre  and  capital 
of  the  world,  as  may  be  of  use  in  enabling  them  to  cor- 
rect feelings  and  ideas,  which  the  peculiarities  of  their 
several  situations  and  circumstances  dispose  them  to 
entertain.  But  not  only  did  our  wider  sympathies,  and 
our  juster  estimate  of  humanity,  indispose  us  to  confine 
our  festival  and  its  advantages  to  ourselves,  but  the  very 
class  also  whom  we  hoped  to  benefit  the  most,  and  by 
benefiting  whom  we  expected  our  civilisation  to  be  so 
much  advanced,  is  that  large  portion  of  society  with 
whom  the  Greek  could  have  had  no  sympathy,  and  whom 
he  could  not  elevate. 

This  points  to  the  most  fruitful  of  all  the  differences 
between  modern  and  ancient  societies :  the  old  civilisa- 
tion, because  it  held  the  humbler  classes  in  a  state  of 
slavery,  could  derive  no  moral  advancement  from  the 


214  APPENDIX. 

virtues  which  may  be  practised  by  those  who  toil ;  by 
the  check  which  their  opinions  and  self-respect  may  pro- 
duce upon  those  above  them  in  the  social  scale ;  and  by 
the  sympathy  which  may  be  felt  by  the  rich  at  witness- 
ing the  struggles  of  the  poor.  Nor  could  it  receive,  like 
our  modern  civilisation,  any  intellectual  advancement 
from  the  aid  of  thoughtful  and  able  men,  who  them- 
selves, or  whose  fathers,  had  sprung  from  the  mass  of  the 
working  classes.  These  classes,  because  they  were  held 
in  slavery,  though  perhaps  this  condition  was  necessary 
for  the  advancement  of  the  earlier  stages  of  civilisation, 
were  to  the  ancients  sources  of  weakness  and  of  corrup- 
tion ;  while  we  are  beginning  to  reckon  them  among  the 
sources  of  both  our  moral  and  intellectual  strength.  We 
were  anxious  to  bring  them  up  to  our  metropolis  from 
all  parts  of  the  country,  from  the  most  retired  villages 
as  well  as  from  the  busiest  towns,  to  show  them  the  wealth 
and  enterprise  of  the  capital  of  the  world ;  and  to  take 
them  to  the  Crystal  Palace,  for  the  purpose  of  pointing 
out  to  them  what  Art  and  Science  have  done,  and  of 
enabling  them  to  form  some  idea  of  the  usefulness  and 
beauty  of  the  productions  with  which  the  various  regions 
of  the  earth  have  been  made  to  abound  for  man's  enjoy- 
ment and  convenience.  We  trusted  that  we  should  in 
this  way  be  giving  much  pleasure  which  would  be  pro- 
fitable, and  much  knowledge  which  would  humble,  while 
it  elevated ;  we  trusted  that  we  should  save  many  a 
deserving  man  from  toiling  to  complete  what  had  already 
been  accomplished,  or  from  aiming  at  points  of  excellence 
lower  than  that  which  had  been  already  passed.  We 
hoped  that  out  of  so  many  thousand  visitors  the  sight 
might  sow  seeds  in  the  minds  of  some,  which  would  in 
time  produce  very  good  and  useful  fruit ;  and  that  it  would 
inspire  many  with  renewed-  energy  from  a  contemplation 
of  the  honour  in  which  successful  labour  and  thought  are 
held.  We  were  not  afraid  of  their  seeing  and  knowing 


APPENDIX.  215 

every  tiling,  nor  of  the  ideas  and  feelings  which  such  a 
sight  might  suggest  taking  a  wrong  direction  :  on  the 
contrary,  it  will  be  the  greatest  of  all  the  advantages 
which  the  Exhibition  may  confer  upon  us,  if  it  shall  have 
given  to  these  classes  some  ideas  on  a  level  with  the  pre- 
sent state  of  civilisation  :  the  cost  of  the  marvellous  sight 
will  be  amply  repaid,  if  it  has  been  the  means  of  effecting 
any  thing  of  this  kind.  Those  who  are  desirous,  from  a 
variety  of  concurrent  reasons,  of  educating  these  classes 
as  well  as  possible,  would  rejoice  at  finding  that  there  was 
no  village  so  remote  or  secluded  as  not  to  have  received 
in  some  way  or  other,  from  what  had  been  seen  or  heard 
of  the  Great  Show,  some  little  enlightenment,  and  some 
useful  materials  for  thought  to  work  upon.  Assuredly 
we  do  not  grudge  to  these  classes  as  much  intellectual  and 
sesthetical  enjoyment  as  the  discoveries  of  art  and  sci- 
ence, and  their  applications  to  the  purposes  of  life,  can 
possibly  place  within  their  reach.  Civilisation — that  is, 
the  well-being  and  power  of  man — will  be  advanced  by 
every  increase  in  their  intelligence.  In  the  minds  of  a 
population  of  thirty  millions  we  possess  a  field  of  inex- 
haustible fertility,  capable,  if  duly  cultivated,  of  supply- 
ing all  the  wants  of  the  future. 


n. 

ON     THE     INFLUENTIAL     POSITION     WHICH     THE     SCHOOL- 
MASTERS   OF    THE    FUTURE    WILL    PROBABLY  OCCUPY. 

THE  adoption  of  any  thing  like  what  I  have  been  re- 
commending in  the  preceding  pages,  (and  the  people  will 
take  care  that  something  of  the  kind  shall  be  established), 
implies  the  introduction  of  a  new  and  powerful  element 
into  our  social  system.  I  say  new?  because  at  present 
school-masters,  as  a  profession,  possess  little,  or  no,  direct 


216  APPENDIX. 

social  influence.  A  school  system  at  all  like  that  which 
I  have  been  contemplating,  would  create  a  body  of  able 
and  well-informed  men,  as  numerous  as,  perhaps  more 
numerous  than,  the  clergy ;  and  dispersed,  like  them,  over 
the  whole  country,  for  there  would  be  at  least  one  repre- 
sentative of  the  body  in  almost  every  parish :  the  cha- 
racter, too,  of  their  duty  would  bring  them  into  contact 
with  almost  every  household.  The  influence  upon  society 
of  such  a  body  of  men  so  employed,  would  necessarily  be 
great. 

An  officer  in  the  army  or  navy  is  respected  from  the 
estimation  in  which  the  service  to  which  he  belongs  is 
held ;  the  respect  felt  for  the  law  is  reflected  upon  the 
members  of  the  bar ;  the  humblest  curate  is  treated  with 
deference  because  he  is  a  clergyman ;  a  medical  man  has 
something  conceded  to  him  because  he  is  one  of  the 
faculty :  our  present  schoolmasters  alone  derive  no  ad- 
ditional estimation  or  standing  from  their  employment  : 
this  proves  that  teaching  is  not  yet  regarded  in  the  light 
of  an  honourable  profession.  Nor  will  it  be  so  regarded, 
as  long  as  of  the  schools  in  any  neigbourhood,  some  are 
private  speculations,  and  so  to  a  certain  extent  rival 
establishments,  and  others  possess  endowments  suffi- 
ciently large  to  make  the  master  independent  of  the 
success  of  his  school,  while  some  again  have  been  called 
into  existence  for  the  purpose  of  teaching  rival  dogmas, 
not  of  educating,  and  others  are  merely  charitable  in- 
stitutions for  the  most  elementary  instruction. 

When,  however,  we  shall  possess  a  body  of  men  at  all 
like  what  we  have  been  supposing,  each  member  of  it 
will  naturally  have  a  feeling  of  professional  pride  :  there 
will  then  be  some  proper  esprit  de  corps  among  school- 
masters ;  each  one  will  be  conscious  that  he  belongs  to  a 
large,  intelligent,  and  powerful  class  of  men.  And  these 
feelings  cherished  among  themselves,  and  entertained  on 


APPENDIX.  217 

just  grounds,  will  contribute  very  much  to  increase  the 
estimation  in  which  the  public  will  hold  them,  and  to 
strengthen  therefore  their  influence  in  society.  They  will 
become  one  of  the  most  influential  of  our  professions. 
Nor  will  their  influence  with  the  public  be  weakened  by 
rivalries  among  themselves,  for  they  will  all  have  but  one 
common  object,  that  of  furthering,  each  within  the  sphere 
of  his  own  school,  the  cause  of  general  education. 

But,  though  their  numbers,  and  intelligence,  and  the 
character  of  their  employment  may  give  the  school- 
masters of  the  future  much  weight  and  influence,  they 
will  be  powerless  for  any  bad  purpose,  because  they  will 
always  be  under  the  control,  not  of  the  government,  but 
of  those  who  in  each  town  or  village  will  pay  for,  and 
therefore  manage,  the  school. 

The  existence  of  so  large  a  body  of  men,  so  dispersed 
over  the  country,  as  that  one  at  least  of  its  members 
should  be  present  in  every  neighbourhood,  having  for  his 
office  the  dissemination  of  knowledge,  the  inculcation  of  the 
feeling  of  duty,  and  the  practice  of  religion  ;  so  situated  as 
that  he  may  be  called  to  account  by  his  neighbours  at  any 
moment ;  and  having  as  strong  motives  for  maintaining  a 
life  void  of  offence  as  those  which  actuate  the  clergy,  would 
be  felt  throughout  society  as  an  enormous  advantage. 


III. 

ON  THE  PRESENT  POSITION  AND  THE  PROSPECTS  OF 
LITERARY  AND  SCIENTIFIC  INSTITUTIONS,  MECHANICS* 
INSTITUTES,  PROVINCIAL  MUSEUMS,  AND  OTHER  VO- 
LUNTARY ASSOCIATIONS  OF  AN  EDUCATIONAL  CHA- 
RACTER. 

I  LIVE  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Ipswich,  and  am  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Ipswich  Museum,  an  institution  so  young,  that 

L 


218  APPENDIX. 

on  the  17th  and  18th  of  the  present  month — December, 
1851  — it  celebrated  only  its  fourth  anniversary.  The 
first  of  these  anniversaries  was  presided  over  by  our  late 
lamented  Bishop  Stanley  ;  and  the  three  following  have 
been  presided  over  by  our  present  Diocesan,  who,  upon 
each  occasion,  came  from  a  distance  for  the  purpose,  and 
has  always  expressed  his  entire  approval  of  the  object  of 
the  Institution,  and  promised  us  the  continuance  of  his 
hearty  support.  On  each  of  these  anniversaries  a  lecture 
has  been  delivered  by  some  one  of  eminence  in  the 
scientific  world  ;  on  previous  occasions  we  listened  to 
Owen,  Edward  Forbes,  and  Sedgwick,  and  on  the  last 
occasion  we  were  addressed  by  Sir  Charles  Lyell :  the 
Astronomer  Royal  has  also  given  us  a  course  of  five 
lectures. 

I  wish  to  draw  particular  attention  to  the  fact  that 
Sir  Charles  Ly ell's  audience,  for  a  lecture  delivered 
at  8  o'clock  in  the  evening  of  the  17th  of  December,  ex- 
ceeded the  number  of  one  thousand.  It  is,  I  think,  very 
important  that  a  fact  like  this  should  be  known,  because 
it  shows  what  a  field  of  usefulness  is  before  institutions 
of  this  kind.  Sir  Charles  Lyell  would  of  course  attract 
a  large  audience  wherever  it  was  known  that  he  was 
about  to  lecture  ;  but  that  in  the  town  of  Ipswich,  a 
place  of  no  great  size,  such  an  audience,  consisting,  with 
very  few  exceptions,  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  itself, 
should  have  come  together  to  hear  him,  is  a  fact  from 
which  some  useful  inferences  may  be  drawn. 

Had  he  been  lecturing  in  a  professorial  chair  at  Oxford 
or  Cambridge,  what  may  we  suppose  would  have  been  the 
number  of  his  class  ?  Probably  not  more  than  one,  cer- 
tainly not  more  than  two,  per  cent,  of  his  Ipswich  audience, 
notwithstanding  that  his  subject,  that  of  Geology,  is  more 
popular  at  the  Universities  than  any  other  of  the  sciences 
which  have  been  entrusted  to  professorial  teaching. 

An  audience  of  a  thousand  persons  is  indeed  almost 


APPENDIX.  2 1 9 

equal  to  the  whole  body  of  students,  whom  Oxford  is  able 
at  any  one  time  to  attract  from  the  whole  kingdom. 

Of  course  out  of  the  thousand  persons  present  no  one 
supposes  that  a  very  large  proportion  were  pursuing  the 
study  of  Geology  in  earnest,  still  it  is  a  very  significant 
fact,  that  in  a  town  of  the  size  of  Ipswich  so  large  a 
number  of  persons  can  be  induced,  from  the  interest  they 
feel  on  a  scientific  subject,  to  leave  their  firesides  on  a 
winter  evening  for  a  lecture  that  was  to  last  nearly  two 
hours. 

There  is  also  in  the  town  of  Ipswich  a  Mechanics'  In- 
stitute, which  is  well  supported,  and  is  doing  much  good 
by  means  of  its  educational  classes  and  lectures. 

And  here  I  may  repeat  a  fact  mentioned  in  an  educa- 
tional pamphlet  I  published  last  year,  that,  with  the 
exception  of  the  clergy,  I  am  not  aware  of  a  single  person 
in  the  town  of  Ipswich  having  received  an  university 
education ;  and  this  is  the  more  remarkable,  as  Ipswich 
is  not  a  manufacturing  town,  but  the  county  town  of  an 
agricultural  county,  and  contains  a  population  of  about 
33,000  souls. 

It  may,  I  think,  be  safely  inferred  from  these  facts 
that  there  is  something  very  faulty  in  our  university 
system :  my  object,  however,  in  mentioning  them  is  to 
show  to  institutions  like  those  at  Ipswich  how  wide  a 
field  is  opening  before  them :  there  are  indications  that 
they  are  entering  upon  a  long  career  of  extensive  utility. 
They  have  sprung  up  in  every  town ;  they  have  been 
entirely  created  by  the  people  for  the  purpose  of  supply- 
ing wants  of  which  they  were  conscious.  They  aim  at 
imparting  the  knowledge  of  the  day  to  persons  of  all  ages 
and  all  classes.  This  is  an  idea  for  which  neither  the 
state  of  society,  nor  the  state  of  knowledge,  was  here- 
tofore ripe  ;  but  it  is  one  which  there  is  now  some  pros- 
pect of  our  being  able  to  realise.  It  is  a  far  grander  idea 

L    2 


220  APPENDIX. 

than  that  which  is  embodied  in  our  old  mediaeval  univer- 
sities, which  neither  are'now,  nor  were  originally,  intended 
to  aid  in  the  education  of  the  whole  people,  having  been 
established  at  a  time  when  any  idea  of  this  kind  was  im- 
possible :  they  have  special  objects,  about  which,  though 
intrinsically  very  important,  the  great  body  of  the  people 
take  but  little  interest ;  and,  as  long  as  they  shall  con- 
tinue to  confine  themselves  to  these  special  objects,  they 
will  continue  to  be  amply  sufficient  for  20,000,000,  or 
perhaps  for  twice  20,000,000  of  Englishmen.  What 
we  now  want  is,  not  additional  universities  restricting 
their  instruction  to  the  old  learning,  but  an  institution 
in  every  town — those  in  our  large  towns  numbering  more 
students  than  our  two  universities  combined — offering,  at 
a  cost  to  each  individual  of  nearer  two  than  two  hundred 
pounds  a  year,  instruction  upon  whatever  subjects  men 
may,  in  these  days,  be  desirous  of  studying.  Our  Ipswich 
institutions,  and  others  like  them  springing  up  all  over  the 
country,  are  the  first  rude  efforts  of  the  people  to  create 
something  for  themselves  that  may  answer  this  purpose. 
There  is  no  reason  why  institutions  of  this  kind  may  not 
some  day  supply  our  old  universities  with  a  great  many 
students. 

Professor  Henslow,  who  occupies  the  botanical  chair 
at  Cambridge,  is  president  of  the  Ipswich  Museum;  and 
as  this  institution  can  now  collect  an  audience  of  a 
thousand  persons,  no  one,  I  think,  will  hesitate  to  decide, 
that,  as  president  of  the  Ipswich  Museum,  he  occupies  as 
useful  and  honourable  a  position  as  that  which  is  given 
him  by  his  possession  of  the  botanical  chair  at  Cambridge. 

The  Ipswich  Museum  had  sixty  thousand  visitors  last 
year ;  and,  if  the  president  should  succeed  in  an  effort  he 
is  now  making,  he  will  be  able  to  offer  to  the  members 
and  working  classes  of  the  town  one  gratuitous  lecture  in 
each  week  of  the  ensuing  year. 


APPENDIX.  221 

The  change  which  has  come  over  men's  minds  with 
respect  to  these  institutions  is  a  good  augury  for  their 
future  success.  A  very  few  years  ago  they  were  every 
where  assailed  with  abuse  or  ridicule.  Many  laughed  at 
the  idea  of  there  being  any  use  in  teaching  more  than 
what  had  been  taught,  time  out  of  mind,  in  our  public 
schools  and  universities ;  others  were  jealous  of  putting 
the  power  which  knowledge  confers  into  the  hands  of  the 
middle  and  lower  classes ;  while  some  loudly  proclaimed 
that  knowledge,  unless  it  were  classical  or  mathematical, 
was  hostile  to  religion.  The  course  of  events  has  now 
silenced  all  these  objections.  These  institutions,  there- 
fore, have  before  them  a  clear  stage  for  their  growth  and 
development. 

The  great  difficulty  with  which  they  now  have  to 
combat  is  the  want  of  sufficient  funds  —  such  funds  as 
would  enable  them  to  offer  adequate  remuneration  for 
good  lectures,  and  good  class-teaching.  This,  however, 
is  a  difficulty  which  there  is  much  reason  for  hoping  will 
gradually  diminish.  They  are  attracting,  year  by  year, 
more  general  support :  if  their  character  should  become 
more  formally  and  decidedly  educational,  they  may, 
perhaps,  some  day  be  allowed  to  share  in  an  educational 
rate.  At  all  events  I  think  we  may  be  sure  that  when 
their  usefulness  has  begun  to  be  extensively  felt,  they 
will  not  be  left  to  struggle  against  inadequate  funds. 

In  a  scheme,  which  I  shall  place  at  the  end  of  this 
volume,  as  a  suggestion  for  the  appropriation  of  the 
surplus  funds  of  the  late  Exhibition,  I  shall  point  out  a 
way  in  which  that  surplus  may  be  so  employed  as  imme- 
diately to  give  very  great  importance  to  institutions  of 
this  kind. 

At  present  it  appears  that  the  best  means  in  their 
power  for  securing  good  lecturers,  is  that  of  combination 
for  this  particular  purpose.  If  those  in  any  district,  and 

L   3 


222  APPENDIX. 

in  these  days  railways  make  distance  a  matter  of  very 
little  importance,  were  desirous  of  carrying  out  this  idea, 
they  might  contribute  to  a  common  fund  in  proportion  to 
the  number  of  their  respective  subscribers.  Suppose 
those  in  the  district  had  in  all  5000  members ;  if  they 
were  to  give  but  one  shilling  for  each  member,  here 
would  be  a  fund  of  250/.,  which  might  be  given  each 
winter  to  some  able  man,  who  would  spend  his  winter  in 
the  district,  and  give  a  course  of  four  or  five  lectures 
before  the  members  of  each  of  the  allied  institutions. 
His  travelling  expenses  might  be  paid  out  of  what  would 
be  taken  at  the  doors  of  the  different  lecture-rooms,  from 
the  non-subscribers  who  entered.  This  25QL  might  be 
sufficient  to  secure  the  services,  not,  of  course,  of  a  first- 
rate  man,  but  still  of  a  very  able  man.  A  different  sub- 
ject, and  a  new  lecturer,  would  of  course  be  chosen  each 
year.  Any  system  of  this  kind  would,  in  a  few  years, 
create  a  great  many  very  good  lecturers. 


IV. 

THE  COMPETITION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  WILL  OBLIGE 
US  TO  IMPROVE  AND  EXTEND  POPULAR  EDUCATION. 

A  PAPER,  headed  "  Locomotion  by  river  and  railway 
in  the  United  States,"  which  appeared  in  the  "  Times"  of 
the  18th  of  September,  and  excited  a  great  deal  of  atten- 
tion and  interest,  concluded  with  the  following  summary, 
and  accompanying  remarks. 

"  To  what  extent  this  extraordinary  rapidity  of  ad- 
vancement made  by  the  United  States  in  its  inland 
communications  is  observable  in  other  departments  will 
be  seen  by  the  following  table,  exhibiting  a  comparative 
statement  of  those  data,  derived  from  official  sources, 
which  indicate  the  social  and  commercial  condition  of  a 


APPENDIX.  223 

people,  through  a  period  which  forms  but  a  small  stage 
in  the  life  of  a  nation  :  — 

1793.  1851. 

Population  -     3,939,325  24,267,488 

Imports      -  -  £6,739,130  £38,723,549 

Exports      -             -  -£5,675,869  £32,367,000 

Tonnage     -  -        520,704  3,535,451 

Lighthouses,  beacons,  and  lightships  7  373 

Cost  of  their  maintenance  -  2,600  115,000 

Revenue     -             -  -  £1,230,000  £9,516,000 

National  expenditure  -  £1,637,000  £8,555,000 

Post  offices  209  21,551 

Post  roads  (miles)  -  5,642  178,670 

Revenue  of  Post  Office       •  -       £22,800  £1,207,000 

Expenses  of  Post  Office      -  -        £15,650  £1,130,000 

Mileage  of  mails     -  46,541,423 

Canals  (miles)         -  5,000 

Railways  (miles)    -              -  -  10,287 

Electric  telegraph  -  -  15,000 

Public  libraries  (volumes)  -  75,000  2,201,623 

School  libraries       -             -  2,000,000 

"  If  they  were  not  founded  on  the  most  incontestible 
statistical  data,  the  results  assigned  to  the  above  table 
would  appear  to  belong  to  fable  rather  than  history.  In 
an  interval  of  little  more  than  half  a  century,  it  appears 
that  this  extraordinary  people  have  increased  above  500 
per  cent,  in  numbers;  their  national  revenue  has  aug- 
mented nearly  700  per  cent.,  while  their  public  ex- 
penditure has  increased  little  more  than  400  per  cent. 
The  prodigious  extension  of  their  commerce  is  indicated 
by  an  increase  of  nearly  500  per  cent,  in  their  imports 
and  exports,  and  600  per  cent,  in  their  shipping.  The 
increased  activity  of  their  internal  communication  is  ex- 
pounded by  the  number  of  their  post-offices,,  which  has 
been  increased  more  than  an  hundred-fold  ;  the  extent  of 
their  post-roads,  which  have  been  increased  thirty-six- 
fold; and  the  cost  of  their  post-office,  which  has  been 

L   4 


224  APPENDIX. 

augmented  in  a  seventy-two-fold  ratio.  The  augmentation 
of  their  machinery  of  public  instruction  is  indicated  by 
the  extent  of  their  public  libraries,  which  have  increased 
in  a  thirty-two-fold  ratio  ;  and  by  the  creation  of  school- 
libraries,  amounting  to  2,000,000  volumes.  They  have 
completed  a  system  of  canal  navigation,  which,  placed  in 
a  continuous  line,  would  extend  from  London  to  Calcutta ; 
and  a  system  of  railways,  which,  continuously  extended, 
would  stretch  from  London  to  Van  Diemen's  Land ;  and 
have  provided  locomotive  machinery,  by  which  that 
distance  would  be  travelled  over  in  three  weeks,  at  a  cost 
of  I±d.  per  mile.  They  have  a  system  ofjnland  naviga- 
tion, the  aggregate  tonnage  of  which  is  probably  not 
inferior  in  amount  to  the  collective  inland  tonnage  of  all 
the  other  countries  of  the  world ;  and  they  possess  many 
hundreds  of  river  steamers,  which  impart  to  the  roads  of 
water  the  marvellous  celerity  of  roads  of  iron.  They 
have,  in  fine,  constructed  lines  of  electric  telegraph  which, 
laid  continuously,  would  extend  over  a  space  longer  by 
3000  miles  than  the  distance  from  the  north  to  the  south 
pole,  and  have  provided  apparatus  of  transmission  by 
which  a  message  of  300  words  despatched  under  such 
circumstances  from  the  north  pole,  might  be  delivered 
in  writing  at  the  south  pole  in  one  minute ;  and  by  which, 
consequently,  an  answer  of  equal  length  might  be  sent 
back  to  the  north  pole  in  an  equal  interval. 

"  These  are  social  and  commercial  phenomena  for 
which  it  would  be  vain  to  seek  a  parallel  in  the  past 
history  of  the  human  race." 

Wonderful  as  are  the  above  facts,  the  wonder  might 
have  been  still  further  increased,  if  it  had  entered  into 
the  design  of  the  writer  to  have  made  some  mention  of 
the  enormous  natural  advantages  possessed  by  this  ex- 
traordinary people,  and  which  the  marvellous  instances 
of  progress  which  he  has  adduced  show  that  they  will  not 
fail  to  turn  to  the  best  account.  He  might  have  men- 


APPENDIX.  225 

tioned  their  inexhaustible  mineral  wealth, — the  abundance 
in  which  they  possess  the  most  valuable  of  the  precious, 
and  the  most  necessary  of  the  useful,  metals :  that  one 
of  their  coal-fields  extends  over  a  space  larger  than  the 
surface  of  Great  Britain  ;  that  the  natural  navigation  of 
their  chief  river  and  its  tributaries  exceeds  26,000  miles  ; 
that  the  numerous  rivers  which  descend  from  the  high 
ground  of  the  Alleghany  range  to  the  Atlantic  sea-board, 
present  a  practically  illimitable  amount  of  manufacturing 
power,  and  that  many  of  these  rivers  possess  good  har- 
bours at  their  embouchures;  that  their  territory,  more 
than  twenty-seven  times  larger  than  the  area  of  the 
United  Kingdom,  supplies  them  with  almost  every  pro- 
duction, both  of  the  tropics  and  of  the  temperate  zones  ; 
and  that  the  vast  continent  which  they  occupy  lies  mid- 
way between  Europe  and  Asia,  a  situation  which,  while 
it  renders  an  invasion  of  their  territory  almost  impossible, 
will  give  to  them  the  command  of  the  Atlantic  and  of  the 
Pacific,  and  equal  facilities  for  commerce  with  either  ex- 
tremity of  the  old  world. 

If  the  present  rate  of  the  increase  of  the  population  of 
the  United  States  is  maintained  for  the  next  seventy -five 
years,  persons  now  alive  may  see  it  reach  200,000,000 
souls.  Add  to  this  a  corresponding  progress  upon  those 
heads  of  material  wealth  which  were  mentioned  in  the 
summary  just  quoted;  arid,  furthermore,  let  the  reader 
remember  that  the  power  of  these  200,000,000  must 
not  be  measured  by  what  may  be  supposed  to  be  the 
power  of  an  equal  number  of  Europeans,  among  whom 
the  vast  majority  would  be  little  better  than  mere 
machines;  they  will  all  be  thoughtful,  well  informed, 
independent,  and  enterprising,  and  will  all  speak  the 
same  language.  The  probability,  then,  is,  that  any  con- 
jectures which  might  be  formed  at  present  respecting  the 
effect  which  this  extraordinary  people  are  destined  to 

L    5 


226  APPENDIX. 

produce  upon  the  future  history  of  the  human  race, 
would  fall  short  of  what  that  effect  really  will  be. 

In  the  meantime,  however,  there  is  one  thing  which 
appears  to  be  plain  enough,  and  that  is  that  the  only  way 
in  which  we  shall  be  able  to  hold  our  own  against  them, 
will  be  by  making  our  people  their  equals  in  intelligence 
and  mental  power.  We  may  not  have  to  meet  them  by 
land  or  sea,  and  yet  they  may,  in  the  legitimate  pur- 
suit of  their  own  advantage,  inflict  upon  the  millions  of 
Lancashire  and  Yorkshire,  and  through  them  upon  the 
whole  country,  the  greatest  disasters,  if,  by  their  superior 
arrangements  and  greater  economy  of  manufacture,  they 
become  able  to  undersell  us  in  the  market  of  the  world. 
Do  what  we  will,  we  shall  have  a  hard  battle  to  fight,  for 
our  adversaries  are  an  offset  from  our  own  body,  in  many 
respects  more  favourably  circumstanced  than  ourselves 
for  the  development  of  practical  ability  and  enterprise. 
Perhaps  the  only  effectual  way  of  preparing  for  the 
contest  will  be  by  educating  the  whole  people.  There  can 
be  little  of  which  a  population  of  30,000,000,  in  the 
enjoyment  of  political  and  commercial  freedom,  as  well 
educated  as  our  population  may  now  be,  and  circum- 
stanced in  other  respects  as  we  are  in  this  country, 
need  be  apprehensive.  In  the  minds  of  30,000,000  of 
people  we  possess  unimagined  resources  —  a  mine  of 
inexhaustible  wealth. 

In  the  Pamphlets  which  I  published  last  year  and  the 
year  before  last,  I  endeavoured  to  direct  attention  to 
the  course  of  competition  with  the  United  States,  upon 
which  we  are  now  entering,  as  supplying  a  very  urgent 
reason  for  the  immediate  extension  and  improvement  of 
popular  education.  The  2,000,000  volumes  mentioned 
in  the  preceding  table  as  belonging  to  school  libraries  in 
America,  show  that  on  that  side  the  Atlantic  the  value  of 
education,  as  a  means  of  developing  the  power  and  re- 
sources of  a  nation,  is  understood. 


APPENDIX.  227 


V. 

A  PROPOSAL  FOR  THE  APPROPRIATION  OF  THE  SURPLUS 
FUNDS  OF  THE  LATE  EXHIBITION. 

LET  no  part  of  the  capital  be  spent  in  building,  or  in 
purchasing  a  lease  of  buildings  already  erected,  or  in  any 
other  way ;  but  let  the  whole  sum  be  invested,  and  the 
interest,  which  we  may  suppose  would  amount  to  about 
5000/.  a  year,  be  applied  to  the  carrying  out  of  the  sub- 
joined plan. 

I  think  that  it  would  be  possible  in  these  days  to  create 
a  kind  of  imperial,  or  itinerant,  university,  which  might 
dispense  entirely  with  the  whole  cost  of  buildings,  libra- 
ries, fees,  officers,  residence  &c.  &c.,  and  in  which  the 
only  thing  paid  for  would  be  just  so  much  of  the  services 
of  some  of  the  ablest  and  most  eminent  men  in  the 
country  as  might  be  required,  their  ability  and  eminence 
being  the  only  points  considered  in  their  selection.  It 
would  be  necessary  for  the  success  of  the  plan  I  have  in 
view,  that  persons  of  this  description  should  be  more 
highly  remunerated  for  their  work  than  has  been  usual 
in  this  country ;  and  the  income  derivable  from  the 
surplus  would  be  sufficient  to  enable  the  commissioners 
to  do  this  upon  the  plan  I  am  about  to  propose.  I  use 
the  words  imperial,  or  itinerant,  university,  merely  for 
the  purpose  of  conveying  at  once  to  the  reader  some 
general  idea  of  the  scheme  ;  we  must  remember  that 
much  of  what  was  quite  impossible  only  a  few  years  ago 
is  of  very  easy  accomplishment  at  the  present  moment. 

I  would  propose,  then,  that  some  of  the  ablest  men  in 
the  country — such  men  as  Lyell,  Grote,  Herschell,  Owen, 
Hallam,  Faraday,  &c. — be  requested  to  prepare  each  a 
course  of  lectures,  each  course  consisting  of  four  or  five 
lectures,  and  that  each  lecturer  be  paid  for  his  course  5GO/. 


228  APPENDIX. 

For  reasons  which  will  be  mentioned  presently,  I  would 
add  to  this  list  two  or  three  foreigners  of  eminence. 

The  subject  assigned  to  each  lecturer  would  of  course 
be  that  to  which  he  had  especially  directed  his  attention, 
and  upon  which  subject  the  public  would  be  more  de- 
sirous of  hearing  him  than  any  other  man. 

Each  of  the  lecturers  might  be  requested  to  deliver  his 
course  in  some  of  the  chief  towns  of  the  country  ;  to  this 
work  it  would  probably  be  advisable  to  request  them  to 
devote  two  months  in  the  spring,  and  two  in  the  autumn. 

In  this  way  every  part  of  the  country  would  receive 
directly,  from  the  highest  sources,  views  in  every  depart- 
ment of  knowledge  and  science,  upon  a  level  with  all 
that  is  known.  This  is  a  far  grander  idea  than  that  in- 
volved in  our  present  university  system,  and  its  realisa- 
tion would  lead  to  far  grander  results. 

If  it  were  necessary  to  repeat  any  of  these  lectures  a 
second  year,  for  the  benefit  of  towns  which  could  not  be 
visited  during  the  first  year,  each  lecturer  might  be  paid 
for  the  repetition  of  his  lectures,  400/.  But  in  no  case 
ought  more  than  two  months  in  spring  and  two  in  autumn 
to  be  devoted  to  this,  in  order  that  the  public  might 
know  when  to  expect  the  lectures,  and  that  they  might 
not  tire  of  them  from  their  being  too  long  continued ; 
this  arrangement  would  also  allow  the  lecturers,  even  in 
those  years  when  they  were  employed,  far  the  greater 
part  of  the  year  for  their  ordinary  pursuits.  A  man  of 
science  or  learning  might  occasionally,  or  even  frequently, 
give  up  two  months  in  spring  and  two  in  autumn,  with- 
out considering  it  any  very  serious  interruption  of  what 
he  had  chalked  out  as  the  plan  of  his  life.  It  would  be 
wrong  to  countenance  the  idea  of  permanent  employment, 
or  of  an  eventual  pension  ;  the  rule  ought  to  be  high  pay 
for  all  the  work  done,  and  nothing  further. 


APPENDIX.  229 

Whenever  a  new  course  of  lectures  was  required,  500/. 
ought  to  be  paid  for  it ;  whenever  a  repetition  of  an  old 
course,  4007. 

Any  institution  in  a  town  desirous  of  obtaining  the 
delivery  of  the  series  of  lectures, — if  the  town  were  of 
sufficient  importance  to  justify  its  making  such  a  request, 
—  would  put  itself  in  communication  with  the  commis- 
sion. This  might  be  done  by  literary  and  scientific  in- 
stitutions, mechanics'  institutes,  provincial  museums,  or 
even  by  the  corporations  'of  boroughs  in  some  instances, 
or  by  committees  of  the  chief  inhabitants.  Some  body 
of  this  kind,  it  would  be  immaterial  which  of  them, 
in  some  places  one,  in  others  another,  of  them,  might 
make  the  necessary  arrangements  for  the  reception  of 
the  lecturers,  &c. 

To  be  connected  with  such  a  great  institution,  capable 
of  supplying  them  with  the  most  able  and  eminent  men 
as  lecturers,  would  give  new  life  and  great  importance  to 
provincial  literary  and  scientific  institutions,  mechanics' 
institutes,  and  museums  ;  it  would  make  them  very  ef- 
fective instruments  for  popular  education. 

One  shilling  should  be  paid  for  admission  to  each 
course  of  lectures.  General  experience,  as  well  as  that 
of  the  Exhibition  itself,  shows  that  while  this  would  offer 
hardly  any  hindrance  to  attendance,  it  would  produce 
the  greatest  result  in  money. 

This  might  be  expected  to  raise  a  large  sum,  out  of 
which  all  the  travelling  expenses  of  the  lecturers  might  be 
paid.  If  any  surplus  remained  from  this  source,  it  might 
be  employed  in  increasing  the  number  of  lecturers. 

The  commission  would  have  a  secretary  in  London, 
who  ought  to  be  a  very  able  man,  and  who  would  devote 
himself  entirely  to  the  work.  It  might  be  difficult  to 
find  a  man  fitted  for  so  important  an  appointment :  he 
ought  to  be  a  man  of  encyclopaedic  mind ;  one  in  whose 


230  APPENDIX. 

mind  science  and  knowledge  had  a  connected  and  subjec- 
tive aspect.  He  ought  not  to  be  a  special  student,  but 
one  who  had  turned  his  thoughts  to  the  ensemble  of 
knowledge,  and  to  the  contemplation  of  the  various  in- 
fluences which  make  man  what  he  is  at  the  present  day, 
and  which  modified  his  tastes,  his  character,  and  his 
manners,  at  other  periods.  Among  special  investigators, 
a  secretary  who  was  himself  only  a  special  investigator 
would  do  almost  as  much  harm  as  one  who  was  merely 
superficial  and  plausible. 

With  the  secretary  a  copy  of  each  course  of  lectures 
would  be  deposited,  and  it  would  be  part  of  his  duty  to 
edit  a  journal,  containing,  each  month,  two  or  three  of 
these  lectures.  The  price  of  this  journal  would  be  one 
shilling,  and  its  sale  would  probably  be  enormous.  The 
names  of  the  lecturers,  their  connection  with  the  Exhibi- 
tion, and  with  the  great  institution  which  rose  out  of  it, 
and  the  fact  that  the  lectures  were  brought  before  every- 
body's notice  by  their  itinerant  character,  would  render 
the  journal  everywhere  known.  Many  would  take  it  in, 
that  they  might  know  what  was  the  point  which  the  lead- 
ing thinkers  of  the  age  had  reached  in  their  respective 
departments. 

As  a  compliment  to  foreign  nations,  and  for  the  pur- 
pose of  maintaining  the  original  character  of  the  Exhibi- 
tion, copies  of  this  journal  would  be  presented  to  the 
leading  literary  and  scientific  institutions  of  all  foreign 
countries. 

It  would  also  be  in  keeping  with  the  character  of  the 
Exhibition,  and  contribute  much  to  the  success  of  the 
plan,  if,  as  I  have  already  said,  foreigners  of  well-known 
eminence  were  requested  to  deliver  courses  of  lectures. 
In  each  case  of  this  kind  the  500/.  would  be  paid.  In 
order  to  secure  the  entire  independence  of  the  commis- 
sion, this  rule  would  in  no  case  be  departed  from.  It 


APPENDIX.  231 

would  also  be  necessary  that  all  lecturers,  both  English 
and  foreign,  and  the  ablest  as  well  as  those  who  had  not 
quite  so  much  ability,  should  be  paid  the  same  sum. 

The  journal  would  be  invaluable,  if  for  nothing  else, 
yet,  merely  as  a  complete  record  of  the  progress  of 
thought  and  knowledge. 

Its  educational  importance,  however,  would  be  very 
great,  for  it  would  carry  to  every  fireside,  and  place  in 
every  body's  hands,  the  knowledge  and  ideas  which  the 
lecturers  had  laid  before  those  who  in  the  chief  towns  had 
been  able  to  attend  the  delivery  of  the  lectures.  It 
would  make  the  educational  effect  of  the  lectures  as 
widely  felt  as  that  of  the  Exhibition  itself. 

The  duties  of  the  Secretary  would  be  so  arduous,  and 
would  require  so  much  ability  for  their  proper  discharge, 
that  he  ought  to  be  remunerated  very  highly.  This 
ought  to  be  done  both  as  a  proper  recompense  for  his 
services,  and  as  a  guarantee  to  the  public,  that  he  was 
a  man  of  ability.  He  ought  not  to  have  less  than  1000Z. 
a  year. 

For  the  above  purposes,  I  would  propose  that  the  Koyal 
Commission  be  made  permanent,  and  that  for  the  future 
it  be  recruited  exclusively  from  those  who  have  delivered 
lectures.  This  ought  to  be  a  fundamental  rule,  under  no 
circumstances,  and  in  no  case,  to  be  departed  from.  As 
the  number  of  eligible  persons  increased  committees  for 
special  purposes  might  be  formed  to  advise  and  assist  the 
commission.  This  would  be  drawing  together  and  con- 
centrating upon  the  single  point  of  the  advancement  of 
knowledge  and  society,  the  strength  of  all  the  great 
thinkers  of  the  country. 

I  should  not  despair  of  seeing  such  a  body  of  men,  if 
able  to  bring  their  influence  to  bear  in  the  manner  I  have 
pointed  out,  gaining  in  the  public  mind  such  a  position 
for  intellectual  pursuits,  and  questions  of  social  ameliora- 


232  APPENDIX. 

tion,  as  would  in  a  very  great  and  perceptible  degree 
detract  from  the  importance  which  polemical  and  political 
considerations  would  otherwise  acquire  :  they  would  pre- 
occupy much  of  the  ground.  There  would  be  an  adequate 
power  in  such  a  body  of  men,  if  able  to  bring  their 
thoughts  and  influence  to  bear  upon  the  whole  popula- 
tion, to  produce  such  an  effect.  I  think  that  in  this 
country  political  feeling  does  not  reach  the  height  it 
otherwise  would  do,  because  the  minds  of  so  large  a  pro- 
portion of  the  people,  particularly  of  the  middle  and  lower 
classes,  are  pre-occupied  with  religious  discussions,  and 
religious  questions  :  this,  though  destructive  of  Christian 
feeling  and  prejudicial  to  the  cause  of  religion  itself,  has, 
notwithstanding,  this  good  incidental  effect.  Just  in  the 
same  way  would  the  ideas  and  tastes,  which  such  a  body 
of  men  coming  in  contact  with  the  whole  people  would 
implant  in  the  public  mind,  constitute  an  element  of 
thought  and  feeling  and  of  intellectual  life,  which  would 
grow  at  the  expense  of  what  now  goes  to  constitute  the 
polemical  and  political  elements  of  strife.  A  turn  would 
be  given  to  many  of  the  most  active  minds;  their  atten- 
tion would  be  directed  to,  and  they  would  become  inter- 
ested about,  the  progress  of  thought  and  discovery.  At 
all  events,  in  the  present  state  of  society,  it  is  well  worth 
our  while  to  try  if  something  of  this  kind  can  be  done  ; 
and  there  are  reasons  for  thinking  that  in  this  country  it 
may  be  done,  if  set  about  in  the  right  way,  and  if  sufficient 
power  be  brought  to  bear. 

Nothing  would  give  the  public  so  much  confidence  in 
an  institution  of  the  kind  I  am  proposing,  as  their  feeling 
certain  that  no  one  was  admitted  to  the  governing  body 
excepting  those  who  had  first  proved  their  qualification 
by  lecturing  before  the  country.  The  public  would  thus 
feel  assured  that  the  Institution  was  as  worthy  of  the 
position  to  which  it  aspired — that  of  leading  the  mind  of 


APPENDIX.  233 

the  country  upon  certain  subjects  —  as  it  was  possible  to 
make  it.  Its  utility  and  success  would  depend  upon  its 
being  above  suspicion  in  these  respects.  The  rule  of  ad- 
mission, by  which  it  would  perpetuate  itself  ought  to  be 
an  iron  rule,  that  could  neither  be  bent,  pr  broken.  It 
would  be  a  great  thing  to  make  it  the  first  institution  the 
world  has  yet  seen,  from  which  interest,  jobbery,  and 
mistakes  were  all  alike  equally,  and  necessarily,  excluded. 

If  this  rule  were  one  without  exceptions,  then  the  being 
requested  to  deliver  a  course  of  lectures  might  be  regarded 
as  a  more  valuable  distinction  than  the  decoration  of  an 
order  of  merit. 

Of  course  the  difficulty  at  first  would  be  to  find  men  to 
commence  with,  of  sufficient  eminence  and  ability.  I 
have  already  mentioned  the  names  of  Lyell,  Grote,  Owen, 
Faraday,  Hallam,  Herschel:  to  these  might  be  added 
two  or  three  good  foreign  names,  and  perhaps  a  Scotch 
and  an  Irish  name. 

If  the  whole  course  were  delivered  in  each  town,  then 
the  inferiority  of  a  part  of  the  number  would  not  be  of 
so  much  consequence,  because  the  impression  left  would 
be  the  result  of  the  aggregate  of  the  whole  course. 

The  fact,  also,  that  the  whole  course  was  delivered 
before  each  audience  would  have  another  good  effect :  it 
appears  to  be  a  common  fault  with  scientific  men,  and 
with  the  students  of  any  particular  branch  of  knowledge, 
that  they  become  too  special,  abstract,  and  objective. 
They  have  a  tendency  to  look  at  but  one  object,  and  not 
even  to  consider  that  one  in  its  bearings,  connections, 
and  uses ;  the  astronomer  becomes  merely  an  investigator 
of  the  phenomena  of  the  heavens;  and  the  historian 
merely  a  collector  of  the  facts  and  events  of  the  past. 
But  if  the  whole  course  were  delivered  before  each 
audience,  those  audiences  would  naturally  pass  on  to  take 
connected  and  subjective  views  of  knowledge.  This  is 


234  APPENDIX. 

an  advantage  which  does  not  in  any  degree  belong  to 
our  present  system  of  education ;  it  would,  however,  be 
the  spontaneous  result  of  having  the  various  branches 
of  science  and  knowledge  submitted  to  our  consideration 
almost  in  a  synoptical  manner. 

Supposing  that  at  starting  we  were  unable  to  secure 
the  services  of  the  men  who  stand  the  highest  in  their 
respective  departments,  still  the  hope  of  securing  such 
high  remuneration  for  each  engagement,  together  with 
the  distinction  which  would  attend  being  requested  to 
lecture,  would,  we  may  be  sure,  soon  create  a  body  of 
eminent  men  worthy  of  such  an  institution.  This  is  an 
additional  reason  for  beginning  with  the  apparently  high 
payment  of  500/.  for  each  course  of  lectures,  consisting 
of  not  more  than  four  or  five.  It  would  be  the  surest 
and  quickest  means  of  creating  whatever  might  be 
wanted,  as  well  as  of  getting  many  of  the  ablest  men  to 
put  forth  their  full  force  at  once. 

The  effect  of  such  an  institution  upon  our  whole  edu- 
cational system  would  be  great  and  immediate.  Our 
teachers  would  be  the  ablest  men,  and  they  would  address 
the  whole  country.  There  would  be  the  highest  instruc- 
tion within  the  reach  of  every  one  who  was  desirous  of 
profiting  by  it. 

The  fund,  the  best  appropriation  of  which  we  are  dis- 
cussing, was  contributed  by  all  parts  of  the  country,  and 
by  all  classes  ;  such  an  institution  would  be  a  channel  by 
which  the  debt  might  be  repaid  with  interest  to  all 
classes,  and  to  all  parts  of  the  country  alike. 

It  could  hardly  fail  to  be  well  received,  because  it 
would  be  in  harmony  with  the  spirit,  and  on  a  level  with 
the  knowledge,  of  the  age.  It  would  be  popular,  because 
it  would  be,  as  it  were,  the  creation  of  the  people,  and 
because  it  addressed  itself  to  the  people. 

It  would  make  the  Exhibition  in  reality  the  inaugura- 


APPENDIX.  235 

tion  of  a  new  era  in  education :  the  circumstances  of  the 
times,  but  more  particularly  the  late  Exhibition  itself, 
have  prepared  the  ground  for  it ;  the  funds,  the  ma- 
chinery, and  the  public,  are  ready  for  it.  Five  thousand 
a  year,  derived  from  any  other  source,  and  in  other  hands, 
though  the  attempt  might  be  made  to  apply  it  in  the 
same  manner,  could  not  be  made  to  produce  the  effect  I 
am  contemplating.  The  eminent  persons  who  formed 
the  conception,  and  worked  out  the  idea,  of  the  Exhibi- 
tion, might  not,  perhaps,  be  indisposed  to  countenance 
and  support  a  kindred  plan  of  this  kind. 

Of  course  the  main  difficulty  would  lie  in  obtaining 
the  services  of  the  best  men  ;  perhaps,  however,  there 
are  men  of  eminence  who  might  think  that  nothing  would 
so  much  contribute  to  the  increase  of  their  reputation  as 
their  taking  an  active  part  in  a  work  which,  in  all  pro- 
bability, would  have  such  extensive  and  such  beneficial 
effects.  The  Astronomer  Royal  has  given  a  course  of  five 
lectures  to  the  members  of  the  Ipswich  Museum ;  Mr. 
Edward  Forbes,  the  professor  of  geology  at  Cambridge, 
and  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  have  also  given  them  lectures ; 
the  professor  of  botany  at  Cambridge  is  the  president  of 
the  institution,  and  devotes  to  it  a  great  portion  of  his 
time.  These  facts  show  that  the  missionary  spirit  is 
strongly  felt  among  our  men  of  science. 

But  even  supposing  that  we  were  not  able  to  get  the 
most  eminent  men  at  starting,  we  should  still,  with  such 
a  plan  of  operations,  get  an  adequate  educational  return 
for  the  very  small  sum  spent,  only  5000/.  a  year — no 
more  than  the  salary  which  many  in  Church  or  State  are 
now  receiving.  At  all  events  we  should,  by  offering  500/. 
for  each  course  of  four  or  five  lectures,  soon  create  a 
body  of  lecturers  who  would  be  well  worth  all  the  money 
spent.  The  journal  also  alone,  as  an  exact  record  of  the 
progress  of  thought  and  knowledge,  would  almost  be  a 
sufficient  return  for  so  small  an  expenditure. 


236  APPENDIX. 

The  above  scheme  would  be  entirely  in  harmony  with 
the  character  of  the  Exhibition ;  it  would  be  as  compre- 
hensive as  the  Exhibition  itself.  It  would  have  all  the 
simplicity  of  Paxton's  conception  of  the  Crystal  Palace, 
admitting  of  any  degree  of  enlargement,  as  funds  might 
flow  in  from  some  future  Exhibition,  or  from  any  other 
source.  It  would  be  of  general  utility,  and  would  com- 
mand general  sympathy  and  support.  It  would  include 
foreign  nations,  in  perhaps  the  only  practicable  way  in 
which  they  can  be  included,  in  any  plan  having  England 
for  the  theatre  of  its  execution ;  for  they  would  receive 
copies  of  the  journal,  be  invited  to  join  in  the  work  by 
the  delivery  of  lectures,  and  by  this  means  become 
eligible  to  a  place  in  the  deliberations  of  the  commission, 
It  would,  in  as  great  a  degree  as  the  Exhibition  did, 
address  itself  to  all  classes  and  professions,  to  the  young 
as  well  as  to  those  who  are  older,  to  both  sexes,  to  all 
parts  of  the  country,  to  every  home,  and  to  foreign  coun- 
tries. It  would  not  be  a  falling  off  from  the  original 
idea  of  the  Exhibition,  though  that  idea  was  realised  so 
magnificently,  but  rather  a  still  higher  and  nobler  deve- 
lopment of  it. 

If,  after  a  fair  trial,  reasons  should  appear  for  aban- 
doning the  plan,  the  whole  of  the  surplus  fund  would 
still  be  available  for  any  purpose  that  might  then  be 
thought  desirable.  Not  one  shilling  of  it  would  have 
been  spent. 


THE  END. 


LONDON  : 

SPOTTISWOODES  and  SHAW, 
New-street-Square. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN     INITIAL     FINE     OF     25     CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 


DAY     AND 
OVERDUE. 


•""' 


DAY 


DEC   21  1943 


p 


i 


&aK&«i 

1